ISO 9001:2008 REGISTERED
PRODUCTS & APPLICATIONS GUIDE
www.copeplastics.com
Updated January 2018
We understand the customer’s needs and will
carry the message to every phase of our
business to insure customer satisfaction.
D.W. Cope, Founder
Owner’s Philosophy
The shareholders of Cope Plastics, Inc. believe that,
in order for all of the company’s employees to fully
understand the foundation of the company, their values
and philosophy should be shared with each employee.
• Family is the foundation of our lives.
• Honesty builds integrity.
• Loyalty strengthens relationships.
• Respect must be earned.
• Freedom should never be taken for granted.
• Working together, everything is achievable.
Cope Plastics Vision
Statement–
We are committed to be a leading organization by
continually improving our partnerships, services, quality,
communities, families and ourselves.
Cope Plastics Quality
Policy–
Your Vision ~ Our Quality ~ One Partnership
Cope Plastics Mission
Statement–
Cope Plastics Environmental
Statement–
To be a trusted solutions-provider who enables
Cope Plastics is committed to making the world a better place. This
our partners to attain their full potential.
commitment involves partnering with suppliers, customers, and the
community to minimize the negative environmental impact while
increasing sustainability and green initiatives through innovation,
education, and social responsibility.
C OR P OR AT E INF OR M AT ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i
FAB R IC AT ION C APAB IL IT IE S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
1-69
P L AS T IC S OVE R VIE W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
S E L E C T ION & DE S IG N G UIDE L INE S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
P R ODUC T C OM PAR IS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
E NG INE E R ING P L AS T IC P R ODUC T S
NYLON PRODUCTS - Nylon 101, Nylatron, NylOil, Nycast, Nymetal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ACETAL PRODUCTS - Acetron GP & Delrin Acetal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
ERTALYTE PET-P Polyester
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
RADEL R (PPSU) Polyphenylsulfone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ULTEM (PEI) Polyetherimide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
FLUOROSINT Filled PTFE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
TECHTRON & QUADRANT (PPS) Polyphenylene Sulfide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
KETRON (PEEK) Polyetheretherketone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
TORLON (PAI) Polyamide-Imide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
CELAZOLE (PBI) Polybenzimidazole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
SEMITRON - Static Dissipative Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
OT HE R E NG INE E R ING M AT E R IAL S
Industrial Laminates - Rod & Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Polyurethane Cast Rod & Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PTFE - (The Fluorocarbon Family) - Sheet, Rod, Tubing, Shapes, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
UHMW - TIVAR ENGINEERING PLASTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
UHMW - DURA-SURF Pressure Sensitive Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
UHMW - ULTRAWEAR Profile Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
70-89
ABS (Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) Sheet & Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
KYDEX (acrylic/PVC alloy) Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
KYNAR (PVDF) Sheet & Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Polyethylene - High Density (HDPE) & Low Density (LDPE) Sheet & Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Polypropylene (PP) Sheet & Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
PVC (Polyvinyl chloride) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) Sheet & Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PVC Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
PVC Clear EXCELON R-4000 Schedule 40 Pipe & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
STRONGWELL Products (EXTREN, DURADEK , DURAGRATE, DURAGRID& SAFRAIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
90-112
S AINT- G OB AIN P E R F OR M ANC E P L AS T IC S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110-116
Tygon Beverage & General Application B-44-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tygon Bulk Transfer B-44-4X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Tygon Pressure Tubing B-44-4X I.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Norprene Food Grade A-60-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Norprene Pressure Tubing A-60-F I.B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Tygon Laboratory Tubing R-3603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Tygon Vacuum R-3603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
PharMed Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Tygon Ultra-Soft Tubing R-1000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Versilic High Strength Silicone Tubing SPX-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Versilic High Strength Silicone Pressure Tubing SPX-70 I.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tygon Sanitary Silicone R-3350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tygon Sanitary Silicone Pressure Tubing 3370 I.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Tygon Medical / Surgical S-50-HL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Tygon Microbore Tubing S-54-HL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Tygon High Purity Tubing 2275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Tygon High Purity Pressure Tubing 2275 I.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Tygon Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing 2075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Tygon Plasticizer Free Tubing 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Tygon Long Flex Life Pump Tubing LFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Norprene Industrial Grade Tubing A-60-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Tygon Fuel and Lubricant F-4040-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tygothane Precision Polyurethane Tubing C-210-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tygothane Precision Polyurethane Pressure Tubing C-544-A I.B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Tygon UV Resistant Tubing R-3400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fluran Severe Environment Tubing F-5500-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Tygon Inert Tubing SE-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chemfluor FEP Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chemfluor PFA Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chemfluor PTFE Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Typical Physical Properties of Tygon & Other Saint-Gobain Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Suggested MaximumWorking Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
OT HE R P L AS T IC T UB ING
NYLAFLOW Nylon Pressure Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Polycarbonate - Clear Rigid Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Polyethylene Low Density (LDPE) Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
PTFE Flexible Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
PTFE Spaghetti Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Vinyl Fexible Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
5
SHEET PLASTICS - For Glazing and Other Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113-130
Acrylic Sheet PLEXIGLAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Acrylic Sheet - Impact Modified DURAPLEX & IMPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Acrylic Sheet - Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Copolyester Sheet - VIVAK (PETG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Optix Acrylic Flat Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Polycarbonate Sheet MAKROLON & MAKROLON HYGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Polycarbonate Sheet TUFFAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Polycarbonate Twin Wall Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
6
SPECIALTY INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131-132
ACRYLIC ROD - Cast & Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
TUBING - Cast & Extruded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
COROPLAST - Corrugated Polypropylene Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
CHEMFLUOR SEAMLESS FEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
7
GLOSSARY & SPECIFICATIONS
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133-138
Glossary of Engineering Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Preliminary Guide to Identifying Basic Types of Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Specifications
ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
FEDERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
MILITARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
8
INDEX & TERMS OF SALE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139-141
All statements, technical information and recommendations contained in this publication are presented in good faith, based upon tests believed to be
reliable. The user is cautioned, however, that Cope Plastics, Inc. does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information and it is the user’s
responsibility to determine the suitability of products in any given application. We strongly recommend that you test all products under end-use conditions.
All products discussed are sold without warranty, either expressed or implied, and buyer assumes all responsibility for loss or damage arising from the
handling or use, whether done in accordance with directions or not. Statements concerning the possible use of products are not intended as
recommendations to use any product in the infringement of any patent.
Providing SOLUTIONS throughout the Midwest since 1946
651 Lambert Point Dr.
Hazelwood, MO 63042-4419
(314)-344-0436
TOLL FREE (800) 325-9188
FAX (314) 344-0413
1600 Murphy Drive
Maumelle, AR 72113-6176
(501) 803-3344
TOLL FREE (800) 643-5530
FAX (501) 803-0033
2995 Wall Triana Hwy, Ste #A7
Huntsville, AL 35824-1531
(256) 464-0774
TOLL FREE (800) 545-8428
FAX (256) 464-0775
630 High Point Lane
East Peoria, IL 61611
(309) 694-0305
TOLL FREE (800) 322-2826
FAX (309) 694-0433
1751 S.W. 41st Street
Topeka, KS 66609-1252
(785) 267-0552
TOLL FREE (800) 255-2941
FAX (785) 267-7416
1729 Research Drive
Louisiville, KY 40299-2201
(502) 499-8884
TOLL FREE (800) 884-9588
FAX (502) 495-0998
8110 42nd Street, West
Rock Island, IL 61201-7325
(309) 787-4465
TOLL FREE (800) 447-1242
FAX (309) 787-4466
3331 S. University Drive
Fargo, ND 58104-6291
(701) 232-6412
TOLL FREE (800) 437-4752
FAX (701) 234-0018
5001 S 115th Street
Omaha, NE 68137
(402) 597-9300
FAX (402) 597-9356
TOLL FREE (800) 988-6207
920 N. Compton Drive
Hiawatha, IA 52233-2204
(319) 393-5575
TOLL FREE (800) 332-7257
FAX (319) 393-5939
N30W22377 Green Rd. Suite D
Waukesha,WI 53186-8869
(262) 650-0085
TOLL FREE (800) 242-5530
FAX (262) 650-0086
6399 Shelby View Drive, Suite 110
Memphis, TN 38134-7666
(901) 372-2883
TOLL FREE (800) 541-9173
FAX (901) 373-3974
980 Berwood Ave East, Suite 150
Vadnais heights, MN 55110
(651) 228-1448
TOLL FREE (866) 834-4792
FAX (651) 228-1449
4441 Industrial Drive
Alton, IL 62002-5939
TOLL FREE (800) 851-5510
618-466-0221
FAX: 618-466-7975
310 N.E. 31st Street
Oklahoma City, OK 73105-4004
(405) 528-5697
TOLL FREE (800) 654-9139
FAX (405) 525-7214
Four Territorial Court, Suite C
Bolingbrook, IL 60440-3557
(630) 226-1664
TOLL FREE (866) 246-5015
FAX: (630) 226-1728
PROCESSING CENTER
5033 Humbert Road
Alton, IL 62002
(618) 467-7316
www.copeplastics.com
COPE PLASTICS INC.
CorporateInformation
SERVICE & SUPPLY
Products
Engineering Materials
Tubing
Sheet Plastics
Specialty Industrial Products
Solutions
DesignAssistance
Manufacturing
Business Partners
Today's demanding business climate requires the selection of business
partners who can support corporate commitments. A vendor partner must be
reliable for: product availability, product performance, superior quality, ontime delivery and unparalleled service. For more than 60 years, Cope Plastics
has partnered with our customers to supply products, solve problems and to
help our partners meet their business objectives. SOLUTIONS we have provided have frequently helped put our
customers ahead of their competitors.
Cope Quality Statement
Your Vision ~ Our Quality ~ One Partnership
i
Corporate Information co
Service
Cope Plastics has a long history of providing SOLUTIONS. Starting with one small office in St. Louis, Missouri in 1946, Cope
Plastics has continually been recognized by industrial firms as the dependable source for plastic stock shapes and fabricated
machine parts. Our reliable and consistent performance has allowed us to grow to our current size, with corporate offices at
Godfrey, Ill and 16 branch locations, employing over 350 people, with sales approaching $100 million annually. Although we
have grown considerably in size and scope, our commitment to customer satisfaction has remained consistent. This is
reflected in our quality statement; C.O.P.E. – Continuously Offering People Excellence.
Responsiveness is one of our core competencies. We pride ourselves on our highly experienced
sales staffand continually provide education and training on products and customer service skills.
Complete service is at the heart of what we do. Delivery must be the right product, on time, every
time, but just as importantly, we meet other requirements and expectations routinely.
CALL TODAY!
If you need customized bar coding, vendor-managed inventory, application engineering, e-commerce,
EDI, assistance with material selection, we perform. If you have other needs, we want to be part of the
SOLUTION. Our goal is to be viewed as a critical component in our customer's success.
ISO 9001 Quality
Cope Plastics surpasses industry standards for quality. ISO 9001:2008 registration, and a true commitment to continuous
improvement provide our customer partners with an unmatched resource for reliable service.
Whatever your requirements or expectations, we want to provide SOLUTIONS for you.
Product Inventories
Cope Plastics has one of the largest product inventories in our industry.
We stock a wide variety of plastic sheet, rod and tubing to accommodate your every requirement. The inventory
throughout our 17 locations encompasses over 300,000 square feet of warehouse space. Our advancements in
warehousing technology and logistics provide you with a dependable source of supply.
• Cycle counting ensures accurate inventory information and timely
stock replenishment. It means fewer back-orders to you.
• Material for your needs is allocated at time of order entry.
• Barcode accuracy means fewer errors.
• To insure prompt arrival of your order, we ship orders
sixteen hours a day from our corporate warehouse.
To meet your everyday needs, we support
• Blanket orders
• Yearly contracts
• Multi-year contracts.
To accommodate your demanding schedules, Cope Plastics offers multiple delivery options
• FedEx
• UPS
• Motor freight
• Scheduled delivery by our company trucks.
Local delivery or shipments around the world, your product will be delivered on time.
To handle your motor freight shipments, we have selected a limited number of "core carriers" that have demonstrated
superior service. Assured of their superior service, our volume enabled us to negotiate maximum discounts for freight
savings to you. Of course, we will use a carrier of your choice, if you prefer.
ii
Corporate Information cont.
iii
Corporate Information cont.
Material Selection and Design Assistance
Engineering: We understand the language. We speak the language.
When Design Engineers, Production Engineers or Maintenance Engineers speak, we listen.
One on One
Small Team
Groups
When engineers tell us about their company goals, or tell us about their problems, we respond with SOLUTIONS.
Discussions or Presentations - At Your Plant, at our Branch Office or at our Corporate Fabrication Facility.
Cope Plastics - Your Partner for Material Selection & Design Assistance
When
When
When
When
When
When
When
When
When
When
When
the environment is abrasive.
the temperature variation is - 100 F to 800 F.
moisture is a problem.
you need parts requiring FDA compliance.
you encounter heat and wear and must have a non-abrading surface.
other plastics have failed.
a component must be sacrificial.
the application may not be appropriate for plastics.
variations in plastic manufacturing can reduce the overall cost.
metal should be part of the plastic component.
a lower cost plastics can provide a SOLUTION.
Material Selection
Design Assistance
Types of Plastics/Basic Properties/
Performance Profile
Design Guidelines/Bearing & Wear or Structural
Advantages of Plastics
Assistance With Component Design
Metal to Plastics Conversion
Product Compliance/Regulatory Information Opportunities for Reverse Engineering When Converting Metals to Plastics
iv
Corporate Information cont.
Material Selection and Design Assistance cont.
Guide Rail for Conveyor Line
Nearly 3’ x 6’.
Cam Path - Overall dimensions,
1-1/2” x 28 x 29” Requires complex machining.
Cast metal part was successfully replaced with a noncorrosive plastic. Reverse engineering provided unexpected
economy.
Original stainless steel part was reverse engineered and
produced as a problem solving UHMW component.
1” thick Acrylic Lid for Vacuum Packaging
Machine.Similar capability can be found only
in Europe.
v
Fabrication Capabilities
Fabrication Capabilities
CNC Routers
(1) VR804 Komo Router
5’ x 8’ Table
(4) Main Spindles
(2) Sub-Spindles
(1) VR1005 Komo Router
(2) 5’ x 5’ Tables
(4) Main Spindles
(4) Sub-Spindles
CNC Turning Centers
(Live Tooling & Automatic Bar Feeders)
(1) Okuma Crown Lathe
2 Station Turret
2.75” Thru Bore Spindle
(1) L1420 Okuma Crown Lathe
12 Station Turret
4” Thru Bore Spindle
(1) Mazak QTN350N Lathe
4” Thru Bore Spindle
(1) Mazak QTN450N Lathe
7” Bore Spindle
(1) LU400 Okuma Lathe
Twin Turret
(1) Haas SL40 Lathe
7” Thru Bore Spindle
(1) LT 15-M Okuma Lathe
Twin Spindle
(2) 12 Station Turrets
(2) 2.75” Thru Bore Spindles
(1) Mazak Quick Turn 15 Lathe
2” Thru Bore
(1) Haas ST30Y Lathe
4” Spindle
vi
Cope Plastics is the largest plastics
fabricator in the Midwest with more
than 65 years of experience and one
of the largest arrangements of
fabrication equipment in the plastics
industry. We can effectively meet any
of your custom fabrication needs and
we also offer design assistance and
material selection services to ensure
that you get the best product
possible.
All of our fabrication facilities are ISO
9001:2008 certified.
(2) VR512 Komo Routers
5’ x 12’ Table
(4) Main Spindles
(4) Sub-Spindles
(2) 8 Tool Magazines
(1) VR1005TT Komo Router
(2) 5’ x 5’ Tables
(4) Main Spindles
(1) VR1005TT Mach III Router
(2) 5’ x 6’ Tables
3 Spindles
12 Tool Magazine
(3) Komo Mach III Routers
(2) 5’ x 5’ Tables
Aggregate Heads w/ 3 Spindles
12 Tool Magazine
Fabrication Capabilities cont.
Fabrication Capabilities
CNC Machining Centers
CNC Vertical Mills
(1) Fadal VMC10 Mill
20” x 16” x 16”
20 Tool Magazine
(1) Haas VF-OE Mill
16” x 30” x 20”
20 Tool Magazine
(1) Milltronics CNC Mill – Partner 6
20” x 30” x 20”
12 Tool Magazine
(1) Milltronics CNC Mill – VM17
14” x 30” x 20”
20 Tool Magazine
(1) Milltronics CNC Mill – VM30
30” x 40” x 20”
20 Tool Magazine
(2) Haas VF 4SS Mills
50” x 20” x 25”
24 Tool Magazine
CNC Horizontal Mills
CNC Panel Saws
(2) Schelling Panel Saws
10’ x 20’ x 4”
Automatic Sheet Loader
(1) Schelling Panel Saw
12’ x 12’ x 4”
(1) Schelling FL-330 Saw
10’ x 10’ x 5”
Other Equipment
(1) Clausing Hydraulic Brake Press
45 Ton
(1) Atek Bantam Break Press
24 Ton
(2) Forced Air Ovens
60” x 96” Rack / 60” x 120” Rack
(2) Bermaq Edge Finishers/ Polishers
61/2’ / 10’
(1) Okuma MX40 Horizontal Mill
20” x 20” x 20” Dual Pallet
30 Tool Magazine
(2) Thermobend 2000 Wire Heaters
2 boom
4 boom , 96” width
(1) Mazak HCN 4000 II Horizontal Mill
20” x 20” x 20” Dual Pallet
40 Tool Magazine
(2) Thermo Elite Wire Heaters
2 boom heater, accepts 48” width
4 boom heater, accepts 120” width
(2) North Tech Duel Belt Sanders
51” Wide / 30” Wide
Inspection Equipment
(1) Sheffield Cordax 1808-M
40” x 25” x 18”
(2) Faro Arms
8’ Capacity
Laser Equipment
(1) Vytek GX Laser
48” x 96”
(1) Epilog Legend 24 EX Laser
20” x 24”
vii
Fabrication Capabilities cont.
Prototypes & Production Parts
Cope Plastics supplies these SOLUTIONS for the
bottling industry
Food Industry Components
Wear Pads
Sheaves & Pulleys
Gears & Timing Components
Parts for Heavy Equipment Industry
viii
Fabrication Capabilities cont.
Cope Plastics has SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS for:
Wear
Wear
Downtime
Wear
Corrosion
Maintenance
Maintenance
Abrasion
Weight & Cost
Noise
Lubrication
Harsh environments
When sprockets wear chain.
When wear is accelerated by weight.
When seals fail & cause downtime.
When metal bearings wear & seize.
When corrosion shortens life expectancy.
When maintenance is high & productivity is lost.
When maintenance is a nuisance on metal drive gears, idler gears & wheels.
When metal contact arms abrade production parts.
When steel components are too heavy & too costly.
When metal on metal generates a high level of noise.
When too much time is required for lubrication.
When you need a chain guide material for harsh environments.
SOLUTIONS Provide:
Faster assembly
Better job
Lower cost
Capacity improvement
Quicker delivery
When re-design can lead to faster assembly.
When plastics can do a better job than metals.
When part costs can be lowered by re-design.
When lift capacity can be improved by reducing weight.
When deliveries are extended for imported replacement parts.
Details about a few of the SOLUTIONS provided for our customer/partners
When 8 hours of lubrication are required
following every 10 hours of operation, our
customer/partner wanted to reduce or
eliminate this laborious task for their customers.
The combination of heat, wear, and an abrading surface
were the ingredients in a puzzle that required our
customer/partner to regularly shut down production for at
least four hours.
SOLUTIONS
Provided
Design Engineers at one of our customer/partners were
challenged to find a material that had good wear
resistance, good impact strength, and could withstand
temperature variations of -100 F up to 400 F.
Metal on metal contact on a conveyor line required
continuous lubrication, generated a high level of noise,
and wore so badly that the drive sprockets and the
entire length of chain had to be regularly replaced.
Cost to our customer/partner was almost $40,000
annually.
ix
Fabrication Capabilities cont.
We have provided SOLUTIONS
to companies within these
industries
GOALS
Increase Customer Satisfaction
Improve Product Service Life
Improve Equipment
Producers
Performance
Reduce Replacement Part Cost
Bakery Goods
Food Preparation Ingredients
Paper Products
Copper Products
Lower Maintenance Cost for Customers
Reduce the Need For Replacements
Improve Design
Improve Durability
Manufacturers
Wood Millwork
Hardwood Veneer
Eliminate / Reduce Line Shutdown
Plywood
Reduce Downtime
Plastic Plumbing Fixtures
Reduce Maintenance
Gypsum Products
Improve Productivity
Metal Doors
Reduce Waste
Wire Products
Farm Machinery
Lawn and Garden Tractors
Construction Machinery
Increase Throughput
Reduce Noise Levels
Eliminate / Reduce “Safety Inventory”
Overhead Traveling Cranes
Forklifts
Cutting Tools
Food Products Machinery
Service Industry Machinery
Motor Vehicles
Motor Vehicles Accessories
Aircraft Parts
Optical Instruments
Sporting and Athletic Goods
x
GIVE US THE
OPPORTUNITY TO
PROVIDE SOLUTIONS
TO YOU AS OUR
CUSTOMER/
PARTNER
Engineering Materials
2
PLASTICS OVERVIEW
Engineering Materials
Plastics increasingly replace traditional materials such as bronze, stainless steel, cast iron and ceramics.
They are chosen for improved performance and cost reduction. Plastics can:
• Reduce Weight
• Reduce Noise
• Improve Wear Performance in Unlubricated Conditions
• Eliminate Corrosion
• Insulate & Isolate, Both Thermally and Electrically
• Increase Part Life
A comparison of typical properties for common engineering materials is shown in Table 1.
Typical applications for engineering plastics range from semiconductor processing equipment components to heavy
equipment wear parts, to food processing industry components.
Machinable plastic stock shapes (sheet, rod, and tubular bar) are now available in more than 50 grades, spanning the
performance/price range of both ferrous and non-ferrous metals to specialty ceramics. Plastics capable of long term
service up to 800°F (425°C), with short term exposures to 1,000°F (540°C) are now available. As the number of material
options has increased, so has the difficulty of selecting the right material for a specific application. This overview will help
you understand basic categories of plastic materials.
Table 1 : Typical Properties of Engineering Materials
Property
Units
Nylon
Torlon* PAI
Bronze
Steel (A36)
Aluminum
Density
g/cm3
1.15
1.41
8.80
7.84
2.70
Tensile Strength
psi
12,000
18,000
22,000
36,000
30,000
Modulus of Elasticity
psi
0.4 x 106
0.6 x 106
16 x 106
30 x 106
10 x 106
Steel = 1.0
2.27
2.78
0.54
1.0
2.41
in./in./°F
50 x 10-6
14 x 10-6
10 x 10-6
6.3 x 10-6
12 x 10-6
Relative Strength
to Weight
Coefficient of Linear
Thermal Expansion
* Torlon is a registered trademark of Solvay Advanced Polymers.
NOTES
1
EngineeringMaterials cont.
Advanc ed
E ngineering Plas tic s
Performanc e Family
E ngineering
Plas tic s
Material
Trade name
Performanc e Profile
Imidized
Polybenzimidazole (PBI)
Polyimide (PI)
Polyamide-imide (PAI)
C elazole* PBI
Duratron® PI
Torlon* PAI
C rystalline High
Performance
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK)
Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS)
Ketron® PEEK
Techtron® or Ryton* PPS
Filled PTFE
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)
Fluorosint®
Polyetherimide (PEI)
Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU)
Polysulfone (PSU)
Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET-P)
Polyoxymethylene (POM)- Acetal
Polyamide (PA) - Nylon
Ultra high mole. wt. Polyethylene (UHMW-PE)
Polycarbonate (PC )
Polyphenylene oxide, modified (PPO)
Ultem* PEI
Radel* R PPSU
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Ertalyte ® PET–P
Acetron® or Delrin* Acetal
MC ® or Nylatron®
TIVAR
PC 1000 Polycarbonate
Noryl*
Amorphous High
Performance
S tandard
Plas tic s
Engineering Materials
2
PLAS TIC S OVERVIEW cont.
C rystalline
Engineering
Amorphous
Engineering
Standard
Engineering
Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) –Acrylic
Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS)
Polystyrene (PS)
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC )
Polypropylene (PP)
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE)
PROTEUS
Highest heat resistance & strength
Low wear rate, high purity
Highest strength to 500°F,
dimensionally stable
C hemical, wear and heat resistance
C hemical resistance, strength, and
wear resistance
C hemical resistance and dimensional stability
Excellent dielectric properties,
chemical resistance
High strength and heat resistance to 400°F
High strength, steam and impact resistance
High strength and heat resistance to 300°F
Dimensional stability and wear resistance
Machinability and dimensional stability
Toughness, wear resistance & strength
Toughness and abrasion resistance
Impact and heat resistance to 250°F
Heat resistance, toughness and
thermoformability
C larity and formability
Medium strength, toughness and
thermoformability
Rigid, Light weight, thermoformable
Light weight, easily processed
C hemical resistance, medium strength
C hemical resistance, low cost
C hemical resistance, formability, low cost
The Materials Pos itioning Triangle s hown inc ludes the mos t c ommon thermoplas tic s grouped ac c ording to general
performanc e c harac teris tic s . Materials within a s pec ific group have s imilar general c harac teris tic s as defined by the group
pos itioning s tatement. The materials are ranked ac c ording to heat res is tanc e.
Performanc e
Imidized Materials
Advanc ed E ngineering Plas tic s
Extreme Service Environments
High Temperature
High Purity
Chemical Resistance
PB I
PI
450°
Hot Water or Steam Resistance
Thermoformable
Transparent/Translucent
250°
E ngineering Plas tic s
General Purpose Structural
Thermoformable
Bondable
S tandard Plas tic s
Non-Critical, Low Stress
ApplicationsGood bondability and formability
Ac etron, Duratron, E rtalyte, Fluoros int,
K etron, MC , Nylatron and Tec htron are
regis tered trademarks of Quadrant
E ngineering Plas tic Produc ts .
C elazole is a regis tered trademark of
C elanes e Ac etate. *Torlon and R adel are
regis tered trademarks of Amoc o
Performanc e Produc ts .
Delrin is a regis tered trademark
of E .I. DuPont. *Ultem and Noryl are
regis tered trademarks of G E Plas tic s .
2
PSU
PAI
PEI
PPS
U
PEEK
P TFE
150°
PPO
PC
Ac ry
lic
Superior Chemical Resistance
Good Wear Resistance
PPS
A c e ta
l
P
P E T-
)
(P O M
)
n (PA
N ylo - P E
W
UHM
AB S
PS
P VC
Amo
r p ho
us
HDP
PP
Most Common Bearing & Wear Mtls.
Good Chemical Resistance
General Purpose Bearing & Wear
L DP E
a lline
C r ys t
E
Non-Critical, Low Stress ApplicationsGood Chemical Resistance
Engineering Materials cont.
2
SELECTION & DESIGN GUIDELINES
Engineering Materials
With the many plastic materials available today, selecting the best one can be an intimidating proposition.
Here are guidelines to assist those less familiar with plastics.
• Longer part life
• Elimination of lubrication
• Reduced wear on mating parts
• Faster operation of equipment / line speeds
• Less power needed to run equipment
• Corrosion resistance and inertness
STEP 1 — Determine whether the component is a:
Bearing and Wear Application (i.e., frictional forces) or Structural (static or dynamic) Application.
STEP 2 — Consider the thermal requirements of your application using both typical and extreme conditions.
A material’s heat resistance is characterized by both its heat deflection temperature (HDT) and continuous service
temperature. HDT is an indication of a material’s softening temperature and is generally accepted as a maximum
temperature limit for moderately to highly stressed, unconstrained components. Continuous service temperature is
generally reported as the temperature above which significant, permanent physical property degradation occurs after long
term exposure. This guideline is not to be confused with continuous operation or use temperature reported by regulatory
agencies such as Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
The melting point of crystalline materials and glass transition temperature of amorphous materials are the short-term
temperature extremes to which form stability is maintained. For most engineering plastic materials, using them at or above
these temperatures should be avoided.
STEP 3 — Consider chemical exposure during use and cleaning.
Nylon, acetal and Ertalyte® PET-P are generally suitable for industrial environments. Crystalline high performance materials
such as Fluorosint® filled PTFE, Techtron® PPS and Ketron® PEEK are more suitable for aggressive chemical environments
(See Page 6). We strongly recommend that you test under end-use conditions.
STEP 4 — Before proceeding to steps 5-7 it may be appropriate to consider additional material characteristics including:
• Relative Impact Resistance/Toughness
Materials with higher tensile elongation, Izod
impact and tensile impact strengths are
generally tougher and less notch sensitive for
applications involving shock loading.
Engineering plastics can expand and
contract with temperature changes 10 to 15
times more than many metals including steel.
The coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CLTE)
is used to estimate the expansion rate for
engineering plastic materials. CLTE is
reported both as a function of temperature
and as an average value. Page 4 shows how
many different engineering plastics react to
increased temperature.
Modulus of elasticity and water absorption also
contribute to the dimensional stability of a
material. Be sure to consider the effects of
humidity and steam.
Agencies such as the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA), U.S. Department of
Agriculture (USDA), Underwriters
Laboratory (UL), 3A-Dairy Association and
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
commonly approve or set specific
guidelines for material usage within their
industrial segments.
• Dimensional Stability
• Regulatory/Agency Compliance
Mechanical Property Comparisons
Tensile Compressive
Strength Strength
psi
psi
Nylatron® NSM Nylon
Acetron® GP Acetal
Ertalyte® PET-P
Radel® R PPSU
Ultem® 1000
Ultem® 2300
Fluorosint® 500
Techtron® PPS
Quadrant GF40 PPS
Ketron® (Extd) PEEK
Ketron GF30 Peek (Extd)
Torlon® 4203 PAI
Torlon® 4301 PAI
Torlon® 5530 PAI
Duratron® XP PI
Duratron® 150 PI
Celazole® PBI
11,000
9,500
12,400
11,000
16,500
17,000
1,100
13,500
5,000
16,000
14,000
18,000
15,000
15,000
16,000
9,600
20,000
14,000
15,000
15,000
13,400
22,000
32,000
4,000
21,500
24,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
22,000
27,000
24,000
17,000
50,000
Flexural Elongation Izod Water
Modulus
Impact Absorp.
psi
%
(73°F) (24 hr.)
475,000
400,000
490,000
345,000
500,000
850,000
500,000
575,000
1,000,000
600,000
1,000,000
600,000
800,000
900,000
600,000
610,000
950,000
20
30
20
30
80
3
10
15
1
40
2
10
3
3
4
1.5
3
0.5
1.0
0.5
2.5
0.5
1.0
0.9
0.6
1.0
1.0
.8
2.0
0.8
0.7
1.4
0.5
0.5
0.30
0.20
0.07
0.37
0.25
0.18
0.10
0.01
0.02
0.10
0.10
0.4
0.4
0.30
0.4
0.4
0.40
3
Engineering Materials cont.
Coefficients of Linear Thermal Expansion
Engineering Materials
2
2
STEP 5 — Select the most cost-effective shape for your part.
Cope Plastics, Inc. offers designers broad size and configuration availability. Be sure to investigate all of the shape possibilities––you
can reduce your fabrication costs by obtaining the most economical shape.
Note: From process to process, many material choices remain the same. However, there are physical property differences
based upon the processing technique used to make the shape. For example:
• Injection molded parts exhibit the greatest anisotropy (properties are directionally dependent).
• Extruded products exhibit slightly anisotropic behavior.
• Compression molded products are isotropic –– (equal properties in all directions.)
STEP 6 — Determine the machinability of
your material options.
For:
Machinability can also be a material selection
criterion. All of the Quadrant products are stress
Long lengths, Small diameters
relieved to enhance machinability. In general,
Rod, sheet, tubular bar, bushing stock
glass and carbon reinforced grades are
considerably more abrasive on tooling and are
more notch sensitive during machining than
Large stock shapes, Near net shapes
unfilled grades. Reinforced grades are
Rod, sheet, tubular bar, custom cast parts
commonly more stable during machining.
Because of their extreme hardness, imidized
Various shapes in advanced engineering materials
materials (i.e., Torlon* PAI, Duratron® PI and
Molding Rod, disc, sheet, tubular bar
Celazole* PBI) can be challenging to fabricate.
Carbide and polycrystalline diamond tools
Small shapes in advanced engineering materials
should be used during machining of these
Rod, disc, sheet, tubular bar
materials. To aid you in assessing machinability,
a relative rating for each material can be found
on the property comparison charts. See line 42 under product description.
Choose:
Extrusion
Casting
Compression
Injection Molding
STEP 7 — Make sure you receive what you specify.
The properties listed here are for Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products’ materials only. Be sure you are not purchasing an
inferior product. Request product certifications when you order.
Engineering Notes: All materials have inherent limitations that must be considered when designing parts. To make limitations clear, each material profiled has
an Engineering Notes section dedicated to identifying these attributes.
4
Celazole* PBI
650°F
Duratron® PI
580°F
Fluorosint® filled PTFE’s
500°F
Torlon* PAI (4301,4501, 4540, 4347, 7130) 500°F
Ketron® PEEK
480°F
Ketron® PEEK HPV
480°F
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
480°F
Quadrant Bearing Grade PPS
450°F
Techtron® HPV
430°F
MC® 901 nylon
260°F
Ertalyte® PET-P / Ertalyte® TX
210°F
Nylon 101
210°F
Nylatron® GS nylon
210°F
Nylatron® NSM nylon
200°F
Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon
200°F
Nylatron® GSM nylon
200°F
MC® 907 nylon
200°F
Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin* 150
180°F
Delrin* AF Blend
180°F
UHMW-PE TIVAR
160°F
Duratron® 150 PI
Celazole* PBI
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Quadrant Bearing Grade PPS
Torlon* PAI (4301,4501, 4540, 4347, 7130)
Techtron® HPV
Nylatron® NSM Nylon
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Delrin* AF Blend
Fluorosint® 500 filled PTFE
Fluorosint® 207 filled PTFE
Ertalyte® TX
Ketron® PEEK
Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon
Nylatron® GS / GSM nylons
MC® 901 / MC® 907 nylon
Ertalyte® PET-P
Nylon 101
Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin* 150
UHMW-PE TIVAR
41,500
37,500
25,000
25,000
22,500
8,750
15,000
20,000
8,300
8,000
8,000
6,000
8,500
5,500
3,000
3,000
2,800
2,700
2,700
2,000
Quadrant Engineering Plastic Product's material selector
is designed to help simplify the sometimes difficult task
of choosing an appropriate thermoplastic stock shape
material using application design criteria. This selector
should only serve as a guide, and not a fail safe
substitute for thorough design engineering.
Any material selection should be reviewed and
thoroughly tested prior to actual use.
Select only materials rated above.
To Convert from °C:
(°C x 1.8) + 32 =°F
Select only materials rated
above service PV
Select only materials rated
above service pressure
Celazole* PBI
Duratron® PI
Torlon* PAI grades
Fluorosint® filled PTFE
Semitron® ESd 500HR
PTFE
Ketron® PEEK
Ketron® 30% GF or 30% CF PEEK
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
Techtron® PPS
Quadrant CM PPS
Semitron® ESd 410C
Ultem* 1000 PEI , Ultem* 2300 PEI
Radel* R PPSU
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Polycarbonate
Ertalyte® PET-P
30% GF Nylon
Nylon 101 / Nylatron® GS Nylon
MC® 901 / MC® 907 Nylons
Semitron® ESd 225
Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin* 150
UHMW-PE
Celazole* PBI
Ultem* 2300 PEI
Ketron® 30% GF PEEK
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Torlon* PAI grades
Duratron® XP PI
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
Semitron® ESd 410C
Radel* R PPSU
Ultem* 1000 PEI
30% GF Nylon
Ketron® PEEK
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Ertalyte® PET-P
Acetal/Delrin* 150
Techtron® PPS
Quadrant CM PPS
Polycarbonate
Nylons
Semitron® ESd 225
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Fluorosint® PTFE
Semitron® ESd 500HR
PTFE
73°F
12,500
6,200
6,000
6,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
4,000
3,000
3,800
3,500
3,500
3,000
2,300
2,200
2,100
2,100
2,000
2,000
1,800
1,800
1,500
1,500
500
Engineering Materials
2
650°F
580°F
500°F
500°F
500°F
500°F
480°F
480°F
450°F
425°F
425°F
410°F
340°F
300°F
300°F
250°F
210°F
210°F
210°F
200°F
180°F
180°F
160°F
150°F
11,500
4,600
4,000
4,000
4,500
4,700
4,000
3,000
2,200
2,700
2,500
1,750
2,200
2,000
1,800
2,000
2,000
1,200
1,200
1,500
400
1,000
1,000
250
300°F
10,500
3,000
2,000
2,000
3,000
4,250
750
2,000
1,500
1,700
––
750
1,000
––
––
500
500
––
––
––
––
500
500
100
Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, MC, Nylatron, Semitron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products.
Delrin is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon and Radel are registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products.
Ultem is a registered trademark of GE Plastics. * Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips 66 Company.
Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.
5
Engineering Materials
2
Fluorosint® 207 filled PTFE
Ertalyte® TX
Ertalyte® PET-P (Natural & Black)
Nylon 101
MC® 907 nylon
Acetron® GP Acetal (Natural, Black & Colors)
Delrin* 150 Acetal (Natural)
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Nylatron LFG
Contact
Cope Plastics for complete
details on all materials.
Fluorosint® 207 filled PTFE
Ultem* 1000 PEI
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
PC 1000 Polycarbonate
Ertalyte® PET-P (Black & Natural)
Nylon 101 (Natural)
MC® 907 Nylon
Acetron® GP Acetal/Delrin* 150 (Natural)
UHMW-PE TIVAR
RADEL
BEST
Fluorosint
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Ketron® PEEK
Ketron® PEEK 30% CF
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Techtron® HPV
Quadrant BG PPS
BEST
Fluorosint®
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Ketron® PEEK
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Techtron® HPV
Quadrant BG PPS
Fluorosint®
Ketron® PEEK
Ketron® PEEK 30% CF
Techtron® HPV
Quadrant BG PPS
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Acetron® GP Acetal
Fluorosint®
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Ketron® PEEK
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Ertalyte® PET–P
Ertalyte® TX
®
Acetal / Delrin*150
Celazole* PBI
Delrin* AF Blend
Duratron® PI
Ertalyte® PET-P
Ertalyte® TX
Fluorosint® PTFE
Ketron® PEEK
MC® 901 / 907 nylon
Nylatron® GS nylon
Nylatron® GSM Blue
Nylatron® GSM nylon
Nylatron® NSM nylon
Nylon 101
Ketron® PEEK 30% CF
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Quadrant BG PPS
Techtron® HPV
Torlon* 4301 PAI
Torlon* 4501 & 4540
Note:
ROD
(DIAMETERS)
1/4" – 6"
1" – 4-3/4"
1/4" – 6"
1" – 4-3/4"
1/4" – 7"
3/8" – 6"
1/2" – 8-3/4"
1/4" – 4"
2" – 38"
3/16" – 2"
2" – 38"
2" – 38"
2" – 38"
1/32" – 6"
––
1/4" – 3"
1" – 12"
1/4" – 4"
1/4" – 2"
1" – 15"
CF = Carbon fiber reinforced
GF = Glass fiber reinforced
BG = Bearing grade
ESD = Electrostatic dissipative
CM = Compression molded
SHEET
(THICKNESS)
1/4" – 3"
1/2" – 2"
1/4" – 3"
1/2" – 1-1/2"
1/4" – 4"
3/8" – 4"
1/4" – 3"
1/4" – 2"
3/16" – 4"
1/32" – 2"
3/16" – 4"
3/16" – 4"
3/16" – 4"
1/32" – 3"
––
1/4" – 2-1/2"
3/8" – 2-3/8"
3/8" – 2"
3/16" – 1"
3/8" – 2"
For resistance to
other chemicals,
contact
Cope Plastics, Inc.
Technical Service.
PTFE
Fluorosint®
UHMW-PE
Ketron® PEEK
Techtron® PPS
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
Radel* R PPSU
Ultem* 1000 PEI
PC 1000 Polycarbonate
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
PTFE
Fluorosint® 500
Ketron® PEEK
Techtron® PPS
Radel* R PPSU
Ultem* 1000 PEI
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
(Custom sizes including
disc and tubular bar are
also available in cast and
compression molded
materials.)
Products are
compression molded and
typically available in rod,
sheet, tubular bar and
discs. Rod and tube
lengths range from 3” to
12”. Sheet sizes are 12”
x 12”, 13-1/4” x 141/4”, and 14” x 28”.
FDA compliant by
special order only.
BEST
BEST
PTFE
Fluorosint®
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Ketron® PEEK
PPS products
Radel* R PPSU
Polysulfone
PTFE
Fluorosint® 500
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Ketron® PEEK
PPS products
Ertalyte® PET-P
Radel* R PPSU
Ultem* 1000 PEI
ROD
(DIAMETERS)
Celazole* PBI
Delrin* 150
Duratron® PI
Ertalyte® PET-P
Fluorosint® PTFE
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Ketron® 30% GF PEEK
Ketron® PEEK
MC® 901 / 907 nylon
Nylon 101 / GS
Polycarbonate
Polysulfone
Radel* R PPSU
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
Semitron® ESd 225
Semitron® ESd 410C
Semitron® ESd 500HR
Techtron® PPS
Torlon* 4301, 4203
Torlon* 5530, 4503
Ultem* 2300 PEI
Ultem* 1000 PEI
30% GF Nylon
1" – 4-3/4"
1/32" – 8"
1" – 4-3/4"
1/4" – 7"
1/2" – 8-3/4"
1" – 3"
1" – 2-1/4"
1/4" –4"
2" – 38"
1/32" – 6"
1/32" – 6"
1/32" – 6"
1/4" – 6"
1" – 12"
–––
1" – 4-3/4"
1/2" – 8-3/4"
1/4" – 3"
1/4" – 2"
1" – 15"
1/4" – 6"
1/32" – 6"
3/8" – 6"
Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, MC, Nylatron, Semitron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products.
Delrin is aregistered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon and Radel are registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products.
Ultem is a registered trademark of GE Plastics. * Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips 66 Company.
Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.
6
SHEET
(THICKNESS)
1/2" – 2"
1/32" – 4"
1/2" – 1-1/2"
1/4" – 4"
1/4" – 3"
–––
–––
1/4" – 2"
3/16" – 4"
1/32" – 3"
1/4" – 3"
1/4" – 3"
1/4" – 3"
3/8" – 2-3/8”
1/4" – 3"
3/8" – 2"
1/4" – 3"
1/4" – 2"
1/2" – 1"
3/8" – 2"
3/8" – 2-1/2"
1/4" – 3"
1/32" – 3"
Tough M aterials
MC® 901 / MC® 907 nylon
Nylatron® GSM nylon
Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Average Toughnes s
Nylon 101 Nylatron® NSM nylon
Acetron® GP Acetal
Delrin* 150 Acetal
Delrin* AF Blend
Ertalyte® TX
Fluorosint® filled PTFE
Ketron® PEEK
Torlon* PAI
Celazole* PBI
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Torlon* PAI grades
Techtron® HPV
Ketron® PEEK
Quadrant BG PPS
Fluorosint® filled PTFE
Delrin* AF Blend
Ertalyte® PET-P
Ertalyte® TX
Nylatron® NSM nylon
Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin
Nylatron® GSM Blue nylon
Nylatron® GS nylon
Nylatron® GSM nylon
MC® 901/MC® 907 nylon
Nylon 101
UHMW-PE TIVAR
CLTE
1.7 x 10-5
1.3 x 10-5
1.4 x 10-5
1.7 x 10-5
1.7 x 10-5
1.9 x 10-5
2.5 x 10-5
2.6 x 10-5
3.3 x 10-5
3.3 x 10-5
4.5 x 10-5
4.7 x 10-5
5.0 x 10-5
5.4 x 10-5
5.7 x 10-5
5.0 x 10-5
5.0 x 10-5
4.0 x 10-5
5.5 x 10-5
5.5 x 10-5
5.5 x 10-5
11 x 10-5
Notc h S ens itive
M aterials
Nylatron® GS nylon
Ertalyte® PET–P
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Techtron® HPV
Quadrant BG PPS
Duratron® PI
Celazole* PBI
76.4
55.0
30.3
28.1
22.0
19.8
17.8
12.1
3.5
1.6
1.8
1.4
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.5
Select a material with the lowest
coefficient of linear thermal
expansion (in. / in. / °F) or
lowest water absorption.
*Applications requiring
Celazole* PBI are typically
dry due to high
temperatures.
Select the most impact
resistant material if
toughness is
critical.
All cost are estimates
relative to Nylon 101.
Please note that size
availability and near net
shapes can reduce
material cost.
Celazole* PBI
Torlon* PAI grades
Ultem* 2300 PEI
Ketron® 30% GF PEEK
Semitron® ESd 410C
Duratron® PI
Fluorosint® 500
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
Ketron® PEEK
Techtron® PPS
30% GF Nylon
Radel* R PPSU
Ultem* 1000 PEI
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Ertalyte® PET-P
PC 1000 Polycarbonate
Acetal / Delrin* 150
MC® 901 / 907 nylon
Nylatron® GS nylon
Nylon 101
Fluorosint® 207
Semitron® ESd 500HR
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Semitron® ESd 225
PTFE
2
H2O Absorp.
(Saturation)
5.00
1.50
0.90
0.50
1.25
1.50
3.00
0.03
0.50
0.03
7.00
1.10
1.25
0.60
0.90
0.40
0.90
7.00
7.00
7.00
0.03
2.00
0.01
2.00
0.01
Tough M aterials
MC® 901 / MC® 907 nylon
Radel* R PPSU
PC 1000 Polycarbonate
PTFE
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Average Toughnes s
Nylon 101
Semitron® ESd 225
Acetron® GP Acetal / Delrin*150
Fluorosint® filled PTFEs
Torlon* PAI grades
Ketron® PEEK
Ultem* 1000 PEI
Techtron® PPS
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Techtron® CM PPS
Semitron® ESd 500HR
Celazole* PBI
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Semitron ESd 500HR
Semitron ESd 520HR
Ketron 30% GF PEEK
Torlon* PAI grades
Ketron® PEEK
Techtron CM PPS
Semitron ESd 410C
Techtron PPS
Fluorosint® 500 filled PTFE
Radel R PPSU
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
76.4
55.0
45.8
36.4
34.0
28.1
19.8
18.5
17.3
15.9
12.1
9.0
8.1
Engineering Materials
BEST
Quadrant BG PPS
Celazole* PBI
Torlon* PAI grades
Ketron® 30% CF PEEK
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Duratron® 150 PI
Fluorosint® 500
Ketron® PEEK
Techtron® HPV
Ertalyte® PET-P
Ertalyte® TX
Delrin* 150 Acetal
Delrin* AF Blend
Acetron® GP Acetal
Fluorosint® 207
MC® 901 / 907 nylon
Nylatron® GSM nylon
Nylatron® GS nylon
Nylatron® NSM nylon
Nylon 101
Nylatron® GSM Blue
UHMW-PE TIVAR
H2O Absorp.
(Saturation)
0.03
5.00
1.50
0.50
0.30
1.50
3.00
0.50
0.10
0.90
0.50
0.90
1.00
0.90
2.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
0.01
CLTE
1.3 x 10-5
-5
BEST 1.7 x 10
1.1 x 10-5
1.4 x 10-5
1.8 x 10-5
2.0 x 10-5
2.1 x 10-5
2.5 x 10-5
2.6 x 10-5
2.8 x 10-5
3.1 x 10-5
3.1 x 10-5
3.1 x 10-5
3.1 x 10-5
3.3 x 10-5
3.9 x 10-5
4.7 x 10-5
3.5 x 10-5
4.0 x 10-5
5.5 x 10-5
5.7 x 10-5
5.7 x 10-5
9.2 x 10-5
9.3 x 10-5
10.0 x 10-5
Notc h S ens itive
M aterials
Nylatron® GS nylon
Ertalyte® PET-P
30% GF Nylon
Semitron® ESd 410C
Ultem* 2300 PEI
Ketron® 30% GF or CF PEEK
Quadrant 40% GF PPS
Duratron® PI
Celazole* PBI
Ultem 2300 PEI
30% GF Nylon
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Ultem 1000 PEI
Semitron ESd 225
PTFE
PC 1000 Polycarbonate
Ertalyte® PET-P
Acetal/Delrin 150
Nylatron® GS nylon
Nylatron® 101
MC® 901/MC® 907 nylon
UHMW-PE TIVAR
7.0
4.5
4.0
3.9
3.3
3.0
1.7
1.6
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.0
0.5
All statements, technical information and recommendations contained in the Quadrant Product section are presented in good faith, based upon
tests believed to be reliable and practical field experience. The reader is cautioned however; that neither Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products
nor Cope Plastics, Inc. guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information. It is the customer’s responsibility to determine the suitability
of products in any given application. Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, MC, Nylatron, Semitron and Techtron are registered
trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products. Delrin is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon and Radel are
registered trademarks of Amoco Performance Products. Ultem is a registered trademark of GE Plastics. * Ryton is a registered trademark
of Phillips 66 Company. Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.
7
Engineering Materials cont.
PRODUCT COMPARISON
Engineering Materials
2
CAST
EXTRUDED
Units
OTHER
CHEMICAL (3)
ELECTRICAL
THERMAL
MECHANICAL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
89
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Specific Gravity, 73°F.
Tensile Strength, 73°F.
psi
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
psi
Tensile Elongation (at break), 73°F.
%
Flexural Strength, 73°F.
psi
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
psi
Shear Strength, 73°F.
psi
Compressive Strength, 10% Deformation, 73°F.
psi
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
psi
Hardness, Rockwell, Scale as noted, 73°F.
Hardness, Durometer, Shore “D” Scale, 73°F.
Izod Impact (notched), 73°F.
ft. lb./in. of notch
Coefficient of Friction (Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic
Limiting PV (with 4:1 safety factor applied)
ft. lbs./in.2 min
Wear Factor “k” x 10-10
in.3-min/ft. lbs. hr.
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (-40°F to 300°F)
in./in./°F
Heat Deflection Temperature 264 psi
°F
Tg-Glass transition (amorphous)
°F
Melting Point (crystalline) peak
°F
Continuous Service Temperature in Air (Max.) (1)
°F
Thermal Conductivity
BTU in./hr. ft.2 °F
Dielectric Strength, Short Term
Volts/mil
Surface Resistivity
ohm/square
Dielectric Constant, 106 Hz
Dissipation Factor, 106 Hz
Flammability @ 3.1 mm (1⁄8 in.) (5)
Water Absorption Immersion, 24 Hours
% by wt.
Water Absorption Immersion, Saturation
% by wt.
Acids, Weak, acetic, dilute hydrochloric or sulfuric acid
@73°F
Acids, Strong, conc. hydrochloric or sulfuric acid
@73°F
Alkalies, Weak, dilute ammonia or sodium hydroxide
@73°F
Alkalies, Strong, strong ammonia or sodium hydroxide
@73°F
Hydrocarbons-Aromatic, benzene, toluene
@73°F
Hydrocarbons-Aliphatic, gasoline, hexane, grease
@73°F
Ketones, Esters, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone
@73°F
Ethers, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran
@73°F
Chlorinated Solvents, methylene chloride, chloroform
@73°F
Alcohols, methanol, ethanol, anti-freeze
@73°F
Continuous Sunlight
@73°F
FDA Compliance
Relative Cost (4)
Relative Machinability (1-10, 1=Easier to Machine)
Test
Method
ASTM
Quadrant
Nylon
101
Unfilled
PA66
Nylatron®
GS
Nylatron®
GF30
MoS2 filled 30% Glass
Filled PA66
PA66
D792
1.15
1.16
D638
12,000
12,500
D638
425,000
480,000
D638
50
25
D790
15,000
17,000
D790
450,000
460,000
D732
10,000
10,500
D695
12,500
16,000
D695
420,000
420,000
D785
M85 (R115) M85 (R115)
D2240
D80
D85
D256 Type “A”
0.6
0.5
QTM 55007
0.25
0.2
QTM 55007
2,700
3,000
QTM 55010
80
90
E-831 (TMA)
5.5 x 10-5
4 x 10-5
D648
200
200
D3418
N/A
N/A
D3418
500
500
210
220
F433
1.7
1.7
D149
400
350
EOS/ESD S11.11
>1013
>1013
D150
3.6
D150
0.02
UL 94
V-2
V-2
D570 (2)
0.3
0.3
D570 (2)
7
7
L
L
U
U
L
L
U
U
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
L
L
L
Y
N
$
$
1
1
1.29
13,500
675,000
5
21,000
650,000
18,000
600,000
M75
2.0 x 10-5
400
N/A
500
220
1.7
350
V-2
0.3
5.5
L
U
L
U
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
N
$
4
Nylatron®
MC® 907
Nylatron®
MC® 901
Nylatron®
GSM
Blue, Heat
Stabilized
PA6
Unfilled PA6
MoS2
1.15
1.15
12,000
12,000
400,000
400,000
20
20
16,000
16,000
500,000
500,000
11,000
11,000
15,000
15,000
400,000
400,000
M85 (R115) M85 (R115)
D85
D85
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
3,000
3,000
100
100
5.0 x 10-5
5.0 x 10-5
200
200
N/A
N/A
420
420
200
260
1.7
1.7
500
500
>1013
>1013
3.7
3.7
HB
HB
0.6
0.6
7
7
L
L
U
U
L
L
U
U
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
L
L
L
Y
N
$
$
1
1
1.16
11,000
400,000
30
16,000
500,000
10,500
14,000
400,000
M80 (R11)
D85
0.5
0.2
3,000
90
5.0 x 10-5
200
N/A
420
200
400
>1013
3.7
HB
0.6
7
L
U
L
U
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
N
$
1
filled
PA6
Engineering Materials cont.
Key:
PRODUCT COMPARISON cont.
A = Acceptable Service
(1)
Data represent Quadrant’s estimated maximum long term service temperature based on practical field experience.
L = Limited Service
(2)
Specimens 1/8” thick x 2” dia. or square.
U = Unacceptable
(3)
Chemical resistance data are for little or no applied stress. Increased stress, especially localized may result in more severe attack.
Examples of common chemicals also included.
Relative cost of material profiled ($ = Least Expensive and $$$$$$ = Most Expensive)
(5)
Estimated rating based on available data. The UL 94 Test is a laboratory test and does not relate to actual fire hazard. Contact Cope
Plastics for specific UL “Yellow Card” recognition number.
EXTRUDED
CAST
Nylatron®
LIG
OIL Filled
PA6
1
1.14
2 9,900
3 465,000
4
50
5 15,000
6 525,000
7 9,300
8 13,500
9 330,000
10 M85 (R120)
11
12 1.0
13 0.14
14 6,000
15
90
16 5.6 x 10-5
17 200
18 N/A
19 420
20 220
21
22
23
24
25
26
HB
27 0.3
28
6
29
L
30
U
31
L
32
U
33
A
34
A
35
A
36
A
37
L
38
L
39
L
40
N
41
$
42
2
Nylatron®
GSM Blue
Nylatron®
NSM
Nylatron®
703XL
FDA
MoS2 and
Compliant
Oil Filled
Oil Filled PA6
PA6
Premium,
Solid
Lubricant
Filled PA6
Premium,
Solid
Lubricant
Filled PA6
1.15
11,000
410,000
20
16,000
475,000
10,000
14,000
400,000
M80 (R110)
D85
0.5
0.18
15,000
12
5.5 x 10-5
200
N/A
420
200
1.3
400
>1013
HB
0.3
7
L
U
L
U
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
N
$$
1
1.11
9,000
400,000
15
13,000
360,000
10,000
360,000
M65
0.7
0.14
17,000
26
4.9 x 10-5
200
N/A
420
200
1.8
>1012
HB
0.3
7
L
U
L
U
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
N
$$
1
Nylatron®
LFG
1.14
9,900
465,000
50
15,000
525,000
9,300
13,500
330,000
M85 (R120)
1.5
0.14
6,000
90
5.6 x 10-5
200
N/A
420
220
2.0
HB
0.3
6
L
U
L
U
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
Y
$
2
1.15
10,000
500,000
30
15,000
500,000
13,000
425,000
M80 (R117)
0.9
0.18
5,500
65
5.5 x 10-5
200
N/A
420
200
1.9
>1013
HB
0.3
6
L
U
L
U
A
A
A
A
L
L
L
N
$
1
2
Engineering Materials
(4)
QTM = Quadrant Test Method
NOTE: Property data shown are typical average
values. A dash (-) indicates insufficient data available
for publishing.
Acetron®
GP
Delrin®
Acetal
Delrin® AF
Blend
Semitron®
ESd 225
Ertalyte®
PET-P
Ertalyte®
TX
Symalit®
PVDF
Premium
Porosity-free
POM-C
POM-H
PTFE Filled
POM-H
Static
Dissipative
POM
Semicrystalline
PET
Premium,
Solid
Bubricant
Filled PET
Unfilled
PVDF
1.41
9,500
400,000
30
12,000
400,000
8,000
15,000
400,000
M88 (R120)
D85
1
0.25
2,700
200
5.4 x 10-5
220
N/A
335
180
1.6
420
>1013
3.8
0.005
HB
0.2
0.9
L
U
A
U
A
A
U
A
L
A
L
Y
$
1
1.41
11,000
450,000
30
13,000
450,000
9,000
16,000
450,000
M89 (R122)
D86
1
0.25
2,700
200
4.7 x 10-5
250
N/A
347
180
2.5
450
>1013
3.7
0.005
HB
0.2
0.9
L
U
A
U
A
A
U
A
L
A
L
Y
$
1
1.5
8,000
435,000
15
12,000
445,000
7,600
16,000
350,000
M85 (R115)
D83
0.7
0.19
8,300
60
5 x 10-5
244
N/A
347
180
400
>1013
3.1
0.01
HB
0.2
1
L
U
A
U
A
A
U
A
L
A
L
N
$$
1
1.33
5,400
200,000
15
7,300
220,000
6,000
8,000
175,000
M50 (R108)
D76
1.5
0.29
2,000
30
9.3 x 10-5
225
N/A
320
180
109 - 1010
4.31
.036
HB
2
8
L
U
A
U
A
A
A
A
L
A
L
N
$$
1
1.41
12,400
460,000
20
18,000
490,000
8,000
15,000
420,000
M93 (R125)
D87
0.5
0.2
2,800
60
3.3 x 10-5
240
N/A
491
210
2
385
>1013
3.4
0.02
HB
0.07
0.9
A
L
A
U
A
A
A
A
U
A
L
Y
$$
2
1.44
10,500
500,000
5
14,000
360,000
8,500
15,200
400,000
M94)
D80
0.4
0.19
6,000
35
4.5 x 10-5
180
N/A
491
210
1.9
533
>1013
3.6
.02
HB
0.06
0.47
A
L
A
U
A
A
A
A
U
A
L
Y
$
2
1.78
7,000
300,000
100
8,000
290,000
10,000
160,000
M75
D78
3.0
6.6 x 10-5
230
N/A
340
300
1.5
260
<1013
6.4
0.165
V-O
.03
.05
A
A
L
U
A
A
A
L
L
A
L
Y
$
3
910
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
PRODUCT COMPARISON cont.
EXTRUDED
Units
Test
Method
ASTM
OTHER
CHEMICAL (3)
ELECTRICAL
THERMAL
MECHANICAL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
11
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Specific Gravity, 73°F.
D792
Tensile Strength, 73°F.
psi
D638
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
psi
D638
Tensile Elongation (at break), 73°F.
%
D638
Flexural Strength, 73°F.
psi
D790
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
psi
D790
Shear Strength, 73°F.
psi
D732
Compressive Strength, 10% Deformation, 73°F.
psi
D695
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
psi
D695
Hardness, Rockwell, Scale as noted, 73°F.
D785
Hardness, Durometer, Shore “D” Scale, 73°F.
D2240
Izod Impact (notched), 73°F.
ft. lb./in. of notch D256 Type “A”
Coefficient of Friction (Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic
QTM 55007
Limiting PV (with 4:1 safety factor applied)
ft. lbs./in.2 min
QTM 55007
Wear Factor “k” x 10-10
in.3-min/ft. lbs. hr. QTM 55010
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (-40°F to 300°F) in./in./°F
E-831 (TMA)
Heat Deflection Temperature 264 psi
°F
D648
Tg-Glass transition (amorphous)
°F
D3418
Melting Point (crystalline) peak
°F
D3418
Continuous Service Temperature in Air (Max.) (1)
°F
Thermal Conductivity
BTU in./hr. ft.2 °F
F433
Dielectric Strength, Short Term
Volts/mil
D149
Surface Resistivity
ohm/square
EOS/ESD S11.11
Dielectric Constant, 106 Hz
D150
Dissipation Factor, 106 Hz
D150
Flammability @ 3.1 mm (1⁄8 in.) (5)
UL 94
Water Absorption Immersion, 24 Hours
% by wt.
D570 (2)
Water Absorption Immersion, Saturation
% by wt.
D570 (2)
Acids, Weak, acetic acid, dilute hydrochloric or sulfuric acid @73°F.
Acids, Strong, conc. hydrochloric or sulfuric acid
@73°F.
Alkalies, Weak, dilute ammonia or sodium hydroxide
@73°F.
Alkalies, Strong, strong ammonia or sodium hydroxide
@73°F.
Hydrocarbons-Aromatic, benzene, toluene
@73°F.
Hydrocarbons-Aliphatic, gasoline, hexane, grease
@73°F.
Ketones, Esters, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone
@73°F.
Ethers, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran
@73°F.
Chlorinated Solvents, methylene chloride, chloroform
@73°F.
Alcohols, methanol, ethanol, anti-freeze
@73°F.
Continuous Sunlight
@73°F.
FDA Compliance
Relative Cost (4)
Relative Machinability (1-10, 1=Easier to Machine)
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
COMPRESSION
EXTRUDED
MOLDED
Techtron®
PPS
Quadrant
PPS
Techtron®
HPV
Unfilled
PPS
Unfilled
PPS
Premium,
Solid
Lubricant
Filled PPS
1.41
13,500
500,000
15
21,000
575,000
9,000
21,500
430,000
M95 (R125)
D85
0.6
0.4
3,000
2,400
2.8 x 10-5
250
N/A
540
425
2
540
>1013
3
0.0013
V-O
0.01
0.03
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
Y
$$$$
3
1.35
10,000
325,000
5
18,000
370,000
18,000
410,000
M93 (R125)
D85
0.6
0.4
3,000
>2,000
2.8 x 10-5
250
N/A
540
425
2
540
>1013
3
0.0013
V-O
0.02
0.03
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
N
$$$
6
1.43
10,900
540,000
4
10,500
535,000
15,500
342,000
M84
1.4
0.2
8,750
62
3.3 x 10-5
240
N/A
536
430
2.1
500
>1013
V-O
0.01
0.09
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
Y
$$$$
3
Quadrant
BG
PPS
Quadrant
GF40
PPS
Fluorosint®
207
FDA
40%
Bearing
Compliant
Glass
Filled
Grade
Mica Filled
PPS
PPS
PTFE
1.52
1.7
2,100
5,000
980,000
730,000
1
1
10,000
23,000
820,000 1,000,000
15,000
24,000
800,000 1,300,000
M93 (R126) M94 (R125)
D86
D86
1
1
0.2
25,000
800
1.7 x 10-5 2.5 x 10-5
490
490
N/A
N/A
540
540
450
450
2.2
2.1
385
>105
>1013
V-O
V-O
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.03
A
A
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N
N
$$$$$
$$$$$
5
7
2.3
1,500
250,000
50
2,000
350,000
1,700
3,800
225,000
R50
D65
1
0.1
8,000
30
5.7 x 10-5
210
N/A
621
500
200
>1012
2.65
0.008
V-O
0.03
0.2
A
A
A
U
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Y
$$$$
1
Engineering Materials cont.
Key:
PRODUCT COMPARISON cont.
A = Acceptable Service
Data represent Quadrant’s estimated maximum long term service temperature based on practical field experience.
L = Limited Service
(2)
Specimens 1/8” thick x 2” dia. or square.
U = Unacceptable
(3)
Chemical resistance data are for little or no applied stress. Increased stress, especially localized may result in more severe attack.
Examples of common chemicals also included.
QTM = Quadrant Test Method
(4)
Relative cost of material profiled ($ = Least Expensive and $$$$$$ = Most Expensive)
(5)
Estimated rating based on available data. The UL 94 Test is a laboratory test and does not relate to actual fire hazard. Contact Cope
Plastics for specific UL “Yellow Card” recognition number.
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
EXTRUDED
Quadrant
PC 1000
Ketron®
CM
PEEK
Ketron®
UHP320
PEEK
Ketron®
GF30
PEEK
Ketron® CM
GF30
PEEK
Unfilled
PPO
Unfilled
PC
Unfilled
PEEK
Unfilled
PEEK
Ultra-high
Purity
PEEK
30%
Glass Filled
PEEK
30%
Glass Filled
PEEK
1.08
8,300
367,000
23
12,900
397,000
8,300
13,200
316,000
M92
2.9
3.56 x 10-5
260
284
N/A
200
701
V-1
0.10
A
U
A
U
U
L
U
L
U
A
L
N
$$$
6
1.2
10.500
320,000
100
13,000
350,000
9,200
11,500
300,000
M75(R126)
D80
1.5
3.9 x 10-5
290
293
N/A
250
1.3
400
>1013
3.17
0.0009
HB
0.2
0.4
A
U
A
U
U
L
U
U
U
A
L
N
$$
3
1.31
16,000
630,000
40
25,000
600,000
8,000
20,000
500,000
M100(R126)
D85
1
0.4
8,500
375
2.6 x 10-5
320
N/A
644
480
1.75
480
>1013
3.3
0.003
V-O
0.1
0.5
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
Y
$$$$$
5
1.32
15,000
450,000
10
25,000
600,000
17,000
450,000
M90(R125)
D85
1
0.4
12,500
350
2.6 x 10-5
320
N/A
644
480
1.75
480
>1013
3.3
0.003
V-O
0.15
0.5
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
Y
$$$$$
5
1.31
16,000
500,000
35
25,000
600,000
8,000
20,000
500,000
M100(R126)
D85
1.0
0.4
2.6 x 10-5
320
N/A
644
480
1.75
480
>1013
3.3
0.003
V-O
0.10
0.50
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
N
$$$$$
5
1.51
14,000
1,000,000
2
23,000
1,000,000
14,000
22,000
550,000
M103(R126)
D89
0,8
1.2 x 10-5
450
N/A
644
480
2.98
500
>1013
V-O
0.1
0.3
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
N
$$$$$
7
1.65
7,400
850,000
1.0
12,000
900,000
19,000
500,000
M103(R124)
D86
1.0
1.4 x 10-5
450
N/A
644
480
2.98
550
>1013
V-O
0.15
0.5
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
N
$$$$$
7
Fluorosint
500
Mica Filled
PTFE
1
2.32
2
1,100
3 300,000
4
10
5
2,200
6 500,000
7 2,1000
8
4,000
9 250,000
10
R55
11
D70
12
0.9
13
0.15
14
8,000
15
600
16 2.75 x 10-5
17
270
18
N/A
19
621
20
500
21
5.3
22
275
23
>1013
24
2.85
25
0.008
26
V-O
27
0.1
28
0.3
29
A
30
A
31
A
32
U
33
A
34
A
35
A
36
A
37
A
38
A
39
A
40
N
41
$$$$
42
2
2
COMPRESSION
COMPRESSION
COMPRESSION
EXTRUDED MOLDED
MOLDED
MOLDED
EXTRUDED
Ketron®
1000
PEEK
Noryl
PPO
®
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
EXTRUDED
NOTE: Property data shown are typical average
values. A dash (-) indicates insufficient data available
for publishing.
Engineering Materials
(1)
Ketron®
CA30
PEEK
Ketron®
CM CA30
PEEK
30% Carbon 30% Carbon
Fiber Filled Fiber Filled
PEEK
PEEK
1.41
19,000
1,100,000
5
25,750
1,250,000
29,000
M102
D93
1.03
0.2
25,000
150
1 x 10-5
518
N/A
644
482
6.4
32
>105
V-O
.06
.3
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N
$$$$$
7
1.42
14,000
800,000
2
30,000
1,300,000
11,000
25,000
550,000
M97(R125)
D86
1.4
0.24
41,000
160
1.7 x 10-5
450
N/A
644
480
6.37
V-O
0.15
0.5
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N
$$$$$
7
Ketron®
HPV
PEEK
Semitron®
ESd 480
Premium,
Solid
Lubricant Filled
PEEK
Static
Dissipative
PEEK
1.44
11,000
850,000
2
27,500
1,100,000
10,000
20,000
500,000
M85
,7
.21
20,000
100
1.7 x 10-5
383
N/A
644
482
1.7
V-O
.05
.3
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N
$$$$$
7
1.47
14,500
940,000
1.5
21,000
1,000,000
26,500
570,000
M107(R122)
1.0
0.20
17,000
1.7 x 10-5
500
N/A
644
475
106 - 109
10.9
.518
V-O
0.18
1.65
A
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
N
$$$$$
4
11
12
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
PRODUCT COMPARISON cont.
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
EXTRUDED
Units
Test
Method
ASTM
OTHER
CHEMICAL (3)
ELECTRICAL
THERMAL
MECHANICAL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
13
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
Specific Gravity, 73°F.
Tensile Strength, 73°F.
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
Tensile Elongation (at break), 73°F.
Flexural Strength, 73°F.
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
Shear Strength, 73°F.
Compressive Strength, 10% Deformation, 73°F.
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F.
Hardness, Rockwell, Scale as noted, 73°F.
Hardness, Durometer, Shore “D” Scale, 73°F.
Izod Impact (notched), 73°F.
Coefficient of Friction (Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic
Limiting PV (with 4:1 safety factor applied)
Wear Factor “k” x 10-10
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion (-40°F to 300°F)
Heat Deflection Temperature 264 psi
Tg-Glass transition (amorphous)
Melting Point (crystalline) peak
Continuous Service Temperature in Air (Max.) (1)
Thermal Conductivity
Dielectric Strength, Short Term
Surface Resistivity
Dielectric Constant, 106 Hz
Dissipation Factor, 106 Hz
Flammability @ 3.1 mm (1⁄8 in.) (5)
Water Absorption Immersion, 24 Hours
Water Absorption Immersion, Saturation
Acids, Weak, acetic acid, dilute hydrochloric or sulfuric acid
Acids, Strong, conc. hydrochloric or sulfuric acid
Alkalies, Weak, dilute ammonia or sodium hydroxide
Alkalies, Strong, strong ammonia or sodium hydroxide
Hydrocarbons-Aromatic, benzene, toluene
Hydrocarbons-Aliphatic, gasoline, hexane, grease
Ketones, Esters, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone
Ethers, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran
Chlorinated Solvents, methylene chloride, chloroform
Alcohols, methanol, ethanol, anti-freeze
Continuous Sunlight
FDA Compliance
Relative Cost (4)
Relative Machinability (1-10, 1=Easier to Machine)
psi
psi
%
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
ft. lb./in. of notch
ft. lbs. ft./in.2 min
in.3-min/ft. lbs. hr.
in./in./°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
BTU in./(hr. ft.2 °F)
Volts/mil
ohm/square
% by wt.
% by wt.
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
73°F
D792
D638
D638
D638
D790
D790
D732
D695
D695
D785
D2240
D256 Type “A”
QTM 55007
QTM 55007
QTM 55010
E-831 (TMA)
D648
D3418
D3418
F433
D149
EOS/ESD S11.11
D150
D150
UL 94
D570 (2)
D570 (2)
Semitron®
ESd 410C
Semitron®
ESd 420
Semitron®
ESd 420W
Static
30%
Glass Filled Dissipative
PEI
PEI
Static
Dissipative
PEI
Static
Dissipative
PEI
1.28
1.51
1.41
16,500
17,000
9,000
500,000
800,000
850,000
80
3
2
20,000
27,000
12,000
500,000
850,000
850,000
15,000
9,000
22,000
32,000
19,500
480,000
625,000
600,000
M112 (R125) M114 (R127) M115 (R125)
D86
D86
D85
0.5
1
0.8
0.42
0.18
0.42
0.18
2,900
125
3.1 x 10-5
1.1 x 10-5
1.8 x 10-5
400
410
410
410
410
410
N/A
N/A
N/A
340
340
338
0.85
1.56
2.45
830
770
N/A
>1013
<1013
104 - 106
3.15
3.7
3
0.0013
0.0015
0.0013
V-O
V-O
V-O
0.25
0.18
0.3
1.25
0.9
1.1
A
A
A
U
U
U
A
A
A
U
U
U
U
U
U
L
L
L
U
U
U
A
A
A
U
U
U
A
A
A
A
A
A
YNNN
$$$
$$$
$$$$
$$$$$
3
7
4
1.34
11,500
640,000
2
14,500
650,000
8,020
23,800
370,000
M118
D85
1
0.28
0.28
100
1.95 x 10-5
410
410
N/A
340
1.51
106 - 109
5.63
.266
V-O
0.5
2.9
A
U
A
U
U
L
U
A
U
A
A
1.51
10,000
910,000
1.5
15,800
910,000
22,300
545,000
M110 (E78)
0.5
1.5 x 10-5
420
420
N/A
340
106 - 109
V-O
0.21
1.4
A
U
A
U
U
L
U
A
U
A
A
4
4
Quadrant
PSU 1000
Ultem®
1000
Unfilled
PSU
Unfilled
PEI
1.24
10,200
390,000
30
15,000
400,000
9,000
13,000
375,000
M82 (R128)
D80
1.3
3.1 x 10-5
340
374
N/A
300
1.8
425
>1013
3.14
0.0008
HB
0.3
0.6
A
U
A
U
U
L
U
L
U
A
L
Y
$$$
3
Ultem®
2300
Engineering Materials cont.
PRODUCT COMPARISON cont
Key:
A = Acceptable Service
(1)
experience.
Data represent Quadrant’s estimated maximum long term service temperature based on practical field
(2)
Specimens 1/8” thick x 2” dia. or square.
(3)
Chemical resistance data are for little or no applied stress. Increased stress, especially localized may result in more severe attack.
Examples of common chemicals also included.
L = Limited Service
U = Unacceptable
QTM = Quadrant Test Method
Relative cost of material profiled ($ = Least Expensive and $$$$$$ = Most Expensive)
(5)
Estimated rating based on available data. The UL 94 Test is a laboratory test and does not relate to actual fire hazard. Contact Cope
Plastics for specific UL “Yellow Card” recognition number.
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
EXTRUDED
Radel®
Torlon®
4203
Torlon®
4503
Torlon®
4301
Torlon®
4501
Torlon®
4540
Torlon®
5530
Torlon*
4XG
Torlon®
4XCF
Semitron®
ESd
520HR
Duratron®
XP
Celazole®
PBI
Unfilled
PPSU
Electrical
Grade
PAI
Electrical
Grade
PAI
Bearing
Grade
PAI
Bearing
Grade
PAI
Bearing
Grade
PAI
30%
Glass Filled
PAI
30%
Glass Filled
PAI
30% Carbon
Fiber Filled
PAI
Static
Dissipative
PAI
Unfilled
PI
Unfilled
PBI
EXTRUDED
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
2
Engineering Materials
(4)
NOTE: Property data shown are typical average
values. A dash (-) indicates insufficient data available
for publishing.
COMPRESSION
MOLDED
EXTRUDED
1
1.29
1.41
1.4
1.45
1.45
1.46
1.61
1.60
1.47
1.58
1.4
1.3
2
11,000
20,000
18,000
15,000
10,000
13,000
15,000
23,000
22,000
12,000
16,000
20,000
3
340,000
600,000
500,000
900,000
440,000
575,000
900,000
1,000,000
1,200,000
800,000
583,000
850,000
4
30
10
5
3
3
5
3
4
2.5
3%
4
3
5
15,000
24,000
24,000
23,000
20,000
24,000
20,000
30,000
-
20,000
20,000
32,000
6
345,000
600,000
600,000
800,000
650,000
680,000
900,000
980,000
-
850,000
600,000
950,000
7
9,000
16,000
-
16,400
-
-
-
-
-
12,600
-
-
8
13,400
24,000
18,000
22,000
16,000
17,000
27,000
40,000
37,000
30,000
24,000
50,000
9
280,000
478,000
350,000
950,000
359,000
350,000
600,000
700,000
1,000,000
600,000
450,000
900,000
10
M80(R120)
E80(M120)
E80(M119)
E70(M106)
E70(M106)
E66(M107)
E85(M125)
E90
E91
M108
M110
E105(M125)
11
D80
-
D90
-
D90
D90
D90
-
-
-
-
D94
12
2.5
2
1.5
0.8
0.5
1.1
0.7
1.0
0.9
0.8
1.4
0.5
13
-
0.35
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
-
.30
0.24
0.23
0.24
37,500
14
-
12,500
7,500
22,500
22,500
7,500
20,000
-
14,000
27,000
32,500
15
1000
50
>1,000
10
4.5
315
-
-
75
300
50
60
16
2.0 x 10-5
1.7 x 10-5
1.5 x 10-5
1.4 x 10-5
2 x 10-5
2 x 10-5
2.6 x 10-5
.9 x 10-5
.5 x 10-5
2.8 x 10-5
2.7 x 10-5
1.3 x 10-5
17
405
532
532
534
534
534
520
530
540
520
680
800(DMA)
18
428
527
527
527
527
527
527
527
527
527
613
750(DMA)
19
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20
300
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
580
600
21
2.4
1.8
1.8
3.7
3.7
-
2.5
2.5
3.6
2.6
1.53
2.8
22
360
580
600
-
-
-
700
700
-
475
700
550
23
>1013
>1013
>1013
>1013
>1013
>1013
>1013
-
-
1010 - 1012
>1013
>1013
24
3.44
4.2
4.2
5.4
5.4
-
6.3
4.4
-
5.76
3.41
3.2
25
0.0017
0.026
0.031
0.037
0.042
-
0.05
0.05
-
0.182
0.0038
0.003
26
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
V-O
27
0.37
0.4
0.35
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
.3
.3
0.6
0.4
0.4
28
1.1
1.7
1.7
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
4.6
1.3
5
29
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
L
30
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
U
31
A
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
32
A
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
33
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
34
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
35
U
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
36
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
37
U
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
38
L
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
39
L
L
L
A
A
A
L
A
A
L
L
L
40
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
41
$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$$
$$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
$$$$$
42
3
5
6
5
6
6
8
8
8
4
5
10
13
14
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
NYLON PRODUCTS
NYLON 101, NYLATRON (GS, GSM, GSM BLUE, NSM, LFG, LIG, 703XL), NYLOIL (FG, MDX)
NYCAST (XHA BLUE, 6PA NATURAL, 6PA-MoS2, CP, 6MP, 12, GF, RX, GX), NYMETAL
First Choice for All General Purpose Wear and Structural Components
Broadest size range availability
Ideal balance of strength & toughness
Cast as finished parts & near net shapes (nylon 6)
Good mechanical & electrical properties
Heat stabilized
Many grade options: FDA compliant,
Internally lubricated
Nylon’s toughness, low coefficient of friction and good abrasion resistance make it an ideal replacement for a wide variety
of materials from metal to rubber. It weighs only 1/7 as much as bronze. Using nylon reduces lubrication requirements,
eliminates galling, corrosion and pilferage problems, and improves wear resistance and sound dampening characteristics.
Nylon has a proven record of outstanding service in a multitude of parts for such diverse fields as paper, textiles,
electronics, construction, mining, metalworking, aircraft, food and material handling.
Nylon is easily fabricated into precision parts using standard metalworking equipment. Its good property profile combined
with a broad size range availability have made the material very popular since first introduced in 1946. Today, a variety of
extruded and cast nylon grades are available to match specific application demands.
Nylon 6/6 grades are extruded and available in the following cross sections: rod, tubing and sheet.
Nylon 6 products are cast from Quadrant caprolactam–providing you with single source traceability and quality control from
raw material to finished product. It is typically supplied in rod, sheet, tubular bar or custom shapes including near net
castings. All Quadrant standard extruded and cast nylon grades are profiled on the following page.
ENGINEERING NOTES
Nylons can absorb up to 7% (by weight) water under high humidity or submerged in water. This can result in dimensional
changes up to 2% and a corresponding reduction of physical properties. Proper design techniques can frequently
compensate for this factor.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
GEARS
BEARINGS
Nylatron® NSM nylon offers up to 10
times longer part life than standard type
6 nylon in this pivot bushing on a mining
dump truck. (Prior material: Bronze)
ROLLERS, WHEELS, WEAR COMPONENTS
Nylon offers better wear resistance,
compressive strength and fatigue
resistance than other materials in a
variety of wear applications. (Prior
materials: Steel, Aluminum, UHMW–PE,
Injection Molded Nylon)
WEAR PADS
Wear pads made of Nylatron® NSM nylon
are light weight, able to support heavy
loads, are non-abrasive to mating
surfaces. (Prior material: Bronze and cast
iron covered with UHMW-PE)
15
14
Gears made of Nylatron® NSM nylon run
quieter and wear longer without the need
for lubrication on processing equipment.
(Prior materials: Bronze and steel)
NOZZLE
MC® 901 is custom cast to size saving
fabrication time and money in this port
cap and diffuser nozzle application. It also
weighs only 1/7 the former parts making
parts easier to handle and install. (Prior
material: Stainless Steel)
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
Small/Screw Machine Nylon
Parts (Extruded Type)
For improved load bearing capability
Nylatron® GS Nylon — Molybdenum
disulphide (MoS2) filled nylon offering
improved strength and rigidity. With a lower
coefficient of linear thermal expansion than
Nylon 101, Nylatron® GS parts maintain better
fit and clearances, and have less tendency to
seize as bearings.
For best wear resistance and lowest
coefficient of friction
See Ertalyte® TX information.
For high load applications where a lower
coefficient of friction is needed
30% Glass-reinforced Nylon 6/6 —
For applications requiring higher compressive
strength and rigidity, 30% glass reinforced
Nylon 6/6 is also available. It is stocked in
diameters ranging from 10mm to 150mm (or
.394” to 5.910” in meter lengths).
(Cast Type 6 Nylons)
For general purpose wear and structural parts (FDA grades available)
MC® 901 Nylon — Heat stabilized nylon offering long-term thermal stability to 260°F. It is blue in color and used in a variety of bearing and structural applications such
as wheels, gears, and custom parts.
MC® 907 Nylon — Unmodified type 6 nylon offering the highest strength and hardness of the nylon 6 grades. MC 907 natural is FDA, USDA and 3A-Dairy compliant. It
is off-white in color and primarily used for food contact parts.
2
Engineering Materials
For general purpose wear and structural
parts (FDA grades available)
Nylon 101 — Of all the unmodified nylons,
Nylon 101 is the strongest, most rigid and has
one of the highest melting points. It is commonly
specified for screw machined electrical
insulators and food contact parts. It is stocked in
both natural and black. Other colors are
available on a custom basis. Nylon 101 natural
is FDA, USDA, NSF, and 3A-Dairy compliant.
Larger or Near Net Nylon Shapes
For improved load bearing capability
Nylatron® GSM Nylon — Nylatron GSM contains finely divided particles of molybdenum disulphide (MoS2) to enhance its load bearing capabilities while maintaining
the impact resistance inherent to nylon. It is the most commonly used grade for gears, sheaves, sprockets and custom parts. It is grey-black in color.
For best wear resistance and lowest coefficient of friction
Nylatron® NSM Nylon — Still the best bearing and wear nylon product available today. Proprietary type 6 nylon formulation produced using Quadrant’s Monocast®
process. Solid lubricant additives impart self-lubricating, high pressure/velocity and superior wear resistance characteristics. Nylatron NSM was developed specifically for
demanding applications where larger size parts are required. It is ideal for bearings, gears and wear pads. In wear applications, Nylatron NSM lasts up to 10 times longer
than standard Type 6 nylon.
For high load applications where a lower coefficient of friction is needed
Nylatron® GSM Blue Nylon — The first cast nylon to combine both molybdenum disulphide (MoS2) and oil for the load capability of Nylatron GSM nylon, plus
improved frictional characteristics. It excels in higher pressures, and at low speeds–up to 40 fpm. It offers 20% lower coefficient of friction, 50% greater limiting PV, and a
lower “k” factor than Nylatron GSM, making it ideal for slide pads, thrust washers and trunion bearings. Nylatron GSM Blue should be considered for any oil-filled nylon
application. It is dark blue in color.
For food contact applications where higher loads and a lower coefficient of friction are beneficial
Nylatron® LFG — Nylatron LFG takes the performance of Nylatron LIG and adds FDA compliance for applications where food contact is possible. Food packaging and
processing equipment users can now benefit from the wear resistance, toughness and low coefficient of friction of this nylon material.
For industrial applications where a lower coefficient of friction is beneficial
Nylatron® LIG — Nylatron LIG combines the toughness of cast PA6 with an oil-based lubricant that is encapsulated within the nylon matrix. It increases the load
bearing performance of the material when compared to unfilled nylons and reduces the coefficient of friction. It is an ideal material for industrial application in conveying
and processing industries.
The ultimate in control and load handling capability
Nylatron® 703XL — This ultra-high performance bearing grade of PA6 provides wear resistance near the levels of Nylatron NSM with superior load bearing capability
and an industry first - a near zero level of “stick-slip.” This elimination of chatter provides an extraordinary amount of control for high-precision applications.
Bearing & Wear Properties Comparison
Limiting
PV
“k” Factor
Coefficient of
Friction (Dynamic)
Compressive
Strength
Estimated Cost
Factor
200
160
180
5,500
2,000
2,700
65
111
200
0.18
0.12
0.25
13,000
4,000
15,000
1.2
0.5
1.2
180
8,300
60
0.19
16,000
3.5
200
15,000
12
0.18
14,000
1.4
200
210
3,000
2,700
90
80
0.20
0.25
14,000
12,500
1.0
1.0
210
210
6,000
2,800
35
60
0.19
0.20
15,250
15,000
1.6
220
430
450
3,000
8750
25,000
90
62
800
0.20
0.20
0.20
16,000
15,500
15,000
1.2
22.0
17.8
480
41,000
160
0.24
25,000
55.0
480
482
8500
20,000
375
100
0.40
0.21
20,000
20,000
19.8
30.3
500
500
500
580
600
22,500
8,000
8,000
41,500
37,500
10
600
30
5
60
0.20
0.15
0.10
0.27
0.24
22,000
4,000
3,800
17,000
50,000
28.1
12.1
14.5
63.5
76.4
Continuous
Service Temp. °F
Material
Nylatron® GSM
Blue Nylon
UHMW-PE TIVAR
Acetron® GP Acetal
Delrin* AF Blend
Acetal
Nylatron® NSM
Nylon
Nylatron® GSM
Nylon
Nylon 101
Ertalyte® TX
PET-P
Ertalyte® PET-P
Nylatron®
GS Nylon
Techtron® HPV
Quadrant BG PPS
30% CF
Ketron® PEEK (CM)
Ketron®
PEEK(extruded)
Ketron® PEEK HPV
Torlon* 4301
PAI (extruded)
Fluorosint® 500
Fluorosint® 207
Duratron® 150 PI
Celazole* PBI
Acetron, Duratron, Ertalyte, Fluorosint, Ketron, Nylatron and Techtron are registered trademarks of Quadrant Engineering Plastic Products. * Delrin is a registered
trademark of E.I. DuPont. * Torlon is a registered trademark of Amoco Performance Products. * Celazole is a registered trademark of Celanese Acetate.
15
16
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
Engineering Materials
2
1/16” - 5/8” AVAILABILITY
NYLON SHEET, ROD, AND SHAPE
PRODUCT
Dimensions
Nylon 101 Nat.
Rod Diameter
1/16”
3/32”
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8”
Nylon 101 Black
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GS
Nylatron GSM
Nylatron GSM Blue
MC 901
MC 907
Nylatron NSM
Rod Diameter
Rod Diameter
Rod Diameter
Rod Diameter
Rod Diameter
Rod Diameter
Nylon 101 Hexagonal
Dim. across flats
& Square Rod
Dim. across flats
Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.)
24” x 48”
Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.)
24” x 144”
Nylon 101 Sheet (Black)
24” x 48”
Nylatron GS Sheet
24” x 48”
Nylatron GS Sheet
24” x 144”
Nylatron GSM Sheet
24” x 48”
Nylatron GSM Sheet
48” x120”
Nylatrron GSM Blue
24” x 48”
Nylatrron GSM Blue
48” x120”
MC 901 Sheet
24” x 48”
MC 907 Sheet
24” x 48”
Nylatron NSM
24” x 48”
3/4” - 2-1/8” AVAILABILITY
NYLON SHEET, ROD, AND SHAPE
17
16
PRODUCT
Dimensions
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1-1/8”
1-1/4”
1-3/8”
1-1/2”
1-5/8”
1-3/4”
2”
2-1/8”
Nylon 101 Nat.
Rod Diameter
Nylon 101 Black
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GS
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GSM
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GSM Blue
Rod Diameter
MC 901
Rod Diameter
MC 907
Rod Diameter
Nylatron NSM
Rod Diameter
Nylon 101 Hexagonal
Dim. across flats
& Square Rod
Dim. across flats
Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.)
Nylon 101 Sheet (Nat.)
24” x 48”
24” x 144”
Nylon 101 Sheet (Black)
24” x 48”
Nylatron GS Sheet
Nylatron GS Sheet
24” x 48”
24” x 144”
Nylatron GSM Sheet
24” x 48”
Nylatron GSM Sheet
48” x120”
Nylatrron GSM Blue
24” x 48”
Nylatrron GSM Blue
48” x120”
MC 901 Sheet
24” x 48”
MC 907 Sheet
24” x 48”
Nylatron NSM
24” x 48”
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
NYLON SHEET, ROD, AND SHAPE
2-1/4” - 5” AVAILABILITY
Dimensions
2-3/4”
3”
3-1/4”
3-1/2”
3-3/4”
Nylon 101Nat.
Rod Diameter
2-1/4” 2-1/2”
Nylatron GSM
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GSM Blue
Rod Diameter
MC 901
Rod Diameter
MC 907
Rod Diameter
Nylatron NSM
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GSM Sheet
24” x 48”
MC 901 Sheet
24” x 48”
MC 907 Sheet
24” x 48”
Nylatron NSM
24” x 48”
2
5-1/4” - 9” AVAILABILITY
Dimensions
Nylon 101Nat.
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GSM
Rod Diameter
Nylatron GSM Blue
Rod Diameter
MC 901
Rod Diameter
MC 907
Rod Diameter
Nylatron NSM
Rod Diameter
5-1/4” 5-1/2” 5-3/4”
6”
6-1/4” 6-1/2”
7”
7-1/2”
8”
8-1/2”
9”
9-1/2” - 12” AVAILABILITY
NYLON
PRODUCT
Dimensions
MC 901
Rod Diameter
MC 907
Rod Diameter
Nylatron NSM
Rod Diameter
9-1/2”
10”
10-1/2” 11”
12”
Tolerances
NYLON ROD & SHEET
Nylon 101
Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom.
3.00” & above - 4’ nom.
8’ Lengths +1.00”/-.000”
Nylatron GS
Up to 2.00” Dia. - 8’ nom.
8’ Lengths
+1.00”/-.000”
Dia.
Tolerances
.062” - 1.00”
>1.00” - 2.00”
>2.00” - 2.75”
>2.75” - 4.75”
>4.75” - 6.00”
+.003”/-.000”
+.005”/-.000”
+.015”/-.000”
+.187”/-.000”
+.250”/-.000”
.187” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000”
Sheet
Thickness
Tolerances
.062” - .125” +/- .005”
>.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000”
>2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000”
.062” - .125” +/- .005”
>.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000”
Sq. &
Hex Rod
PRODUCT
Sheet Width
&
Length Tol.
5”
NYLON
Std. Rod
Lengths
4” 4-1/4” 4-1/2” 4-3/4”
Engineering Materials
PRODUCT
24”Width
+.500”/-.000”
48” & 144” long +1.00”/-.000”
24”Wide +.500”/-.000”
48” long
+1.00”/-.000”
MC 901, 907 Natural
& Nylatron GSM
Up to 4.00” 4’ nom. (GSM only 10’)
4.25” to 5.75” 2’ nom.
6.00” & above 1’ nom.
Nylatron NSM &
GSM Blue
Up to 5.75” 2’ nom.
6.00” & above 1’ nom.
2.00” - 2.75” — +.015”/.000”
>2.75”
— +.250”/.000”
2.00” - 2.75” — +.015”/.000”
>2.75”
— supplied oversize
2 x 4 Sheets .187” - 1.000” +.025”/-.000” 2 x 4 Sheets .250” - 3.75” +.025”/-.000”
1.000” - 2.000” +.040”/-.000”
>3.75”
as cast
2.000” - 3.750” +.080”/-.000”
4x10 Sheets .187” - 1.000” +.025”/-.000”
>1.000” - 2.000” +.040”/-.000”
>2.000” - 3.75 +.080”/-.000”
24”Wide +.500”/-.000”
48”Wide +1.500”/-.000”
48” long +1.00”/-.000”
120” long +1.50”/-.000”
24”Wide +.500”/-.000”
48” long +1.00”/-.000”
120” long +1.50”/-.000”
Std. 8’ lengths all sizes
+.000”/-.005” across flats
17
18
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
Engineering Materials
2
40-101
.230
.120
AVAILABILITY
NYLATRON® GS PROFILE SHAPES
40-101
40-101
40-101
40-101
40-101
.230
.230
40-101
.230
.120
.230
.120
.230
.120
.120
.230
40-101
.120
.120
40-105
.230
.250
.092
.055
.055
.055 .055
.055
.055
.219 .320
.055
.286
.120
40-105
.092
.320
.320
.286
.286.320
.320
.156.286 .286 .320
.286
.320
.286
.320
.219
.286
.594
.031
MAX
.031
MAX
.031
MAX
.031 MAX
.031
MAX
.031 MAX
40-175
40-105
40-105
40-105
40-105
.250
40-105
.250
40-105
.092
.250 .250
.092
.250
.092 .092
.250
.092 40-105
.092
.156
.156
.250
.156 .156
.156
.156
.248
.219
.248
.219
.594
.156
.594
.124
.219 .219
.219
.594
.594
.156 .219
.594
.594
.219
.594
.594
.062
.062
.030.030
.438 .500
.030 .030
.030
.030
.250
.092
40-106
40-137
40-137
40-137
40-137
40-137
.312
.312
40-137
.312
.312
.170
.170
.312
.170
.312
40-137
.170
.170
40-106
40-106
40-106
40-106
.248
40-106
.248
40-106
.124
.248
.248 .248
.124
.124
.124
.248 40-106
.124
.124
40-137
40-106
40-137
.248
.124 .312
.170
.500
.500
.438
.438.500
.438
.438 .500
.438 .500
.438 .500
.156
.062
.438 .500
.375
.031
MAX
.438 .500
.031
MAX
.031
MAX
.031 MAX
.031
MAX
.031 MAX
.170
.312 .156
.156
.170.156 .156
.156
.156.375
.375
.375 .375
.375
.156
.375
.312
.124.062
.170.062
.062 .062
.062
.062
.156
.375
.120
.120
.120 .120
.120
.120
.375
Length: 100 or 500 FT Coils
Length: 100
or 1000
FT Coils
Length: 500 .120
FT Coils
Length: 100 or 500 FT Coils
40-175
.031 MAX
40-175
40-175
.031 MAX
.375
.030
40-175
.120
40-226
.375
.031 MAX 40-175
.120
40-226
.375
.031
MAX
.250
.375
.030
40-241
.031 MAX
.030
40-226
.375
.250
40-226
40-241
40-226
.250
.250
.375
40-241
1.000
40-238
.250
.094.094
R 40-241
40-226
40-175
1.000
R 40-241
40-238
.045
1.000
.250
1.000
40-241
40-238
.045
0.062
40-238
.094 .094
R.094R R
40-175
1.000
.094.094
R R
40-238
0.062
.375
.312
R
.045 .045
40-226
.045 0.062
1.000
.312
R
0.062
40-238
.094
RR
.094 .094
R.094
0.062
.375
.250
.312 .312
R.312RRR 40-241.050
.045
.050
40-226
0.062
40-226
.050 .050
.250
.094 R 40-238
40-241
.312
R
1.000
.050
40-241
.094 R
.500
.190
.045
.190
.050
.500
.481
.438
1.000
.550.550
40-238
0.062
1.000
.481 R
.094 R
.438.500
.190
40-238
.094
R R
.094 .550
R .550
.045.500
.312
.380
.5000.062 .190
.481
.438
.190
.093
.481
.438
.045
.380 .312
R
.481
.093
.438
0.062
.050
.550 R
.500
.062
.094
R
.450
.093
.094.190
R
.093
.062
.481
.438
.450
.380R R R
.550 .380 .380
.093 .312 R
.050
.062 .062
0
.450 .450
.050
0 .093
.380
R
.062
90
0
.450
.500
.190 .450 0 900
.062
.481
.175
.438
.250
.550
90 90900
.175
.250
.190
.190 .438 .500
.380 R
.481
.175 .175
.725
.860
.481 .250 .250
.050.050
MAX
900 .550 .093
.175
.550
.725
.250
MAX
.062
.860
.450
.380 R
.093
.725 .725
.175
.380 R
.250
.860 .860
.093MAX
.050
MAX
.050
.725
.860
0
.450
.050
MAX
.450
90
.725
.860
.050 MAX
.175
.250
900
900
.175
.725
.250
.860
.175
.050 MAX
.250
SNAP-ON
PROFILE
40-242
.725
.860
SNAP-ON
PROFILE
40-242
.725
.050 MAX
.860
SNAP-ON
PROFILE
40-242
SNAP-ON
PROFILE
Length:
100
or
500
FT
Coils
Length: 100 or 500 FT Coils 40-242
Length:
12
FT
Length: 12 FT
SNAP-ON
40-242
B B PROFILE
1.000
1.000
SNAP-ON
PROFILE
40-242
1.000
B C BB
.045.045
1.000
1.000
C
.045
.045
1.000
C B CC
SNAP-ON
PROFILE
40-242
0.062
.045
0.062
.045
SNAP-ON PROFILE
40-242
C
0.062
0.062
SNAP-ON PROFILE
40-242
0.062
B
1.000
0.062
B
1.000
.045
CB
B
1.000
.187
DC D
Dwg. CNo.
Size
A
D
E Length
.320
.187
.045
.320
.045
0.062
C
.187 .187
DD
A A
.320
.187
.320
40.922
1/16A .050
.175 D .067
.280
.055 500’ coil
.320
0.062
.187
0.062
A
D
.320
A
.500
A
40.923
1/8
.065
.270 .130D .310
.095 500’ coil
.500 0 0
.187
90
.320
.500 .500
0
90
.5000
0
.187
E
40.924
1/4
.075
.425
.265
.370
.225 12’
D
A
E
.187
.320
D
.500 90 90900
EE
E
A
900 A
40.925
3/8
.085
.565
.385
.435
.305 12’
For
Drawings
40-922-928
For
Drawings
40-922-928
E
.500
Drawings
40-922-928
ForFor
Drawings
40-922-928
For
Drawings
40-922-928
40.926
1/2
.097
.750
.535
.500
.475 12’
900
.500
00
For Drawings 40-922-928
E
900
900
40.927
3/4
.118 1.025 .780
.610
.675 12’
E
E
For Drawings 40-922-928
SNAP-ON PROFILE OPTIONS
Length: 12 FT
40.928 40-922-928
1
.130
For Drawings
For Drawings 40-922-928
1.330
1.050
.725
.900 12’
AVAILABILITY
NYLON 6/6 & 6/6 MoS 2 FILLED STRIP
• Thickness - from .010” to .125”
• Standard available widths - from .350” to 12” wide can be slit to specifications (Widths >12” up to 24” are available as a custom run. Custom runs
require at least 250 lbs.)
• Slit coils are supplied on a core - inner diameter options; 3”, 6” or 16”
Please inquire about availability and minimums for standard widths & thickness.
Incremental thickness, widths, lengths and other materials can be custom run. Advise us of your needs.
Standard thickness tolerances:
.010”
+.003”/-.000”
.015” & .020”
+/-.002”
.025”, .031” & .040”
+/-.003”
.047”
+/-.004”
.062”
+.005”/-.002”
.093”
+.006”/-.004”
.125”
+/-.005”
19
18
Standard widths tolerances:
Up to 6”
+.015”/-.020”
6” to 12”
+/-.125”
Custom Widths:
>12” to 24”
+.500”/-.000”
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR
AVAILABILITY
I.D.
26”
78”
O.D.
I.D.
26”
78”
O.D.
I.D.
26”
78”
2.000”
1.000”
1.125”
1.250”
1.500”
4.000”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
5.250”
2.250”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
4.250”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
NA
5.500”
NA
NA
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
1.250”
2.000”
2.250”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
4.750”
NA
NA
NA
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
1.500”
2.000”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
1.500”
2.250”
3.000”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
4.750”
5.000”
5.750”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
6.000”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
2.000”
2.250”
2.750”
3.000”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
4.750”
5.000”
5.250”
NA
NA
NA
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
1.250”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
2.000”
2.500”
3.000”
3.500”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
4.750”
5.000”
5.250”
5.500”
6.250”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.750”
5.250”
5.500”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
4.500”
4.750”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
5.000”
2
Engineering Materials
O.D.
19
20
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
Engineering Materials
2
O.D.
I.D.
13”
26”
6.500”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.500”
4.000”
4.500”
5.000”
5.500”
5.750”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
2.750”
3.000”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
4.750”
5.250”
5.750”
6.000”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
78”
3.000”
3.500”
4.000”
4.500”
5.000”
5.500”
6.000”
6.250”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
3.000”
3.500”
4.000”
4.500”
5.000”
5.500”
6.000”
6.500”
6.750”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
4.000”
4.500”
5.000”
5.500”
6.000”
6.500”
7.000”
7.250”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
4.500”
5.000”
5.500”
6.000”
6.500”
7.000”
7.500”
7.750”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
O.D.
9.000”
9.500”
6.750”
7.000”
7.500”
8.000”
8.500”
21
20
AVAILABILITY
NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR
10.00”
I.D.
13”
26”
78”
5.000”
5.500”
6.000”
6.500”
7.000”
7.500”
8.000”
8.250”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
5.500”
6.000”
6.500”
7.000”
7.500”
8.000”
8.500”
8.750”
6.00”
6.50”
7.00”
7.50”
8.00”
8.50”
9.00”
9.25”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
13.00”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6.00”
6.50”
7.00”
7.50”
8.00”
8.50”
9.00”
9.50”
9.75”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
5.50”
6.00”
6.50”
7.00”
7.50”
8.00”
8.50”
9.00”
9.50”
10.00”
10.25”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
11.50”
9.50”
10.00”
10.50”
10.75”
NA
NA
NA
NA
12.00”
6.00”
6.50”
7.00”
7.50”
8.00”
(Continued in Next Col.)
11.00”
12.00”
I.D.
13”
26”
78”
8.50”
9.00”
9.50
10.0”
10.50”
11.00”
11.25” (Custom) NA
11.50” (Custom) NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
10.50”
O.D.
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
6.00”
NA
6.50”
NA
7.00”
NA
7.50”
NA
8.00”
NA
8.50”
NA
9.00”
NA
9.50”
NA
10.00”
NA
10.50”
NA
11.00”
NA
11.50”
NA
12.00” (Custom)
NA
14.00”
11.00”
12.00”
12.50”
13.00” (Custom)
15.00”
7.00”
7.50”
8.00”
8.50”
9.00”
9.50”
10.00”
10.50”
11.00”
11.50”
12.00”
13.00”
13.50”
14.00”
14.50”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
15.50”
13.00”
NA
16.00”
8.00”
8.50”
9.00”
9.50”
10.00”
11.00”
12.00”
13.00”
14.00”
14.50”
15.00”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLON PRODUCTS cont.
NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR
AVAILABILITY
I.D.
13”
26”
78”
O.D.
I.D.
13”
26”
78”
17.00”
9.00”
10.00”
11.00”
12.00”
13.00”
14.00”
15.00”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
18.00”
10.00”
11.00”
12.00”
13.00”
14.00”
15.00”
16.00”
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NYLATRON® GSM, MC 901, MC 907 NATURAL TUBULAR BAR
Tubes are supplied with the OD sufficiently oversized and the ID sufficiently
undersized to be finished to the dimension listed.
2
Engineering Materials
O.D.
Tolerances
26” lengths
13” lengths
78” lengths
+.500” /-.000”
+.250” /-.000”
supplied as cast
NYLOIL®
Only NYLOIL from Cast Nylons Ltd. offers three grades of self-lubricating Nylon bearing material tailored to meet your specific
application.
A cast nylon with built-in oil lubrication, NYLOIL provides superior machinability, performance, and durability compared to other
plastic and traditional bearing materials. Three grades of NYLOIL are available to fit the most demanding applications: original
Green Nyloil for most bearing applications; food-grade, Natural Nyloil-FG for direct contact with food; and MoS2 filled Gray
Nyloil-MDX with slightly higher compressive load capabilities than original NYLOIL.
The incorporation of an oil lubricant package into the nylon matrix provides significant
advantages over other bearing materials:
• Lubrication results in 25% lower coefficient of friction than other grades of nylon.
• Performs in harsh environments where lubrication is difficult, impossible, or undesirable.
• Operates efficiently in direct contact with abrasive slurries.
• Works successfully in marine applications.
• Reduced water absorption promotes higher dimensional stability.
• Works and machines as easily as brass.
• Oil will not spin out, dry out, or drain out, even under the harshest operating conditions.
350x Magnification of NYLOIL sample showing
oil dispersion.
During NYLOIL’s manufacturing process, an oil lubricant package is completely dispersed within the cast nylon matrix, making it
an integral part of the casting’s structure. Although not evident by sight or touch, the oil lubricant in NYLOIL is always at the
surface regardless of the amount of material removed during finish machining or normal wear.
NYLOIL-FG is a self lubricating nylon bearing material which meets the provisions of FDA Regulations 21 CFR, Section 177.15
(and others) and USDA 3A Sanitary Standards 20-17 for direct contact with food. This is a particularly useful material where
additional lubrication is not desirable because of cleanability, contamination, or other considerations.
Gray NYLOIL-MDX is formulated with a Molybdenum Disulfide filler which promotes higher crystallinity in the cast polymer, in
addition to the oil lubricant package. This yields a bearing material with more consistent intermolecular structure and
generally a narrower distribution within the range of physical property values, while retaining the advanced friction properties
of unfilled Nyloil.
MATERIAL
WEAR
FACTOR
K(1)
COEFFICIENT
OF FRICTION
DYNAMIC(1)
COMPARATIVE
WEAR RATE
TO NYLOIL
NYCAST NYLOIL
4
.12
1
ACETAL/PTFE FILLED
16
.15
4
NYLATRON NSM(2)
33
.17
8
NYCAST 6PA MoS2 FILLED
274
.22
68
NYLON 6/6
900
.43
225
BRONZE (ASTM B-147)
3,000
.34
750
(1) Measures on thrust washer testing machine, unlubricated @ 40 fpm and 50 lb./sq.
in.
WATER ABSORPTION
21
22
Engineering Materials cont.
NYLOIL® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY
With their higher crystallinity, all NYCAST® products exhibit improved dimensional stability compared to their extruded
nylon counterparts. But NYLOIL provides even better dimensional stability than regular grades of cast nylon. Its oil droplets
fill gaps in the amorphous structure of the polymer, allowing less room for water to be absorbed into these areas. The
moisture absorption graph (page 21) shows that despite a slow absorption rate, NYLOIL stabilizes at approximately 2.5%
moisture content - less than half the moisture content of other unfilled nylons.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
STOCK SHAPE AVAILABILITY
Gears
Bearings
Bushings
Sprockets
Wear Pads
Sheaves
Pulleys
Guides
Tooling Fixtures
Cams
Feed Screws
Wear Rails
Housings
Wear Shoes
Conveyor Wheels
Buffer Plates
Rod
1” Diameter to 12” Diameter
Plate
1/4” to 1” Thk (in 1/8” increments).
1-1/4” to 4” Thk (in 1/4” increments)
Available in 24” x 48”, 28” x 57” and
36” x 48”, and 36” x 60”.
Tubular Bar
2” to 40” O.D. (wall sections, 1/4” to 4”)
Standard lengths: 13”, 26” and 39”.
Discs
12 1/2” to 58” Diameter
(Thickness starts at 2”)
ASTM PROPERTY
Sleeves
Insulators
Scraper Blades
Wear Strips
Rollers
Die Wear Plates
Telescoping Boom Wear Pads
Slipper Blocks
Supports
Form Tools
Star Wheels
Valve Seats
Wear Rings
Seals
Wheels
Rubbing Blocks
UNITS
TEST OR PUBLISHED
SP GRAV.
TENSILE STRENGTH
PSI
TENSILE ELONGATION
%
TENSILE MODULUS
PSI
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (@ 10% OFF SET)
PSI
COMPRESSIVE MODULUS
PSI
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
PSI
FLEXURAL MODULUS
PSI
SHEAR STRENGTH
PSI
NOTCHED IZOD
FT-LBS/IN
TENSILE IMPACT
FT-LBS/SQ.IN
ROCKWELL
R
MELT POINT
DEG. F
COEF. OF LINEAR THERMAL EXP.
IN/IN/DEG.F
DEFORM UNDER LOAD
%
DEFLECT. TEMP.
264 PSI
DEG.F
66 PSI
DEG.F
CONT SERV. TEMP.
DEG.F
INTER. SERV. TEMP.
DEG.F
WATER ABSORPTION
24 HR.
%
SAT.
%
COEFF. OF FRICTION
DYNAMIC
MAX PV.
UNLUBED @ 40 FPM
PSI X FPM
WEAR FACTOR K
Rings
Call for specific sizes
Rectangular Bar
Call for specific sizes
Custom Casting
Available upon request.
TEST METHOD
NYLOIL
NYLOIL-FG
NYLOIL-MDX
D792
D638
D638
D638
D695
D695
D790
D790
D732
D256
D1822
D785
D789
D696
D621
1.14-1.15
9,500-11,000
45-55
375,000-475,000
12,000-14,000
275,000-375,000
14,000-16,000
375,000-475,000
8,000-9,000
1.4-1.8
33-36
100-115
450+/-10
5.0X10-5
0.7-0.8
1.14-1.15
9,500-11,000
45-55
375,000-475,000
12,000-14,000
275,000-375,000
14,000-16,000
375,000-475,000
8,000-9,000
1.4-1.8
33-36
100-115
450+/-10
5.0X10-5
0.7-0.8
1.14-1.15
10,500-11,000
35-45
425,000-475,000
13,500-14,000
325,000-375,000
15,000-16,000
425,000-475,000
8,000-9,000
1.4-1.8
33-36
100-115
450+/-10
5.0X10-5
0.7-0.8
D648
D648
200-400
400-430
230
330
200-400
400-430
230
330
200-400
400-430
230
330
D570
D570
.5-.6
2.0-2.5
.5-.6
2.0-2.5
.5-.6
2.0-2.5
.12
.12
.12
16,000
4
16,000
4
16,000
4
Physical Properties - Because of the presence of oil in the matrix of the nylon, NYLOIL exhibits superior physical properties including notched load impact (NYLOIL is
two times less likely to break under load impact than a regular cast nylon), improved elongation (twice the elongation of 6PA Natural), coefficient of friction (because oil
is constantly present at the material’s surface) and water absorption (the oil in the matrix leaves less room for water to be absorbed).
23
22
Engineering Materials cont.
AVAILABILITY
NYCAST® RX (RED) & NYCAST® GX (GRAY)
SOLID LUBRICANT-FILLED NYLONS
NYCAST® RX & GX are specially
formulated, self-lubricating
grades designed to:
Deliver low coefficient
of friction
High pressure/velocity
performance
Superior wear resistance
Low moisture absorption
Typical applications include:
Wear pads
Bearings
Thrust washers
Bearings
Gears
Typical industries include:
Construction
Mining
Material handling
Pulp & paper processing
Food processing
Limiting PV
Unlubricated*Continuously
Lubricated*
Nycast 6PA
6PA-Blue, 6PA-MoS2
3,600
14,000
Nycast 612 CP
3,600
14,000
Nycast Nyloil, Nyloil-FG 16,000
16,000
Nyloil-MDX
16,000
16,000
Btcast /GX/RX
16,00
16,000
*Measured on a Thrust Washer test machine,
in accordance with ASTM D3702.
The samples were run under normal test
conditions, unlubricated @ 50ft/min and
40psi.
”1/4” thick
1” Diam.-12” Diam.
From 12” OD to 60”
Tubular Bar:
Rings & Custom Castings:
2
Engineering Materials
NYCAST® RX & GX are solid lubricant-filled nylon 6 designed to provide low
coeffiecient of friction and superior wear resistance, making them an excellent
choice in high load, low-speed applications. Developed after years of research
as an alternative to other “solid lubricated” cast nylons, RX and GX give
engineers another superior choice for the NYCAST® family of premium grade
cast nylons.
Plates:
Rods:
Discs:
OD
Thickness starts at 2”
2” OD - 40” OD
available upon request
NYCAST RX & GX PROPERTIES
PROPERTY
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
TENSILE STRENGTH
TENSILE ELONGATION
TENSILE MODULUS
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
COMPRESSIVE MODULUS
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
FLEXURAL MODULUS
SHEAR STRENGTH
NOTCHED IZOD IMPACT
HARDNESS, ROCKWELL
HARDNESS, SHORE D
MELTING POINT
COEF. OF LINEAR THERMAL EXP.
DEFORM UNDER LOAD
DEFLECT. TEMP.
264 PSI
66 PSI
CONT SERV. TEMP.
INTER. SERV. TEMP.
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION:
DYNAMIC
STATIC
WATER ABSORPTION
24 HR.
SATURATION
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH
DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
60 CYCLES
1000 CYCLES
100,000 CYCLES
UNITS
TEST METHOD
NYCAST R-EX
PSI
%
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
FT-LBS/IN
R
D
DEG.F
IN./IN./DEG.
F
D792
D638
D638
D638
D695
D695
D790
D790
D732
D256
D785
D2240
D789
D696
D621
1.14-1.15
9,500-11,000
45-50
375,000-475,000
12,000-14,000
275,000-375,000
14,000-16,000
375,000-475,000
8,000-9,000
1.4-1.8
103
78
450-460
5.0X10-5
.7%-.8%
D648
D648
179
413
230
330
DEG.F
DEG.F
DEG.F
DEG.F
.12
.25-.35
%
%
V/MIL.
D570
D570
D149
D150
0.4-0.5
4.0-5.0
TBD
TBD
The facts stated and recommendations contained herein are based on experiments and information believed to be reliable. No guarantee is made
of the accuracy, however, and the products are sold without warranty, expressed or implied, and upon the conditions that purchaser shall conduct
their own test to determine suitability for their intended use.
23
24
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
NYCAST® XHA BLUE, NYCAST® 6 PA NATURAL & NYCAST® 6PA MoS2
NYCAST® XHA BLUE and NYCAST 6PA NATURAL
Two of the most widely used cast nylons in the industry, NYCAST® XHA BLUE and NYCAST 6PA NATURAL have delivered
successful performance - with and without lubrication - in a variety of diverse applications, particularly as a bearing
material. They are lightweight, offer extremely good wear resistance, high tensile strength and high modulus of elasticity.
Other significant properties include:
High impact resistance
Excellent vibration resistance
Resistance to brittleness and deterioration
Easy machinability and abrasion resistance
High heat distortion temperature
HEAT STABILIZATION PROPERTIES
NYCAST® XHA BLUE has a heat stabilizer that retards the loss of physical properties as temperature increases. This allows
the material to function at approximately 10% higher temperatures than standard grades; meaning NYCAST XHA operating
at 200ºF will have approximately the same physical properties as a standard grade operating at 185ºF. Maximum intermittent
temperature for NYCAST XHA is 330ºF and continuous operating temperature is 250ºF (compared to 230ºF for standard
grades).
NYCAST® 6PA MoS2
NYCAST 6PA-MoS2 is a popular choice as a dry lubricant-filled bearing material. Manufactured to be a more crystalline
product with improved wear resistance, NYCAST 6PA-MoS2 also offers improved compressive strength.
NYCAST® CP & NYCAST® 6MP
NYCAST® CP
Highly resilient, with higher tensile elongation and impact strength than standard grades, NYCAST CP has proven itself in
many applications requiring an extra degree of toughness. A copolymer of caprolactam and laurinlactam, NYCAST CP was
originally developed specifically for use in ball valve seats in the oil and gas industry. This durable material provides an
economical, high-performance bridge between NYCAST 6 and NYCAST 12 formulations.
NYCAST® 6MP
Designed to address the problems associated with impact loads, NYCAST 6MP formulations provide performance advantages
in applications that require improved impact properties over standard grades. NYCAST 6MP cushion pads protect the hammer
from metal-to-metal damage in pile drivers and provide many performance advantages in certain gear, die block, valve seat
and other applications.
This formulation also provides superior performance in extreme cold temperature applications, where standard grades are
prone to impact failure.
25
24
Engineering Materials cont.
AVAILABILITY
NYCAST® 12, NYCAST® GF
Rods:
NYCAST® 12
NYCAST 12 is the only cast nylon 12 material manufactured in North America.
Custom Tube Sizes:
With its extremely low moisture absorption, the mechanical properties of
NYCAST 12 remain virtually unaffected in a wide range of environments. NYCAST 12 offers superior performance design
in applications, where dimensional stability, chemical resistance, dielectrics, abrasion resistance and impact strength are
important factors. In wet or dry environments, indoor or outdoor, the low deformation and superior fatigue resistance
properties of NYCAST 12 deliver unmatched performance in many high-speed wheel and roller applications.
This material is also well-suited to
use for power transmission
components in material handling
and transportation environments,
as well as in structural and
enclosure elements in sensitive
electronic and manufacturing
equipment.
2
Engineering Materials
2” -12” Diameter
24 inches long
quoted upon request
NYCAST 12 PROPERTIES
PROPERTY
UNITS
TEST METHOD
NYCAST 12
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
1.03
D792
TENSILE STRENGTH
7,900
D638
PSI
TENSILE ELONGATION
>50
D638
%
TENSILE MODULUS
230,000
D638
PSI
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
10,000
D695
PSI
COMPRESSIVE MODULUS
224,000
D695
PSI
NYCAST 12 is specially
formulated and designed to offer:
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
9,000
D790
PSI
Very low moisture absorption
FLEXURAL MODULUS
238,000
D790
PSI
Superior wear resistance
SHEAR STRENGTH
6,100
D732
PSI
Dimensional stability
NOTCHED IZOD IMPACT
3.02
D256
FT-LBS/IN
Exceptional lubrication ability
HARDNESS, ROCKWELL
108
D785
R
Outstanding mechanical
HARDNESS, SHORE D
76
D2240
D
characteristics
MELTING POINT
351
D789
DEG.F
High impact strength
COEF. OF LINEAR THERMAL EXP.
Lower thermal expansion
5.5X10-5
D696
IN./IN./DEG.
DEFORM UNDER LOAD
.7%-.8%
D621
F
Typical applications include:
DEFLECT. TEMP.
Wheels
264 PSI
124
D648
DEG.F
Rollers
66 PSI
347
D648
DEG.F
Bearings and Bushings
CONT SERV. TEMP.
250
DEG.F
Gears
INTER. SERV. TEMP.
300
DEG.F
Valve Seals
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION:
Specify NYCAST 12 for applications
DYNAMIC
.2-.3
in industries such as:
WATER ABSORPTION
.25-.35
Power transmission
24 HR.
0.12
%
Amusement Park Rides
SATURATION
0.66
D570
%
Valve and Seal Manufacturers
DIELECTRIC
STRENGTH
500-600
D570
V/MIL.
Food Processing
DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
D149
Marine
60 CYCLES
3.7
D150
1000 CYCLES
3.7
NYCAST® GF
100,000 CYCLES
3.7
Offering improved tensile,
The facts stated and recommendations contained herein are based on experiments and information believed to be reliable. No guarantee is made
compressive and flexural
of the accuracy, however, and the products are sold without warranty, expressed or implied, and upon the conditions that purchaser shall conduct
properties over conventional
their own test to determine suitability for their intended use.
unfilled NYCAST grades,
NYCAST GF (Glass Filled)-30% provides increased load bearing characteristics and is the choice in applications where
added stiffness, rigidity and dimensional stability are required.
Quality cast nylon - available in your choice of color. CNL produces over 12 colors of NYCAST type 6 cast nylon. Custom
colors are available.
25
26
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
AVAILABILITY
NYCAST® NEAR NET SHAPE CASTINGS AND SHEAVES
General Sizes Available
ROD:
NYCAST® NEAR NET SHAPE CASTINGS
Diameter from 1” to 13”
Standard Lengths are 24” and 48”
PLATE:
Thickness from 1/4” to 4”
Width & Length 24x48, 36x48, 28x57,
48x120 depending on thickness
TUBULAR BAR:
Diameters from 2” to 40”
NYCAST® CUSTOM CAST SHEAVES
Wall Thickness starting at 1/4”
NYCAST® Custom Cast Sheaves offer equipment designers
Lengths of 13”, 26” and 39”
advantages in reduced component weight, improved wire rope
DISCS:
From 14” to 60”
life, and protection against corrosion. Other benefits include:
Thickness starting at 1”
Low set-up costs
RINGS:
From 14” to 60”
Large cross section geometry possible
Thickness starting at 2”
Simple or complex shapes
RECTANGULAR BAR:
Starting at 5” thick X 5” wide
STOCK - Please call with your specific needs as we may have stock items not listed that are applicable. We can also custom
pour shapes to meet your particular engineering requirements.
Our process involves putting molten material directly into a
tool to make a type 6 nylon shape, offering an overall more
cost-effective process than machining or molding parts
from other materials. NYCAST Near Net Shapes are offered
in our full line of formulations.
NYMETAL
NYMETAL
Bonding metal to nylon in a proprietary process produces a strong metal interface which stands up to the toughest
applications. NYMETAL billets are made exclusively with NYCAST grades (including food-grade materials) and a variety of
metal cores. Combining the performance advantages of nylon and metal into one cohesive unit, NYMETAL offers
advantages that are not obtained from either material alone.
NYMETAL ADVANTAGES
Whether you are considering a new application or redesigning an existing one, you should consider the NYMETAL
advantages. This bond far exceeds the performance of mechanically bonded thermoplastic to steel components. The use
of cast nylon produces a quiet running part, good vibration dampening, shock absorption, reduced part weight, longer
wear, and the ability to reduce or eliminate lubrication. The metal core provides optimum strength in the bore for power
transmission and keyway integrity. All these advantages can be delivered at cost competitive prices.
NYMETAL APPLICATIONS
NYMETAL billets can be manufactured into many different components, including gears of all types, rollers, sprockets, and augers. If you
have a difficult power transmission application, NYMETAL may provide you with the required solution. If you work in the food processing
industry, NYMETAL with NYLOIL-FG on stainless steel can offer you a food grade solution that is FDA, USDA, and 3A compliant.
NYMETAL AVAILABILITY
Every NYCAST formulation currently offered can be manufactured as a NYMETAL billet.
Standard core materials include 1117 and 4140 steel and 303, 04, and 316 stainless steel. Metal core outside diameters
are available in sizes from 1-1/2” to 6” and nylon outside diameters are available in sizes from 3” to 12”. All billets are
available in standard 24” lengths. Refer to the chart below for standard size combinations.
Cast Nyon O.D.
Metal Core O.D., Rounded Knurled
27
26
Inches
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
6
Standard Billet
Lengths are 24”
All cores are
manufactured
with a standard 12
pitch knurl
Engineering Materials cont.
2
Engineering Materials
NYMETAL CUSTOM COMPONENTS
Our NYMETAL product line includes more than just gears and sprockets. We have produced custom rollers of varying lengths up
to 48” long in several outside diameter sizes. We have also made custom auger blanks primarily for the food processing and
packaging industries. Our expertise in the casting of nylon on metal allows us to quote on a variety of custom sizes and metal
core material combinations. Let our applications engineers design a custom NYMETAL component for your application.
TORQUE TESTING
The torque-testing fixture determines the amount of torque required to separate the steel core from the NYCAST outer rim. The
NYMETAL part is mounted in the fixture body and the torque arm is attached to the steel core. The fixture is mounted in a
hydraulic press and force applied to the torque arm which induces rotation of the steel core within the NYCAST rim. Note that the
torque arm applies force equally to both sides of the specimen, eliminating any bending movement created by a single torque
arm attached to only one side of the specimen. A load cell positioned on the torque arm accurately measures applied force from
which torque values are determined. Torque capability at the nylon/metal interface is critical to successful NYMETAL part
performance. Testing has shown that torque values in NYMETAL parts are more than double those of nylon shrunk or press fit on
to steel cores and up to 20 times greater than the torque transmission capabilities of gear teeth machined into the nylon rim. This
superior bond allows engineers to approach NYMETAL gear applications with confidence, knowing that they have the strength of
a metal core with the advantages of a NYCAST nylon rim and no loss of part integrity at the interface.
Product Specifications
PROPERTY
UNITS
TEST
METHOD
NYCAST BLUE
NYCAST 6PA NAT
NYCAST 6PA MO2
NYCAST XHA
NYCAST CP
NYCAST 6MP
NYCAST GF
D792
1.15-1.17
1.15-1.17
1.10-1.13
1.14-1.16
1.32
1.03
PSI
D638
10,000-13,500
12,00-13,500
8,700-11,500
9,700-10,800
9,700-11,500
7,900
TENSILE ELONGATION
%
D638
20-55
20-30
25-80
25-35
2-5.5
> 50
TENSILE MODULUS
PSI
D638
400,000-550,000
485,000-550,000
240,000-330,000
375,000-440,000
550,000-750,000
230,000
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
PSI
D695
13,500-16,000
15,500-18,000
11,000-12,500
12,500-15,100
17,000-17,500
10,000
COMPRESSIVE MODULUS
PSI
D695
325,000-400,000
300,000-350,000
200,000-300,000
280,000-345,000
410,000-445,000
224,000
FLEXURAL STRENGTH
PSI
D790
15,500-17,500
15,000-17,500
15,000-20,000
12,000-13,000
17,500-18,500
9,000
FLEXURAL MODULUS
PSI
D790
420,000-500,000
420,000-500,000
285,000-385,000
330,000-350,000
500,000-570,000
238,000
SPECIFIC GRAVITY
TENSILE STRENGTH
NYCAST 12
PSI
D732
10,000-11,000
10,000-11,000
7,600-9,000
10,000-11,000
NOTCHED IZOD IMPACT
FT-LBS/IN
D256
0.7-0.9
0.7-0.9
0.9-1.4
0.82-0.91
0.6-0.9
3.02
HARDNESS, ROCKWELL
R
D785
115-125
115-125
100-115
110-115
116-120
108
HARDNESS, SHORE D
D
D2240
78-83
78-83
75-81
76-78
84-85
76
MELTING POINT
DEG.F
D789
450±10
450±10
410±10
450±10
500±1
351
COEF. OF LINEAR
IN./IN./DEG.
D696
5.0X10-5
5.0X10-5
5.0X10-5
4-4.5X10-5
3.8X10-5
5.5X10-6
SHEAR STRENGTH
6,100
E831
(Nat only) 6.1X10-5
%
D621
0.5-2.5
0.5-2.5
0.4-0.7
1.0-2.0
0.4
264 PSI
DEG.F
D648
200-400
200-400
200-400
200-400
245-255
343-351
66 PSI
DEG.F
D648
400-430
400-430
400-430
400-430
360-370
250
CONT SERV. TEMP.
DEG.F
230
250
210
230
230
300
INTER. SERV. TEMP.
DEG.F
330
330
300
330
330
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
THERMAL EXP.
DEFORM UNDER LOAD
122-126
DEFLECT. TEMP.
.2-.3
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION:
DYNAMIC
0.1
WATER ABSORPTION
24 HR.
%
D570
0.5-0.6
0.5-0.6
0.5-0.6
0.5-0.6
0.5-0.6
0.7
SATURATION
%
D570
5.0-6.0
5.0-6.0
4.0-5.0
5.0-6.0
1.1-1.2
500-600
V/MIL.
D149
500-600
500-600
500-600
500-600
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
1000 CYCLES
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
100,000 CYCLES
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
3.7
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH
DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
60 CYCLES
D150
The facts stated and recommendations contained herein are based on experiments and information believed to be reliable. No guarantee is made of the accuracy, however, and the products are sold without warranty,
expressed or implied, and upon the conditions that purchaser shall conduct their own test to determine suitability for their intended use.
27
28
2
Engineering Materials
L ow M ois ture Abs orption
High S trength, S tiffnes s
E as y to M ac hine
No C enterline P oros ity in Ac etron ® G P
M any F ormulation Options : Copolymer, Homopolymer, PTFE filled,
and Internally Lubricated/Enhanced Wear Grade
Acetal provides high strength and stiffness coupled with enhanced dimensional stability and ease of machining. As a semi-crystalline material, acetal is also
characterized by a low coefficient of friction and good wear properties - especially in wet environments.
Because acetal absorbs minimal amounts of moisture, its physical properties remain constant in a variety of environments. Low moisture absorption results in
excellent dimensional stability for close-tolerance machined parts. In high moisture or submerged applications, acetal bearings out perform nylon 4 to 1. Acetal is
ideally suited for close tolerance mechanical parts and electrical insulators which require strength and stiffness. It also offers resistance to a wide range of
chemicals including many solvents.
Quadrant offers both homopolymer and copolymer grades of acetal including enhanced bearing grade materials. Acetron® GP acetal is porosity-free and offered
as our standard general purpose grade. For slightly higher mechanical properties, we offer a broad size range of the homopolymer acetal (Delrin*) products. For
improved frictional properties PTFE-enhanced Delrin AF products are available.
ACETRON® GP ACETAL - Acetron® GP is Quadrant’s general purpose copolymer acetal and is the only porosity-free acetal product available today. Investments in
process technology by Quadrant now provide the performance and machinability of acetal without center core porosity. Our in-line photometric quality procedure
assures every sheet and rod is porosity-free as measured by Quadrant’s dye penetrant test making it the preferred acetal for food contact and medical
applications. Acetron® GP natural is FDA, USDA, NSF, Canada AG and 3A-Dairy compliant.
DELRIN* ACETAL - Delrin, a homopolymer acetal, is also manufactured and stocked in rod and sheet. It offers slightly higher mechanical properties than
Acetron® GP Acetal, but may contain a low-density center, especially in larger cross-sections. Copolymer acetal also offers better chemical resistance than
homopolymer acetal. Delrin is ideal for small diameter, thin-walled bushings that benefit from the additional strength and rigidity of homopolymer acetal.
DELRIN* AF BLEND - Delrin AF Blend is a unique thermoplastic material for use in moving parts in which low friction and long wear life are important. It is a
combination of PTFE fibers uniformly dispersed in Delrin acetal resin. This combination offers better wear characteristics than unfilled Delrin.
DELRIN* AF 100 - Unblended Delrin AF, offers a slightly higher limiting PV and lower coefficient of friction due to additional PTFE content. This added PTFE
typically decreases the wear capability and impact strength. Delrin AF 100 is available on a custom basis.
In general, acetals do not perform as well in abrasive wear applications as nylons. Compensation for moisture related growth generally allows Nylatron® nylons to be used
for wet, abrasive applications. If your application requires dimensional consistency in an abrasive, high humidity or submerged environment, Ertalyte® PET-P will often offer
improved performance. Delrin AF Blend, supplied as a 2: 1 blend of Delrin AF100 and Delrin 150 resins, has excellent sliding/friction properties. Bearings made of Delrin
AF Blend can operate at higher speeds while exhibiting reduced wear. These bearings are also essentially free of slip-stick behavior because the static and dynamic
coefficient of friction are closer than with most plastics. Delrin AF Blend retains 90% of the strength that is inherent in unmodified Delrin acetal. Some properties are
changed due to the addition of the softer PTFE fiber. The natural color of Delrin AF Blend is dark brown.
Acetal offers excellent stability and
good wear resistance in a variety
of moist environments.
Porosity-free Acetron® GP acetal
is intricately fabricated into this
electrical test part with dozens of
tight tolerance machined holes
required at its centerline. (Prior
material: Standard Acetal)
Delrin* acetal delivers outstanding
fatigue and impact resistance in this
continuously loaded structural keel
for a prosthetic device. (Prior
materials: Nylon, Elastomer)
29
28
Acetron® GP maintains tight tolerances despite environmental
and clean in place chemical exposure on dairy equipment.
(Prior materials: Bronze, Stainless Steel)
Guide rollers machined from Acetron® GP rod operate
smoothly and reliably in lift gate systems used to load cargo
onto truck beds. (Prior materials: Cast iron, Cast Aluminum)
Delrin* AF Blend 60
Delrin* AF
56
Acetron® GP
200
Delrin*
200
Turcite* A (blue) 213
Turcite* X1 (red) 72
.11-.21
.08-.24
.14-.20
.08-.22
.30-.34
.28-.32
.15-.23
.11-.25
.20-.24
.18-.26
.20-.24
.20-.24
8,300
11,980
2,700
2,700
6,550
8,125
Engineering Materials cont.
ACETAL PRODUCTS cont.
AVAILABILITY
ACETAL PRODUCTS
Dimensions
Acetron GP Natural
Rod Diameter
Acetron GP Black
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
7/16”
1/2”
9/16”
5/8” 3/4”
7/8”
1” 1-1/8” 1-1/4” 1-3/8” 1-1/2” 1-5/8” 1-3/4” 1-7/8” 2”
Rod Diameter
Acetron GP Hex.
Across Flats
Acetron GP Square
Across Flats
Delrin 150E Natural
Rod Diameter
Delrin 150E Black
Rod Diameter
Delrin AF Blend
Rod Diameter
Acetron GP Natural
Acetron GP Black
1/32” 1/16” 3/32” 1/8”
24” x 48”
48” x 120”
48” x 120”
24” x 48”
24” x 48”
Delrin 150E Natural
ACETAL PRODUCTS
2-1/8” 2-1/4”2-3/8”2-1/2”2-3/4” 3” 3-1/4”3-1/2”3-3/4” 4” 4-1/4”4-1/2” 5” 5-1/2” 6” 6-1/2” 7”
Rod Diameter
Acetron GP Black
Rod Diameter
Delrin 150E Natural
Rod Diameter
Delrin 150E Black
Rod Diameter
Delrin AF Blend
Rod Diameter
7-1/2” 8”
24” x 48”
Acetron GP Black
24” x 48”
Delrin 150E Natural
24” x 48”
Tolerances
ACETAL PRODUCTS
Acetron GP (Natural)
Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom.
3.00” & above - 4’ nom.
4’ & 8’ Lengths
+1.00”/-.000”
.125” - 1.00”
>1.00” - 2.00”
>2.00” - 2.75”
>2.75” - 8.00”
Sheet
Thickness
Tolerances
9” 10”
Acetron GP Natural
Dia.Tolerances
AVAILABILITY
Acetron GP Natural
Std. Rod
Lengths
+.003”/-.000”
+.005”/-.000”
+.015”/-.000”
+.250”/-.000”
Acetron GP ( Black)
Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom.
3.00” & above - 4’ nom.
4’ & 8’ Lengths
+1.00”/-.000”
.125” - 1.00”
>1.00” - 2.00”
>2.00” - 2.75”
>2.75” - 4.75”
>4.75” - 8.00”
Delrin 150 (Nat & Blk)
Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom.
3.00” & above - 4’ nom.
4’ & 8’ Lengths
+1.00”/-.000”
Delrin AF Blend
Up to 2.75” Dia. - 8’ nom.
3.00” & above - 4’ nom.
4’ & 8’ Lengths
+1.00”/-.000”
+.003”/-.000”
+.005”/-.000”
+.015”/-.000”
+.187”/-.000”
+.250”/-.000”
.250” - 1.00” +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” - 2.00” +.005”/-.000”
>2.00” - 2.75” +.015”/-.000”
>2.75” - +.250”/- .000”
.250” - 1.00”
>1.00” - 2.00”
>2.00” - 2.75”
>2.75” -
+.003”/-.000”
+.005”/-.000”
+.015”/-.000”
+.250”/-.000”
.031” - .125” +/- .005”
>.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000”
>2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000”
>3.00” up +.125”/-.000”
.031” - .125” +/- .005”
>.125” - 2.00” +.025”/-.000”
>2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000”
>3.00” up +.125”/-.000”
.250” - 2.00” +.250”/- .000”
>2.00” - 3.00” +.050”/-.000”
.250” - 3.00”
+.025”/- .000”
Sheet Width
&
24” & 48”Width +.500”/-.000”
24” width +.500”/-.000”
48”Width
+1.50”/.000”
Length Tol.
48” long
+1.00”/-.000”
120” & 144” long +1.500”/-.000”
Std. 8’ lengths all sizes
+.000”/-.005” across flats
48” & 120” long +1.00”/-.000”
Sq. & Hex Rod
2
Engineering Materials
PRODUCT
24”Wide
+.500”/-.000”
48” long +1.00”/-.000”
(Black only +1.500”/.000”)
24”Wide
48” long
+.500”/-.000”
+1.00”/-.000”
ACETRON* GP natural & black is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 4181, POM 211. ACETRON* GP natural & black meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0211, LP (Low Porosity),
ACETRON* GP natural meets FDA CFR 21, Section 177.2470 (b), (c) and (d)(2) and is 3-A Dairy approved. Delrin* 150E natural is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 4181, POM 111 and meets ASTM D 6100
S-POM 0111, FDA CFR 21 section 177.2480 Delrin* 150E black meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0111 Delrin* 150E black is produced from resin which meets ASTM D 4181 POM 100
Delrin* AF Blend meets ASTM D 6100 S-POM 0132
29
30
Engineering Materials cont.
ERTALYTE® PET-P POLYESTER
Engineering Materials
2
Wear Resistance of Nylon, Dimensional Stability of Acetal
Good for both wet and dry environments
High strength and rigidity––ideal for close tolerance parts
Excellent stain resistance
Good wear resistance and excellent dimensional stability
Better resistance to acids than nylon or acetal
ERTALYTE® PET-P - Ertalyte® is an unreinforced, semi-crystalline thermoplastic polyester based on polyethylene terephthalate (PET-P). It is manufactured from proprietary
resin grades. Only Quadrant can offer Ertalyte®. It is characterized as having the best dimensional stability coupled with excellent wear resistance, a low coefficient of friction,
high strength, and resistance to moderately acidic solutions. Ertalyte®’s properties make it especially suitable for the manufacture of precision mechanical parts which are
capable of sustaining high loads and enduring wear conditions. Ertalyte®’s continuous service temperature is 210°F (100°C) and its melting point is almost 150°F higher
than acetals. It retains significantly more of its original strength up to 180°F (85°C) than nylon or acetal.
In addition, Ertalyte® PET-P offers good chemical and abrasion resistance. Its low moisture absorption enables mechanical and electrical properties to remain virtually
unaffected by moisture. Ertalyte® PET-P can be machined to precise detail on standard metal working equipment.
Ertalyte® is FDA compliant in natural and black. Natural Ertalyte® is also USDA, 3A-Dairy and Canada AG compliant. Ertalyte® is an excellent candidate for parts used in the
food processing and equipment industries.
ENGINEERING NOTES
Because it is more rigid and offers greater thermal performance than nylon and acetal, Ertalyte machines differently. For best results, please request a copy
of Quadrant’s design and fabrication guideline for Ertalyte® PET-P. Ertalyte® and other polyesters have less resistance to hot water than Acetron® GP acetal.
PISTON AND VALVES
PROBLEM: Various materials were
being used in a food filling line.
SOLUTION: Standardizing on
Ertalyte® PET-P helped the
manufacturer broaden the reach of
their product by offering greater
accuracy and higher performance.
BENEFITS: Ertalyte is very
dimensionally stable and extremely
resistant to moisture. These
properties, combined with good
chemical resistance gave the
manufacturer a system-wide solution.
MANIFOLDS
PROBLEM: A manufacturer was
using aluminum for precision work
and acetal with expensive inserts
for less demanding applications.
SOLUTION: Ertalyte® met design
criteria of the manufacturers
products.
BENEFITS: The design was able to
maintain the tight tolerances
needed and offer improved stain
and chemical resistance.
31
30
Engineering Materials cont.
PROCESSING EQUIPMENT BEARING
2
Engineering Materials
PROBLEM: A food manufacturer
was tired of costly wear of stainless
steel parts.
SOLUTION: Ertalyte® TX bearings
replaced stainless steel parts that
caused contamination and required
frequent maintenance.
BENEFITS: FDA compliant Ertalyte
TX wears well against other plastics
and metals. Its solid lubricant
reduces noise and lasts longer than
unfilled materials.
ERTALYTE® TX - Ertalyte® TX is an internally lubricated thermoplastic polyester providing
enhanced wear and inertness over general purpose nylon(PA) and acetal(POM) products.
Containing uniformly dispersed solid lubricant, Ertalyte® TX provides a lower wear rate and
coefficient of friction than unmodified polyesters like PET or PBT and even internally lubricated
materials like Delrin® AF blend.
Ertalyte® TX excels under both high pressure and velocity conditions. It is also ideally suited for
applications involving soft metal and plastic mating surfaces.
WEAR RATE (k-factor)
DISTRIBUTION VALVES
WEAR RATE (LOWER IS BETTER)
PROBLEM: High process unit
temperatures warped portioning
unit components. Additional cooling
equipment was required to package
hot products.
SOLUTION: Ertalyte® TX for
moderate temperature packaging
and Ketron® 1000 PEEK for high
temperature use.
BENEFITS: Ertalyte TX’s dimensional
stability and wear resistance
drastically improved part life. More
costly Ketron 1000 PEEK was also
used in specialty units where much
higher temperatures were required,
eliminating the chilling unit.
P= 42 psi V=118 fpm
HDT (°F)
ERTALYTE® TX
180°
ERTALYTE® PET P
240°
ACETAL® (POM-C)
220°
NYLON
200°
UHMW-PE
140°
35
60
200
80
>300
50
100
150
200
250
300
31
32
Engineering Materials cont.
ERTALYTE® PET-P POLYESTER cont.
Engineering Materials
2
AVAILABILITY
ERTALYTE PET-P
PRODUCT
Dimensions
Ertalyte Natural
Rod Diameter
Ertalyte Black
Rod Diameter
Ertalyte TX
Rod Diameter
Ertalyte Natural
24”x48”
Ertalyte Black
24”x48”
Ertalyte TX
24.03”x39.40”
PRODUCT
Dimensions
Ertalyte Natural
Rod Diameter
Ertalyte Black
Rod Diameter
Ertalyte TX
Rod Diameter
Ertalyte Natural
24”x48”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8’’
1-1/8” 1-1/4” 1-3/8” 1-1/2” 1-5/8” 1-3/4” 1-7/8” 2”
3”
3-1/4” 3-1/2” 3-3/4”
2-1/8” 2-1/4” 2-1/2” 2-3/4”
1”
4”
4-1/2”
5”
5-1/2”
6”
7”
Ertalyte Black
24”x48”
Ertalyte TX
24.03”x39.40”
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
Tolerances
ERTALYTE PET-P
Ertalyte® Rod Natural & Black
.500” to 1.00” - + .003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 2.00” - + .005”/-.000”
>2.00” to 2.75” - + .015”/.000”
>2.75” to 7.00 - + .250”/.000”
96” long - + 1.00”/-0.00”
48” long - + 0.50”/-0.00”
Specifications - Ertalyte® Rod Natural meets FDA CFR 21 section 177.1630, and is 3A Dairy approved. Resin meets
ASTM D-5927. Ertalyte® Rod Black meets FDA CFR 21 section 178.3297 or 174.5(d).
Ertalyte® Sheet Natural & Black
Standard Size
Thickness .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000”
24” x 48”
>2.00” to 3.00” - + .050”/-.000
Over 3.00” - supplied oversize
Specifications - Ertalyte® Natural Sheet meets FDA CFR 21 CFR 177.1630, and is 3A Dairy approved. Resin meets
Width 24” wide - +.500”/-.000”
ASTM D-5927. Ertalyte® Black meets FDA CFR 21 section 178.3297 or 174.5(d).
Length 48” long - + 1.50”/.000”
Ertalyte® TX Rod
.375” to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 2.00” - +.005/-.000”
>2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000”
>2.75” to 4.00” - +.250”/-.000”
Length Tolerances
All sizes - + 2.000”/1.000”
Metric sizes available
Ertalyte® TX Sheet
Thickness - .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/.000”
Width (24.03”) - +.987”/-.000”
Length (39.40”) - +1.182”/-.000”
Metric sizes available
33
32
Specifications - Ertalyte® TX PET-P natural rod meets ASTM D 5927, TPES 0200
Compliance - Ertalyte® TX PET-P meets FDA CFR 21 CFR 177.1630, is USDA compliant and is 3A Dairy approved
Sheet Size
24.03” x 39.40”
48” lengths available upon request
Specifications - Ertalyte® TX PET-P natural sheet meets ASTM D 5927, TPES 0200
Compliance - Ertalyte® TX PET-P meets FDA CFR 21 CFR 177.1630, is USDA compliant and is 3A Dairy approved
Engineering Materials cont.
MACHINE GRADE POLYCARBONATE
Transparent
Economical thermal performance
Good dielectric properties
Excellent impact resistance, toughness and elongation properties
Engineering Materials
2
High Impact Strength with Heat Resistance to 250°F Continuous Use (120°C)
MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate (PC) is a transparent amorphous thermoplastic which offers very high impact strength and high modulus of elasticity. The material has a
290°F (145°C) heat deflection temperature at 264 psi, absorbs very little moisture and resists acidic solutions. These properties, in addition to good electrical characteristics,
make MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate stock shapes an excellent choice for electrical/electronic applications. Its strength, impact resistance and transparency also make it an
ideal material for certain transparent structural applications such as sight glasses and windows.
MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is stress relieved making it ideal for close tolerance machined parts. Quadrant stock shapes are produced from polycarbonate resins which
meet the requirements of ASTM D 3935.
A food grade polycarbonate that is compliant with FDA, NSF, Canada AG and USP Class VI regulations is available upon request.
Please contact Cope Plastics for size availability and minimum quantities. A glass fiber reinforced polycarbonate grade is available upon request.
ENGINEERING NOTES
MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is machine grade, not optically clear. It can be both mechanically and vapor polished to improve optical clarity. Caution:
During machining, never use coolants with an aromatic base.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
INSULATORS
Insulators made of MACHINE GRADE
Polycarbonate provide excellent dielectric
strength in electrical applications. (Prior
material PTFE)
SIGHT GLASSES
MANIFOLDS
On gasoline tankers, a sight glass machined
from MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate
tubular bar permits drivers to easily inspect
tank level. (Prior material Glass)
MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate sheet is
easily machined into impact resistant
manifolds for a variety of industries. (Prior
materials Acrylic)
AVAILABILITY
MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate
PRODUCT
Dimensions
1/8”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
1”
MACHINE GRADE
Rod Diameter
MACHINE GRADE
24”x48”
1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4”
2”
2-1/2”
3”
4”
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
Tolerances
MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate
MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate Rod Natural - Machine Grade
Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000”
>2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000”
>2.75” to 4.00” - +.250”/-.000”
Length Tolerance
96” long - +1.00”/-.000”
48” long - +.500”/-.000”
Standard Length
Up to 2.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal
3.00” and larger - 4 ft. nominal
Specifications - MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 3935 PC 130 B34720. It
also meets ASTM D 6098 S-PC 0111 and AMS 3628D except for notched izod impact (Par. 3.3.4.1)
33
34
Engineering Materials cont.
MACHINE GRADE POLYCARBONATE cont.
®
Engineering Materials
2
MACHINE GRADE Polycarbonate Sheet Natural - Machine Grade
Standard Size
Thickness .500” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000”
Width - 24” wide - +.500”/-.000”
Length - 48” long - +1.50”/-.000”
24” x 48”
Specifications - MACHINE GRADE polycarbonate is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 3935 PC 130 B34720.
It also meets ASTM D 6098 S-PC 0111 and AMS 3628D except for notched izod impact (Par. 3.3.4.1)
PSU 1000 POLYSULFONE
Hot Water & Steam Performance to 300°F (150°C)
Broad temperature range capability
Low ionic impurity
Hydrolysis resistant
Good thermal and electrical insulation characteristics
Radiation stability
PSU 1000 Polysulfone (PSU) is an amber semi-transparent, heat-resistant, high performance engineering thermoplastic. It offers excellent mechanical, electrical and
improved chemical resistance properties relative to polycarbonate. Polysulfone’s properties remain relatively consistent over a broad temperature range, from –150°F
(–100°C) to 300°F (150°C).
PSU 1000 Polysulfone is hydrolysis resistant for continuous use in hot water and steam at temperatures up to 300°F. Its flame resistance is UL 94-V-0 at 1/4” thickness
(6.35mm) and UL 94-V-2 at 1/8” thickness (3.175mm).
PSU 1000 Polysulfone offers high chemical resistance to acidic and salt solutions, and good resistance to detergents, hot water and steam. In addition, polysulfone has
excellent radiation stability, and offers low ionic impurity levels. PSU 1000 Polysulfone often replaces polycarbonate when higher temperatures, improved chemical
resistance or autoclavability is required. It is commonly used for analytical instrumentation, medical devices and semiconductor process equipment components.
Food-grade PSU 1000 Polysulfone and custom colors can be special ordered. Only food-grade PSU 1000 is FDA, USA, 3A-Dairy
and NSF compliant under standards 51 and 61.
ENGINEERING NOTES
Polysulfone is not a wear material and may stress craze under high pressure in certain chemical environments.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS
MANIFOLDS
Manifolds machined from PSU 1000
Polysulfone sheet are optically transparent,
able to be sterilized by radiation, and resist
cracking from environmental stresses.
(Prior material: Acrylic)
DISTRIBUTOR VALVES
In the poultry industry, PSU 1000 Polysulfone
parts used on processing lines offer
chemical resistance and minimal expansion
rates. (Prior material: Stainless Steel)
PSU 1000 Polysulfone
Note: Please inquire about the availability of PSU 1000.
35
34
Parts machined from PSU 1000 Polysulfone
are compatible with blood on dialysis
equipment and can endure repeated
autoclaving cycles.
(Prior assembly: Stainless Steel)
STEAM CLEANING EQUIPMENT INSERTS
Inserts made of PSU 1000 Polysulfone
reduce chemical attack on the nylon
distribution block in hot water and steam
cleaning equipment. (Prior material: Nylon)
AVAILABILITY
Engineering Materials cont.
RADEL® R (PPSU) POLYPHENYLSULFONE
Impact resistant
High modulus of elasticity and heat resistance
Highly resistant to steam autoclaving
FDA Compliant
Engineering Materials
2
Best Impact & Steam Resistance to 400°F (205°C)
Radel® R polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) is an amorphous high performance thermoplastic offering better impact resistance and chemical resistance than polysulfone and
polyetherimide (Ultem® PEI).
Radel® offers superior hydrolysis resistance when compared to other amorphous thermoplastics as measured by steam autoclaving cycles to failure. In fact, Radel®R has
virtually unlimited steam sterilizability. This factor makes it an excellent choice for medical devices as steam autoclaves are widely used to sterilize medical devices. It also
resists common acids and bases–including commercial washing solutions– over a broad temperature range.
Radel®R is stocked in natural (bone white) and available in transparent and custom colors. It is commonly used in sterilization trays, dental and surgical instrument handles,
and in fluid handling coupling and fitting applications. Radel®R is USP Class VI compliant.
It is suitable for use in electronic assembly equipment and devices that must withstand solder temperatures. Radel® has a heat deflection temperature of 405°F (207°C).
ENGINEERING NOTES
Radel®R has been approved for use in a variety of medical devices, it is FDA compliant and so it is appropriate for food contact applications. Radel® is not a
wear material, and its properties degrade when exposed to sunlight.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
MEDICAL WANDS
Radel rod is intricately machined into
smooth, comfortable handles used as
structural components in medical
applications. These handles offer superior
impact resistance and autoclavability.
(Prior material: Stainless Steel)
ENDOSCOPIC PROBE POSITIONING
FERRULE
For endoscopic surgical devices, a
positioning ferrule on the instrument
handle is intricately machined from
Radel R rod.
(Prior material: Stainless Steel)
RADEL® R POLYPHENYLSULFONE
Note: Please inquire about the availability of RADEL® R.
AVAILABILITY
ULTEM® (PEI) POLYETHERIMIDE
High Strength & Heat Resistance, Plus Excellent Dielectric Properties
High dielectric strength
Available in glass-reinforced grades
UL 94-V-0 rated with low smoke
High strength and performs in continuous use to 340°F (170°C)
Ultem® l000 polyetherimide (PEI) is an amorphous polymer offering high strength and excellent flame and heat resistance. It performs continuously to 340°F (170°C), making
it ideal for high strength/ high heat applications, and those requiring consistent dielectric properties over a wide frequency range. It is hydrolysis resistant, highly resistant to
acidic solutions and capable of withstanding repeated autoclaving cycles.
Ultem® 2100, 2200 and 2300 are glass-reinforced versions (10, 20, and 30%, respectively) of Ultem® 1000 which provide even greater rigidity and improved dimensional
stability while maintaining many of the useful characteristics of basic Ultem®. Ultem® 1000 is FDA and USP Class VI compliant. FDA compliant colors of Ultem® are also
available on a custom basis.
Ultem® commonly is machined into parts for reusable medical devices, analytical instrumentation, electrical/electronic insulators (including many semiconductor process
components) and a variety of structural components requiring high strength and rigidity at elevated temperatures.
Quadrant offers Ultem® 1000 and Ultem® 2300 as standard products.
ENGINEERING NOTES
Since Ultem® is an amorphous material, selection of appropriate non-aromatic coolants during machining is important. Care must also be used in selecting
adhesives and designing press fit components to avoid stress cracking. Call Cope Plastics for assistance. Ultem® is not designed for use in bearing and
wear applications.
35
36
Engineering Materials cont.
ULTEM (PEI) POLYETHERIMIDE cont.
®
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
Engineering Materials
2
INSULATORS
STRUCTURAL PROBES
High frequency insulators used in
microwave communications equipment
are machined from Ultem® stock shapes.
(Prior material: Ceramic)
Surgical probes machined from Ultem® rod
are autoclavable, and offer high strength
and rigidity. (Prior materials: Acetal,
Polysulfone)
CLAMPS
MANIFOLDS
High voltage and flame resistance of Ultem®
make it ideal for clamps used to connect
printed circuit boards to video display units
used in airplanes, tanks and ships. (Prior
material: Acetal)
In pharmaceutical process equipment,
manifolds machined from Ultem® sheet offer
resistance to hot chemical solutions and
daily sanitizing. (Prior material: Aluminum)
AVAILABILITY
ULTEM Polyetherimide
PRODUCT
Dimensions
1/4”
3/8”
1/2” 5/8”
3/4”
1”
Ultem 1000
Rod Diameter
Ultem 2300
Rod Diameter
Ultem 1000
24”x48”
1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4”
2”
2-1/2”
3”
4”
5”
6”
Ultem 2300
24”x48”
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
Tolerances
ULTEM Polyetherimide
ULTEM® 1000 Rod Natural
up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 2.00” - +.005/-.000”
>2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000”
Standard Length
Up to 2.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal
3.00” to 6.00” diameter - 4 ft. nominal
Length
2.70” and up to +.250/-.000”
Specifications - Utem® 1000 meets FDA CFR 21 section 177.1595 and is produced from resin
certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0113.
ULTEM® 1000 Sheet Natural
Thickness - .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000”
Width - 24” wide - +.500”/-.000”
Length - 48” long - +1.00”/-.000”
Standard Size
24” x 48”
Specifications - Utem® 1000 meets FDA CFR 21 section 177.1595 and is produced from resin
certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0113.
ULTEM® 2300 Rod Natural - 30% Glass Reinforced
Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000”
>2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000”
Over 2.75” - +.250”/-.000”
Length
96” long - +1.00”/-0.00”
48” long - +.0.50”/-0.00”
37
36
Standard Length
up to 2” diameter - 8 ft. nominal
3” to 6” diameter - 4 ft. nominal
Specifications - Utem® 2300 is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0110 G30A99169,
(159 MPa, 208 C)
ULTEM® 2300 Sheet Natural - 30% Glass Reinforced
Thickness .375” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000”
Width - 24” wide - +.500”/-.000”
Length - 48” long - +1.00”/-.000”
96” long - +1.00”/-0.00”
48” long - +0.50”/-0.00”
Standard Size
24” x 48”
Specifications - Utem® 2300 is produced from resin certified to ASTM D 5205 PEI 0110 G30A99169,
(159 MPa, 7586 MPa, 208 C)
29
Engineering Materials cont.
FLUOROSINT® - SYNTHETIC MICA FILLED PTFE
Chemical resistance parallels PTFE
Continuous use temperatures to 500°F (260°C)
Compared to PTFE:
- higher load carrying capability
- 1/9 of the deformation under load
- lower coefficient of thermal expansion
Engineering Materials
2
Most Dimensionally Stable PTFE-Based Product
Fluorosint’s unique properties are the result of a proprietary process in which synthetically manufactured mica is chemically linked to PTFE. This bonding results in properties
not normally attainable in reinforced PTFE. Fluorosint grades offer an excellent combination of low frictional properties and dimensional stability.
Fluorosint® 500 - has nine times greater resistance to deformation under load than unfilled PTFE. Its coefficient of linear thermal expansion approaches the expansion rate
of aluminum, and is 1⁄5 that of PTFE––often eliminating fit and clearance problems. It is 1⁄3 harder than PTFE, has better wear characteristics and maintains low frictional
properties. Fluorosint® 500 is also non-abrasive to most mating materials.
Fluorosint® 207 - has unmatched dimensional stability, excellent creep resistance and white color uniquely position this material to serve FDA regulated applications. It is
non-permeable in steam and complies with the FDA’s regulation 21 CFR 175.300. Its relative wear rate is 1⁄20 the rate of PTFE below 300°F (150°C) making it an excellent
choice for aggressive service bearings and bushings.
ENGINEERING NOTES
Due to its PTFE matrix, Fluorosint’s physical strength characteristics are not as high as other advanced engineering plastics profiled in this guide (i.e.,
Ketron® PEEK, Torlon* PAI).
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
TRANSMISSION & POWER STEERING SEAL RINGS
LABYRINTH SEALS & SHROUDS
Europe’s premier automobile manufacturers
choose Fluorosint® 500 over other filled
PTFE for improved performance and service
life capabilities. (Prior material: GF PTFE)
Abradable seals in turbomachinery
fabricated from Fluorosint® 500 tubular
bar reliably perform in hostile chemical
environments while providing dramatic
efficiency gains. (Prior materials:
Aluminum, Bronze, Babbit)
VALVE SEATS
DISHWASHER ARM BEARING
Seats fabricated from Fluorosint® 207
excel in steam and hot air service due to
their non-permeability, excellent
dimensional stability, and low wear rate.
(Prior materials: PTFE, Filled PTFE)
These bearings made of Fluorosint® 207
offer a 20 year service life, and FDA
compliance. (Prior material: PTFE)
AVAILABILITY
FLUOROSINT - Filled PTFE Rod & Sheet
PRODUCT
Dimensions
Fluorosint 500
Rod Diameter
1/4”
3/8”
1/2” 3/4”
1”
1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4”
2” 2-1/2”
Fluorosint 500
12” x 12”
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
FLUOROSINT - Filled PTFE Rod & Sheet
Tolerances
Fluorosint® 500 - Mica Filled PTFE Rod (PTFE with Synthetic Mica)
Standard Length
.500” to .750” - +.003”/-.000”
>.750” to 1.25” - +.010”/-.000”
>1.25” to 4.75” - +.125”/-.000”
Over 4.75” - +.250”/-.000”
.500” to 1.25” - 4 ft. nominal
Fluorosint® 500 - Mica Filled PTFE Sheet (PTFE with Synthetic Mica)
Standard Size
Thickness .250” to 3.00” - up to 15% oversize
Width 12” wide - +.250”/-.000”
Length 12” long - +.250”/-.000”
12” x 12”
1.50” to 8.75” - 1 ft. nominal
37
38
Engineering Materials cont.
FLUOROSINT® - SYNTHETIC MICA FILLED PTFE cont.
Engineering Materials
2
O.D.
I.D.
6”
12”
1.500”
1.750”
1.875”
0.437”
0.500”
0.625”
0.750”
0.875”
1.000”
0.375”
0.500”
0.625”
0.750”
0.875”
1.000”
1.250”
O.D.
I.D.
2.500”
0.875”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
1.750”
2.750”
3.000”
0.625”
0.750”
0.875”
1.000”
1.125”
1.250”
1.375”
1.500”
3.250”
2.000”
2.250”
39
38
AVAILABILITY
FLUOROSINT 500 - FILLED PTFE TUBULAR BAR
0.500”
0.625”
0.750”
0.875”
1.000”
1.125”
1.250”
1.375”
1.500”
0.500”
0.750”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
3.500”
6”
0.500”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
0.437”
0.500”
0.875”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
0.500”
0.750”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.125”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
1.000”
1.250”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
12”
O.D.
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
4.750”
I.D.
6” 12”
1.000”
1.250”
1.500”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
1.000”
1.250”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
0.875”
1.000”
2.000”
2.500”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
1.000”
1.750”
2.000”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
O.D.
5.000”
I.D.
0.875”
1.250”
2.750”
3.000”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
6”
12”
5.250”
1.250”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.125”
4.250”
4.500”
5.500”
2.000”
3.000”
3.500”
4.000”
4.500”
5.750”
4.750”
6.000”
1.000”
2.000”
3.000”
3.750”
4.000”
4.250”
4.500”
5.000”
6.250”
1.250”
4.000”
5.000”
6.500”
3.000”
4.000”
5.000”
5.500”
7.000”
1.250”
1.750”
4.000”
5.000”
6.500”
31
Engineering Materials cont.
FLUOROSINT - SYNTHETIC MICA FILLED PTFE cont.
®
AVAILABILITY
Fluorosint 500 - Filled PTFE Tubular Bar
I.D.
6”
7.250”
1.000”
1.500”
5.000”
5.500”
6.000”
6.500”
7.500”
7.750”
5.000”
6.000”
6.500”
7.000”
1.500”
2.750”
6.500”
12”
O.D.
1.250”
1.500”
5.500”
6”
12”
8.000”
6.000”
6.500”
6.750”
8.250”
6.250”
8.500”
6.000”
7.000”
8.750”
8.250”
9.000”
6.000”
7.000”
8.000”
6.000”
7.000”
8.000”
8.500”
9.500”
8.000”
I.D.
3”only
3”only
O.D.
I.D.
6” 12”
10.000” 6.000”
7.000”
8.000”
8.500”
10.500” 6.000”
7.000”
7.500”
8.500”
11.000” 5.500”
12.000” 5.500”
7.000”
8.000”
8.500”
9.000”
10.000”
2
Engineering Materials
O.D.
Tolerances
Fluorosint 500 - Filled PTFE Tubular Bar
Tolerances
OD
ID
Standard Size
1.25” to 4.75” OD
5.00” to 12.00” OD
+.125”/-.000”
+.250”/-.000”
+.000”/-.060”
+.000”/-.125”
6” lengths - +.500”/-.000”
12” lengths - +1.00”/-.000”
Fluorosint 207 tubular bar available on custom order. Fluorosint 207 meets FDA CFR21 section 175.300
NOTES
39
40
Engineering Materials cont.
TECHTRON & QUADRANT (PPS) POLYPHENYLENE SULFIDE
®
Engineering Materials
2
Excels in Corrosive Environments To 425°F (220°C)
Excellent chemical resistance
Essentially zero moisture absorption
Machines to tight tolerances
Excellent alternative to PEEK at lower temperatures
PPS (polyphenylene sulfide) products offer the broadest resistance to chemicals of any advanced engineering plastic. They have no known solvents below 392°F (200°C) and
offer inertness to steam, strong bases, fuels and acids. Minimal moisture absorption and a very low coefficient of linear thermal expansion, combined with Quadrant’s
proprietary stress relieving processes, make these PPS products ideally suited for precise tolerance machined components. In addition, PPS products exhibit excellent
electrical characteristics and are inherently flame retardant.
Techtron® PPS - Unlike reinforced PPS products, Techtron® PPS is easily machined to close tolerances. It is ideal for structural applications in corrosive environments or
as a PEEK replacement at lower temperatures. Techtron® PPS is off white in color. FDA compliant.
QUADRANT GF40 PPS - This product is the most recognized PPS. It is the compression molded analogue to Ryton R4 resin. It offers better dimensional stability and
thermal performance than Techtron® PPS and maintains its strength to above 425°F (220°C).
QUADRANT BG PPS - Bearing-grade PPS is internally lubricated and carbon fiber reinforced, offering a low coefficient of thermal expansion and uncompromised chemical
resistance. It is well suited for thrust or wear applications or when an electrically conductive material is required.
Techtron® HPV - exhibits excellent wear resistance and a low coefficient of friction. It overcomes the disadvantages of virgin PPS caused by a high coefficient of friction,
and of glass fibre reinforced PPS which can cause premature wear of the counterface in moving-part applications.
Excellent wear and frictional behavior
Good electrical insulating and dielectric properties
Excellent chemical and hydrolysis resistance
Inherent low flammability
Very good dimensional stability
Excellent resistance against high energy radiation
ENGINEERING NOTES
All Quadrant PPS products offer dimensional stability and strength at moderate temperatures. They are rated for continuous service to 425°F (220°C), but
strength and stiffness vary based on temperature and grade. Unreinforced Techtron® PPS is generally not recommended for wear applications. Products like Techtron® HPV,
Torlon® PAI, or Ketron® PEEK are better solutions for wear applications. When designing with Quadrant compression molded grades, it is important to note its relatively low
elongation and impact strength.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
LANTERN RINGS
Rings made of Bearing-grade Ryton
eliminate galling and corrosion
problems in centrifugal mining pumps,
and allow closer running clearances reducing recirculation and increasing
efficiency. (Prior material: Bronze)
PUMP HOUSINGS
Precision machined, 40% Glassreinforced Ryton components allow high
efficiency in a broad range of chemical
pump environments. (Prior material:
Stainless Steel)
HPLC
41
40
CHIP NESTS
Socket assemblies extensively machined
from Techtron® PPS sheet are used during
high power / high speed testing of
semiconductor packages. (Prior material:
Vespel* PI)
RETAINING RINGS
Retaining rings used to retain wafers in
chemical-mechanical polishing equipment
are fabricated from Techtron® PPS
Components used in high pressure
liquid chromatography are fabricated
from Techtron® PPS stock shapes due
to its chemical inertness. (Prior
materials: PEEK, Stainless Steel,
Titanium)
33
Engineering Materials cont.
TECHTRON® & RYTON® PPS POLYPHENYLENE SULFIDE cont.
AVAILABILITY
TECHTRON PPS
Dimensions
Techtron PPS
Rod Diameter
Techtron PPS
24”x48”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2” 5/8”
3/4”
1”
1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4” 2”
2
Engineering Materials
PRODUCT
TECHTRON PPS
Tolerances
Techtron® PPS Rod Natural
Standard Lengths
.375” to 1.00” - +/-.001”
>1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000”
Length 96” long - +1.00”/-0.00”
Up to 2.00” diameter - 8 ft. nominal
Specifications - Techtron PPS meets ASTM D 6358 PPS 000 B33051
®
Techtron® PPS Sheet Natural
Thickness - .250” to 2.00” - +.025”/-.000”
Width - 24” wide - + .500”/-.000”
Length - 48” long - +1.50”/-.000”
Standard Size
24” x 48”
Specifications - Techtron® PPS meets ASTM D 6358 PPS 000 B33050
RYTON PPS
AVAILABILITY
PRODUCT
Quadrant BG PPS
ROD
1” to 12”
Quadrant GF 40 PPS
1” to 12”
DISC
6” to 12” diameter
(3/8” to 2” thick)
6” to 12” diameter
(3/8” to 2” thick)
SHEET
12” x 12”; 14” x 28”
(3/8” to 2-3/8” thick)
12” x 12”; 14” x 28”
(3/8” to 2-3/8” thick)
TUBULAR BAR
From 1-1/2” OD by 3/4” ID
to 12-1/2” OD x 11-1/4” ID
From 1-1/2” OD by 3/4” ID
to 12-1/2” OD x 11-1/4” ID
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
KETRON® PEEK POLYETHERETHERKETONE
Chemically Resistant Structural and Bearing & Wear Material for Continuous Use To 480°F (250°C)
Excellent chemical resistance
Inherently good wear and abrasion resistance
Very low moisture absorption
Unaffected by continuous exposure to hot water or steam
FDA
COMPL
IANT
Unfil
led Gra
de
Ketron® PEEK grades offer chemical and hydrolysis resistance similar to PPS, but can operate at higher temperatures. PEEK 1000 offers steam and wear resistance, while
carbon-reinforced PEEK provides excellent wear capabilities. PEEK HPV offers outstanding bearing performance. PEEK can be used continuously to 480°F (250°C) and in
hot water or steam without permanent loss in physical properties. For hostile environments, PEEK is a high strength alternative to fluoropolymers. PEEK carries a V-O
flammability rating and exhibits very low smoke and toxic gas emission when exposed to flame.
Ketron® PEEK 1000 - This general purpose grade is unreinforced and offers the highest elongation and toughness of all PEEK grades. The newly available black PEEK 1000
is ideal for instrument components where aesthetics are important, as well as for seal components where ductility and inertness are important. Now FDA compliant.
Ketron® PEEK GF30 - (30% Glass- reinforced) The addition of glass fibers significantly reduces the expansion rate and increases the flexural modulus of PEEK. This
grade is ideal for structural applications that require improved strength, stiffness or stability, especially at temperatures above 300°F (150°C).
Ketron® PEEK CA30 - (30% Carbon fiber-reinforced) The addition of carbon fibers enhances the compressive strength and stiffness of PEEK, and dramatically
lowers its expansion rate. It offers designers optimum wear resistance and load carrying capability in a PEEK-based product. This grade provides more thermal conductivity
than unreinforced PEEK––increasing heat dissipation from bearing surfaces improving bearing life and capability.
Ketron® PEEK HPV (BEARING GRADE) - Carbon fiber reinforced with graphite and PTFE lubricants, our newest grade of PEEK offers the lowest coefficient of friction
and the best machinability for all PEEK grades. An excellent combination of low friction, low wear, high LPV, low mating part wear and easy machining, make it ideal for
aggressive service bearings.
41
42
Engineering Materials cont.
KETRON® PEEK POLYETHERETHERKETONE cont.
Engineering Materials
2
ENGINEERING NOTES
The stiffness of all PEEK grades drops off significantly and expansion rate increases above its glass transition temperature (Tg) of 300°F (150°C). A material
like Torlon* PAI would be better suited for close tolerance bearings or seals operating at temperatures higher than 300°F (150°C).
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
BUSHINGS, BEARING, SEALS, BACK UP RINGS
PUMP WEAR RINGS
Ketron PEEK CA30 improves centrifugal
pump efficiency by permitting closer
running tolerances and eliminating
corrosion, galling and wear problems.
(Prior material: Bronze)
®
In applications ranging from aircraft
to oilfield drilling, components
machined from Ketron® PEEK
improve performance and reliability.
(Prior materials: Reinforced PTFE,
PPS, Bronze)
STRUCTURAL PARTS
Ketron® PEEK is used for vacuum wand
handles during semiconductor
manufacturing. They typically contact heat
and common process chemicals in use
(Prior materials: Nylon, Acetal)
KETRON® PEEK
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Ketron® 1000 Unfilled PEEK Rod
Rod Minimum
Standard Lengths
Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000”
>2.00” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000”
Over 2.75” - +.250”/.000”
.250” to 1.00” - 4 ft.
1.25” to 3.00” - 2 ft.
Up to 2.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal
3.00”- 4 ft. nominal
Available Sizes - Eleven diameters available between 0.250” and 3.000”.
Specifications - Ketron PEEK rod, natural meets FDA CFR 21 Section 177.2415 and 177.2416
Ketron™ GF30 30% Glass Reinforced PEEK Rod Natural
Minimum
Standard Lengths
Up to 1.00” - +.003”/-.000”
>1.00” to 1.50” - +.005”/-.000”
.500” to 1.00” - 4 ft.
Up to 1.50” diameter - 8 ft. nominal
Available Sizes - .500”, 1.000”, 1.250”, and 1.500” diameters
Specifications - Ketron™ GF30 is produced from resin certified to Mil-P-46183, Type II, Class 3,
exception to elongation, 22, and meets ASTM-D-6262, S-PAEK 0122.
TORLON® (PAI) POLYAMIDE-IMIDE
Stiffness & Strength at Temperature Extremes
Minimal expansion rate to 500°F (260°C)
Excellent wear resistance in bearing grades
Maintains strength and stiffness to 500°F (260°C)
Able to endure harsh thermal, chemical and stress conditions
With its versatile performance capabilities and proven use in a broad range of applications, Torlon* polyamide-imide (PAI) shapes are offered in extruded, injection molded,
and compression molded grades.
Torlon is the highest performing, melt processable plastic. It has superior resistance to elevated temperatures. It is capable of performing under severe stress conditions at
continuous temperatures to 500°F (260°C). Parts machined from Torlon stock shapes provide greater compressive strength and higher impact resistance than most
advanced engineering plastics.
Torlon PAI’s extremely low coefficient of linear thermal expansion and high creep resistance deliver excellent dimensional stability over its entire service range. Torlon is an
amorphous material with a Tg (glass transition temperature) of 537°F (280°C). Torlon stock shapes are post-cured using procedures developed jointly by Solvay Advanced
Polymers and Quadrant. This eliminates the need for additional curing by the end user in most situations. A post-curing cycle is sometimes recommended for components
fabricated from extruded shapes where optimization of chemical resistance and/or wear performance is required.
For large shapes or custom geometries like tubular bar, compression molded Torlon shapes offer designers the greatest economy and flexibility. Another benefit of selecting a
compression molded grade is that resins are cured, or “imidized” prior to molding which eliminates the need to post-cure shapes or parts fabricated from compression
43
42
Engineering Materials cont.
molded shapes.
Popular extrusion and injection molding grades of Torlon are offered as compression molded shapes.
2
Engineering Materials
For electrical or high strength applications
Torlon* 4203/4203L (Extruded or Injection Molded) - Torlon 4203 polyamide-imide offers excellent compressive strength and the highest elongation of the Torlon grades. It
also provides electrical insulation and exceptional impact strength. This grade is commonly used for electrical connectors and insulators due to its high dielectric strength. Its
ability to carry high loads over a broad temperature range makes it ideal for structural components such as linkages and seal rings. Torlon 4203 is also an excellent choice for
wear applications involving impact loading and abrasive wear.
For general purpose wear and friction parts
Torlon* 4301 (Extruded or Injection Molded) - This Torlon PAI is primarily used for wear and friction parts. It offers a very low expansion rate, low coefficient of friction and
exhibits little or no slip-stick in use. Torlon 4301’s flexural modulus of 1,000,000 psi is higher than most other advanced engineering plastics. This grade excels in severe
service wear applications such as non-lubricated bearings, seals, bearing cages and reciprocating compressor parts.
Glass reinforced for improved load capacity
Torlon* 4XG - (formerly Torlon 5030 PAI) is 30% glass-reinforced. It offers high rigidity, retention of stiffness, a low expansion rate and improved load carrying capabilities. It
is well suited for applications in the electrical/electronic, business equipment, aircraft and aerospace industries.
Carbon reinforced for non-abrasive wear performance
Torlon* 4XCF - (formerly Torlon 7130 PAI) is 30% carbon fiber-reinforced. It offers exceptional stiffness, non-abrasive wear performance and the lowest coefficient of thermal
expansion of all the materials profiled in this guide.
ENGINEERING NOTES
As Torlon PAI has a relatively high moisture absorption rate, parts used in high temperature service or made to tight tolerances should be kept dry prior to
installation. Thermal shock resulting in deformation can occur if moisture laden parts are rapidly exposed to temperatures above 400°F (205°C).
TORLON® (PAI) POLYAMIDE-IMIDE cont.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
HIGH TEMP ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
CAN MANDREL
Torlon 4203 and 5030 polyamide-imides
provide outstanding electrical performance
and high temperature stability. (Prior
materials: Nylon, PPS, Ultem* PEI)
Torlon 4203 PAI’s extraordinary compressive
strength and abrasion resistance permit higher
production rates, longer part life, and increased
support of aluminum cans during printing. (Prior
materials: Nylon, UHMW, Ceramic-coated Steel)
BEARING CAGES
LABYRINTH SEALS
Torlon 4203 and 4301 PAI’s low expansion
rate and excellent wear resistance enable
manufacturers to increase bearing speeds
and extend part life. (Prior materials: Steel
Cages, Hardened Steel Balls, Bronze
Bushings)
Torlon 4540 PAI’s rub tolerance gives users and
manufacturers of turbocompressors efficiency
gains and higher throughput capability by reducing
seal clearances. (Prior material: Aluminum)(Torlon
4540 PAI is compression molded)
TORLON®
AVAILABILITY
PRODUCT
DIMENSIONS
Torlon® 4203
Rod diameter
Torlon® 4301
Rod diameter
Torlon® 4XCF
Rod diameter
Torlon® 4XG
Rod diameter
Torlon® 4203
12”x 48” Sheet
Torlon® 4301
12”x 48” Sheet
®
4” X 48” Sheet
Torlon 4XCF
3/32”
1/8” 3/16” 1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8” 3/4”
1” 1-1/4”1-3/8”1-1/2”
2”
(Additional sizes & thickness will be made available, please inquire.)
43
44
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
TORLON®
Tolerances
Torlon 4301 Rod - Bearing Grade
Standard Lengths
.250” to 2.00” - Supplied Oversized
Length 96” long - +1.00”/-0.00”
Up to 2.00” diameter
8 ft. nominal
®
Torlon® 4301 Sheet - Bearing Grade
Thickness - .250” to 1.00” - +0.025/-0.000
Width - 12” wide - +.500”/-.000”
Length - 48” long - +1.50”/-.000”
Specifications - Torlon® 4301 is produced from resin certified to
military specification MIL-P-46179A, Type II and AMS 3670B and
3670/3B
Specifications - Torlon® 4301 is produced from resin certified to military specification MIL-P-46179A,
Type II and AMS 3670B and 3670/3B
Torlon® 4203 Rod - Electrical Grade
Standard Lengths
.093” to .187” +.040”/-.050”
Length 96” long - +1.00” /-0.00”
1.50” to 2.00” - 1 ft.
.192” to 2.00” - supplied oversized
Up to 2.00” diameter
8 ft. nominal
Torlon® 4203 Sheet - Electrical Grade
Standard Sizes
12” x 48”
Thickness -.187” to 1.00”- + 0.015”/-.000”
Width - 12” wide - +.500”/-.000”
Length - 12” x 48” long - +1.50”/-.000”
Specifications - Torlon® 4203 is produced from resin
certified to military specification MIL-P-46179A, Type 1
Class 1 and AMS 3670B and 3670/1B
Specifications - Torlon® 4203 is produced from resin
certified to military specification MIL-P-46179A, Type 1
Class 1 and AMS 3670B and 3670/1B
Torlon® 4XCF & Torlon 4XG Rod
All sizes supplied oversized.
CELAZOLE* (PBI) POLYBENZIMIDAZOLE
Best Mechanical Properties to 800°F (425°C)
Highest heat deflection temperature
800°F (427°C), with a continuous service
capability of 750°F (399°C) in inert environments,
or 650°F (343°) in air with short term exposure
Highest mechanical properties of any plastic above
400°F (204°C)
Lowest coefficient of thermal expansion and highest
compressive strength of all unfilled plastics
potential to 1,000°F (538°C)
Celazole* PBI is the highest performance engineering thermoplastic available today. It offers the highest heat resistance and mechanical property retention over 400°F of any
unfilled plastic. It has better wear resistance and load carrying capabilities at extreme temperatures than any other reinforced or unreinforced engineering plastic.
As an unreinforced material, Celazole PBI is very “clean” in terms of ionic impurity and it does not outgas (except water). These characteristics make this material very
attractive to semiconductor manufacturers for vacuum chamber applications. Celazole PBI has excellent ultrasonic transparency which makes it an ideal choice for parts
such as probe tip lenses in ultrasonic measuring equipment.
Celazole PBI is also an excellent thermal insulator. Other plastics in melt do not stick to PBI. These characteristics make it ideal for contact seals and insulator bushings in
plastic production and molding equipment.
ENGINEERING NOTES
Celazole PBI is extremely hard and can be challenging to fabricate. Polycrystalline diamond tools are recommended when fabricating production quantities.
Celazole tends to be notch sensitive. All corners should be radiused (0.040” min.) and edges chamfered to maximize part toughness. High tolerance fabricated
components should be stored in sealed containers (usually polybags with desiccant) to avoid dimensional changes due to moisture absorption. Components
rapidly exposed to temperatures above 400°F (205°C) should be “dried” prior to use or kept dry to avoid deformation from thermal shock.
45
44
Seats manufactured from Celazole PBI
excel in high temperature fluid handling
service. (Prior material: Metal)
Parts machined from Celazole PBI for
gas plasma etching equipment last
longer than polyimide parts due to
reduced high energy erosion rates.
Because they need replacement less
often, valuable production “uptime”
is gained. (Prior material: Vespel* PI)
For an extra margin of safety, an aircraft
engine manufacturer replaced connectors
exposed to temperatures over 400°F (205°C)
with Celazole PBI. (Prior material: Vespel*PI)
CELAZOLE PBI
Celazole PBI
2
Engineering Materials
Bushings used in hot runner plastic injection
molds made of Celazole PBI allow the plastic
being molded to remain in melt as the part
“freezes” in the cool mold. Bushings last
longer and ease clean up since hot molten
plastics do not stick to PBI. (Prior materials:
Vespel* PI, Ceramic)
AVAILABILITY
.375” to 3.750”
3.500” to 8” dia.
(3/8” to 2” thick)
12” x 12”; 12” x 24”
(.500” to 1.500” thick)
ODS from 1.625” to 15”
ID’s .750” to 10.600”
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
The Semitron® ESd family of static dissipative products was designed by Quadrant for use where electrical discharge in operation is a problem. They are commonly used for
sensitive electronic components including: integrated circuits, hard disk drives and circuit boards. Semitron products are also an excellent choice for material handling
applications, and components in high speed electronic printing and reproducing equipment.
Semitron® ESd products are inherently dissipative and electrically stable unlike many other “dissipative” plastic shapes. They do not rely on atmospheric phenomena to
activate, nor are surface treatments used to achieve dissipation. Static electricity is dissipated through these products as readily as it is dissipated along the surface. All of
these products dissipate 5 KV in less than 2 seconds per Mil-B-81705C.
Semitron® ESd 225 - Static Dissipative Acetal - ideal for fixturing used in the manufacturing of hard disk drives or for handling in-process silicon wafers. It is tan in
color.
Surface resistivity: 1010 –1012
/ sq.
Thermal performance to 225°F (107°C)
Good wear resistance
Semitron® ESd 410C - Static Dissipative PEI - ideal for handling integrated circuits through the test handler environment. It is black in color and opaque.
Surface resistivity: 104 –106
High strength and stiffness
/ sq.
Thermal performance to 410°F (210°C)
Low stress for tight tolerance machining
Semitron® ESd 420 - Static Dissipative PES - the only, truly dissiptive plastic product for use in high temperature applications.
Surface resistivity: 106 –109
/ sq.
Thermal performance
Semitron® ESd 500HR - Static Dissipative PTFE - Reinforced with a proprietary synthetic mica, Semitron® ESd 500HR offers an excellent combination of low
frictional properties and dimensional stability. Semitron® ESd 500HR should be considered wherever PTFE is used. It is ideal for applications where controlled bleed
off of static charges is critical. It is white in color.
Surface resistivity: 1010 –1012 / sq.
Very low coefficient of friction
Thermal performance to 500°F ( 260°C)
Broad chemical resistance
Thermally insulative
45
46
Engineering Materials cont.
Engineering Materials
2
Semitron® ESd 520HR - Static Dissipative Machining Stock - has an industry first combination of electrostatic dissipation (ESd), high strength and heat
resistance. This new ESd material is ideal for making nests, sockets and contactors for test equipment and other device handling components. The key features of 520HR are
its unique ability to resist dielectric breakdown at high voltages (>100V). Typical carbon fiber enhanced products become irreversibly more conductive when exposed to even
moderate voltage.
Only Semitron® ESd 520HR maintains its performance throughout the voltage range, while offering the mechanical performance needed to excel in demanding applications.
Surface resistivity: 1010 –1012 / sq.
102
106
1010
1012
Conductive
Materials
Insulative
Materials
Conductive
Range
High
Resistivity
Range
Dissipative
Range
ENGINEERING NOTES
It is important to know how applied voltage affects the resistance of a material. Some materials exhibit high resistance at low voltages, but when subjected to
harsher conditions, they can fail. This is due to dielectric breakdown and is irreversible. Since static electricity can be several thousand volts, consistent
performance across the voltage range must be considered.
PROVEN APPLICATIONS
INSERTS
WAFER COMBS
Static dissipative inserts machined from Semitron®
ESd 500HR sheet reduce damage to sensitive devices
due to static discharge. (Prior material: Ceramic)
Wafer combs made of
Semitron® ESd 225 eliminate
transfer equipment discharge
problems that cause millions
of dollars in lost wafers every
year. (Prior materials: Nylon,
Standard Acetal)
IC DEVICE TESTING FIXTURES
A test fixture manufacturer recently began using Semitron® ESd 520HR that
combines electrostatic dissipation (ESD) and high mechanical strength, to
make integrated circuit test heads. The high mechanical strength of
Semitron® ESd 520HR results in longer useful life of the test heads and, thus,
greater units (tested) per hour.
Semitron® ESd 520HR is the first product to reliably meet all physical
performance needs for test nests, sockets and contactors, combined with
ESd performance. It is both ESd (surface resistivity of 1010 to 1012
ohms/square) and has sufficient resistance to minimize the risk of ‘leakage’
(cross-talk). Also significant is the ability of Semitron® ESd 520HR to retain
its surface resistivity at electrical forces greater than 100 volts.
HANDLING TRAYS
Trays manufactured from
Semitron® ESd 410C
dissipate static charges
reliably and are
dimensionally stable. (Prior
materials: PPS, PEEK,
Vespel® PI)
SEMITRON®
AVAILABILITY
PRODUCT
Dimensions
1/4”
3/8”
1/2” 3/4”
1”
1-1/4” 1-1/2” 1-3/4”
Semitron ESD 225
Rod Diameter
Semitron ESD 225
24”x48”
2” 2-1/4”2-1/2”2-3/4”
3”
NOTE: Specifications/Tolerances may vary if generic products or materials from other manufacturers are substituted.
SEMITRON®
Semitron® ESD 225 Rod
.125” to 1.00” - +.003/-.000”
1.125” to 2.00” - +.005”/-.000”
2.125” to 2.75” - +.015”/-.000”
Over 2.75” - +.250”/-.000”
96” long - +1.00/-.000”
47
46
Tolerances
Std. Length
8 ft. Nominal lengths
Semitron® ESD 225 Sheet
Thickness -.250” to 2.00” - +.025/-.000”
Width - 24.0” wide - +.500”/-.000”
Length - 48.0” - +1.00”/-.000”
Standard Sizes
24” x 48”
Engineering Materials cont.
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES ROD & SHEET
2
Engineering Materials
Thermoset plastic industrial laminates are uniformly dense and structurally strong materials that will not soften appreciably under the reapplication of heat.
They are extremely durable plastics that are lightweight and moisture resistant. They are thermoset plastic resin impregnated reinforcing substrate materials
that are cured under heat and pressure to form solid shapes having high mechanical and insulating properties. Industrial laminates are available in sheet,
rod, tube and angle. Since these laminates are comprised of a combination of materials, they are also referred to as composites.
Thermoset plastic industrial laminates typically have a layered construction with no fewer than two components:
The first is a reinforcing substrate such as woven glass cloth, random glass mat, glass filaments, woven canvas cotton fabric, woven linen cotton fabric,
paper, woven aramid fabric, random mat aramid, woven graphite fabric, random mat graphite and others. The second is a thermoset plastic resin binder
which serves to adhere the layers of reinforcing substrates to each other to form a solid unit. Resin binders include epoxies, melamines, phenolics,
polyesters, silicones and others.
Unlike other groups of plastic materials, thermoset plastic industrial laminates have their own standards which are published by NEMA (National Electrical
Manufacturers Association). In concert with member manufacturers, NEMA standards are set and “minimum values” published. The most commonly used
NEMA thermoset laminate grades are as follows:
Epoxy Grades
NEMA grades G10 and FR4 Glass-Cloth Reinforced Epoxy – natural color is typically a yellowish to light green. The most versatile all-around laminate grades
are continuous glass woven fabric impregnated with an epoxy resin binder. Epoxy resins are among the most versatile and widely used plastics in the
electronics field – primarily because water absorption is virtually nil, rendering it an outstanding insulator. Beyond its electrical insulating properties, epoxy
resins exhibit great dimensional stability (shrinkage is usually less than 1%) and superior adhesive properties. G10/FR4 has extremely high mechanical
strength, good dielectric loss properties, and good electric strength. properties, both wet and dry. The main difference between NEMA Grades G10 and FR4
is that FR4 is a fire retardant grade of G10. Therefore, FR4 can usually* be substituted where G10 is called out, while G10 can never be substituted where
FR4 is called for. G10 certifies to Mil-I-24768/2 GEE; FR4 certifies to Mil-1-24768/27 GEE-F.
NEMA grades G11 and FR5 Glass-Cloth Reinforced Epoxy – natural color is typically yellow green to amber. This grade is similar to G10/FR4 with the
addition of a higher operating temperature and some improved mechanical strength at elevated temperatures. The main difference between NEMA Grades
G11 and FR5 is that FR5 is a fire retardant grade of G11. Therefore, FR5 can usually* be substituted when G11 is called for while G11 can never be
substituted where FR5 is called for. G11 certifies to Mil-I-24768/3 GEB; FIR certifies to Mil-I-24768/28 GEB-F.
*CAUTION: Certain instances i.e., synchronous generator applications (within the Power Generation Industry) and
some cryogenic applications which specify G-10 or G-11 may not be suitable for the substitution of FR-4 or FR-5.
Circumstances could cause the release of hydrogen bromide gas, which is toxic and reactive with metals. Further
research is suggested before substitution is
considered.
THERMOSET LAMINATE LAYERED CONSTRUCTION
Melamine Grades
NEMA grades G5 and G9 Glass-Cloth Reinforced
Melamine – natural color is typically a grayish brown. These grades
are composed of a continuous glass woven cloth base impregnated with
a melamine resin binder. (Melamine resins, once cured, are the hardest,
most rigid and abrasion resistant of the standard resins employed in the
production of industrial laminates. However, prolonged exposure to high
temperature can adversely affect its mechanical and electrical strength
properties. Arc resistance, however, may remain unaffected despite
excessive thermal exposure.) Melamines are the hardest of laminates,
exhibiting good dimensional stability and arc resistance. It is also caustic
resistant. A key difference between NEMA Grades G5 and G9 is that G9
is more resistant to the elements of the environment. Thus, G9 can be
safely substituted where G5 is called for. G5 certifies to Mil-I-24768/8
GMG; G9 certifies to Mil-I-24768/1 GME.
resin binder
reinforcing substrate
Certain product information in this publication has been supplied by IAPD (International Association of Plastics Distributors).
47
48
Engineering Materials cont.
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES cont.
Engineering Materials
2
Silicone Grades
NEMA grade G7 Glass-Cloth Reinforced Silicone – natural color is typically cream to white. Composed of a continuous glass woven cloth base
impregnated with a silicone resin binder, this grade has excellent heat and arc resistance. (Silicone thermosetting resins are among the best of all polymer
materials in resistance to temperature. Hence, silicone is broadly used for high temperature electronic applications requiring low electrical losses. Silicone is
not as strong as epoxies and phenolics upon aging at lower temperatures but is stronger upon aging over 400°F.) G7 has extremely good dielectric loss
properties under dry conditions and good electrical properties under humid conditions, although the percentage of change is high. G7 certifies to Mil-I24768/17 GSG.
Polyester Grades
NEMA grade Glass-Mat Reinforced Polyester – GPO-1 (tan color), GPO-2 (red color) and GPO-3 (red color). These grades are composed
of random mat (non-woven) fiberglass reinforcement held together by a polyester resin binder. Polyesters are versatile resins which handle much like
epoxies. Of course, the basic resins are chemically different. It is their physical application forms which make them similar. Despite lower costs, the
important disadvantages of polyesters, as compared with epoxies, is lower adhesion to most substrates, higher polymerization shrinkage, a greater tendency
to crack during cure or in thermal shock and greater change of electrical properties in a humid environment. GPO-2 offers superior arc resistance over
GPO-1 while GPO-3 offers both arc and track resistance. GPO-1 certifies to Mil-I-24768/4 GPO1, GPO-2 certifies to Mil-I-24768/5 GPO2 and GPO3 certifies to Mil-I-24768/6 GPO3.
Phenolic Paper Grades
NEMA grades X, XX and XXX Paper Reinforced Phenolic – natural color is typically light tan to brown. These grades are composed of a paper
base impregnated with a phenolic resin binder. (Phenolics are the oldest, best-known general purpose thermoset resins. They are among the lowest cost
and easiest to process. Phenolics are quite adequate for a fair percentage of electrical applications. Generally speaking, they are not equivalent to epoxies
in resistance to moisture, humidity, dimensional stability, shrinkage and retention of electrical properties in extreme environments.) The paper reinforced
phenolic has good electric strength properties with fair mechanical strength and are outstanding for use as template material and/or backup material. A
good rule of thumb in selecting a paper grade is to remember the more X’s the better the electrical properties while the fewer X’s represent superior
mechanical properties. Paper grades can be modified by adding plasticizers to make them more conducive to part punching resulting in a P suffix added to
the X designation, i.e., XP, XXP, XXXP. Grade X certifies to Mil-I-24768/12 PBM, grade XX to Mil-I-24768/11 PBG, and grade XXX to Mil-I-24768/10
PBE
Phenolic Cotton Grades
NEMA grades C and CE Canvas Cotton-Cloth Reinforced Phenolic – natural color is typically light tan to brown. These grades are
composed of a continuous cotton woven cloth impregnated with a phenolic resin binder. (Phenolics are the oldest, best-known general purpose thermoset
resins. They are among the lowest cost and easiest to process. Phenolics are quite adequate for a fair percentage of electrical applications. Generally
speaking, they are not equivalent to epoxies in resistance to moisture, humidity dimensional stability, shrinkage, and retention of electrical properties in
extreme environments.) These grades contain a medium weave canvas and are known primarily for their mechanical properties. These grades are not
recommended for primary electrical insulation. Grade C certifies to Mil-I-24768/16 FBM; grade CE certifies to Mil-I-24768/14 FBG.
NEMA grades L and LE Linen Cotton-Cloth Reinforced Phenolic – natural color is typically light tan to brown. This grade is composed of a
continuous cotton woven cloth impregnated with a phenolic resin binder. This grade contains a fine weave linen and, like the canvas phenolic, is known for
its mechanical properties. The finer weave allows for machining more intricate details than canvas grade, such as gear teeth, etc. These grades are not
recommended for primary electrical insulation but grade LE exhibits superior moisture resistance to grades L, C & CE and thus is an adequate insulator for
a fair number of applications. Grade L certifies to Mil-I-24768/15 FBI; grade LE certifies to Mil-I-24768/13 FBE.
49
48
Engineering Materials cont.
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES cont.
Minimum Values
NEMA grades
reinforcements
resin binders
G10,FR4
glass cloth
epoxy
G11,FR5
glass cloth
epoxy HT
G5,G9
glass cloth
melamine
G7
glass cloth
silicone
lengthwise, psi
crosswise, psi
40,000
35,000
40,000
35,000
37,000
30,000
23,000
18,000
12,000
—
flatwise, psi
edgewise, psi
60,000
35,000
60,000
35,000
70,000
25,000
45,000
14,000
lengthwise, psi
crosswise, psi
55,000
45,000
55,000
45,000
55,000
35,000
Modulus of elasticity in flex
lengthwise, psi 103
crosswise, psi103
2,700
2,200
2,700
2,200
19,000
X
paper
phenolic
XX
paper
phenolic
XXX
paper
phenolic
C,CE
canvas
phenolic
L,LE
linen
phenolic
11,000
—
20,000
16,000
16,000
13,000
15,000
12,000
9,500
7,500
12,500
8,750
40,000
—
30,000
—
36,000
19,000
34,000
23,000
32,000
25,500
37,000
23,500
37,000
25,000
23,000
20,000
23,000
—
20,000
—
25,000
22,000
15,000
14,000
13,500
11,800
17,000
15,000
15,000
13,750
2,500
2,000
1,400
1,200
—
—
—
—
1,800
1,300
1,400
1,100
1,300
1,000
950
850
1,050
850
19,000
20,000
17,000
—
—
12,000
11,000
10,000
11,500
11,750
7
5.5
7
5.5
12
8
8.5
7.5
—
—
—
—
4
0.5
1.3
0.35
1
0.35
3.2,2.3
1.9,1.4
2.5,1.8
1.1,1
110
1.82
110
1.82
120
1.9
100
1.68
—
1.8
—
1.85
110
1.36
105
1.34
110
1.32
104
1.35
105
1.34
Coefficient of thermal expansion
cm/cm-°Cx10-5
.9
.9
1.00
1.00
—
—
6
2
1.40
2
2
Water absorption
.062" thk, % per 24 hrs
.125" thk, % per 24 hrs
.500" thk, % per 24 hrs
0.25
0.15
0.10
0.25
0.15
0.10
0.8
0.7
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.15
0.35
—
—
0.4
—
—
6
3.3
1.1
2
1.3
0.55
1.4
0.95
0.45
4.4,2.2
2.5,1.6
1.2,0.75
2.5,1.95
1.6,1.3
0.9,0.7
Dielectric strength (V/mil)
perpendicular to
laminations; short
.062" thk
.125" thk
500
400
500
400
400
350
400
350
370
—
400
—
700
500
700
500
650
470
200,500
150,360
200,500
150,360
Dissipation factor
condition A, 1 megacycle
0.025
0.025
0.017
0.003
—
—
0.06
0.045
0.038
Dielectric constant
condition A, 1 megacycle
5.2
5.2
7.12
4.2
—
—
6
5.5
5.3
– , 5.8
– , 5.8
Insulation resistance
Condition: 96 hrs @ 90% relative
humidity (in megaohms)
200,000
200,000
10,000
200,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Flame resistance
Underwriter Labs, Classification
94V-0
94V-0
94V-0
94V-0
94HB
94V-0
94HB
94HB
94HB
94HB
94HB
Bond strength (lbs)
2,000
1,600
1,700
650
—
—
700
800
950
1,800
1,600
285
—
27,GEE-F
300
—
28,GEB-F
285
—
1,GME
465
17
GSG
265
4
GPO1
265
6
GPO3
285
12
PBM
285
11
PBG
285
10
PBE
265
—
14,FBG
265
—
13,FBE
Properties
GPO 1
GPO 3
glass mat glass mat
polyester polyester
Tensile strength
Compressive strength
Flexural strength
Shear strength (psi)
Impact, Izod
flatwise, ft-lb/in of notch
edgewise, ft-lb/in of notch
Hardness, Rockwell M
Specific gravity
Max operating temperature
approx. °F continuous
sheet mil spec: Mil-l-24768 / _ _,
type
Engineering Materials
2
THERMOSET INDUSTRIAL LAMINATE PROPERTIES
0.1,0.055 0.1,0.055
4950
Engineering Materials cont.
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATES cont.
Engineering Materials
2
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED ROD AVAILABILITY
Industrial laminated rod is available in natural and black. It is sold in standard lengths only which vary from 3 ft. to 4 ft. Minimum order is one
standard length.
Rolled & Molded (M)
Dia.
.062”
.093”
.125”
.156”
.187”
.250”
.312”
.375”
.437”
.500”
.562”
.625”
.750”
.875”
1.000”
1.125”
1.250”
1.375”
1.500”
1.625”
1.750”
2.000”
2.250”
2.500”
2.750”
3.000”
3.500”
3.750”
4.000”
4.500”
5.000”
6.000”
XX,XXX
G
G
G
G
G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
C,CE
G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
G
M/G
G
G
G
Ground from Sheet (G)
L,LE
G
G
G
G
G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
G
M/G
G
G
G
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED ROD
Molded Rod
Lengths:
(all grades) 35” to 48” Random
G10,FR4
G
G
G
G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G11
G
G
G
G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G5,G9
G
G
G
G
G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
M/G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G7
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
Tolerances
Tolerances:
Under 2” +/-.005”
2” & over +/-.008”
Rod Ground from Sheet
Lengths:
Tolerances:
(all grades) 4’ Random
.062” - 1.250” dia. +/- .001”
Inquire about special lengths
1.375” & over
+/- .003”
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED TUBING AVAILABILITY
Resins used to make Industrial laminate tubing include phenolics, melamines, epoxies, and silicones. Reinforcement materials include paper, cotton cloth,
and glass cloth. All grades are available in a choice of standard lengths, diameters, and wall thicknesses. Tubing with special characteristics or dimensions
can be made to order. Please inquire about availability.
51
50
Engineering Materials cont.
INDUSTRIAL LAMINATED SHEETAVAILABILITY
Paper
G10 Glass or FR-4
Type
Thickness
Sheet
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
G10 NAT
(in.)
.030
.060
.093
.125
.187
.250
.375
.500
.750
1.000
(in.)
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
36 X 48
Type
Linen
Thickness
(in.)
.030
.060
.125
.187
.250
.375
.500
.750
1.000
1.500
2.000
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
X NAT
Canvas
Type
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
CE NAT
C NAT
C NAT
C NAT
C NAT
Thickness
(in.)
.030
.060
.125
.187
.250
.375
.500
.750
1.000
1.500
1.750
2.000
3.000
3.500
4.000
5.000
2
Engineering Materials
Industrial laminated sheet is a hard, durable composition made by laminating multi-sheets of paper, nylon, cotton fabrics, glass fibers and other
formulations with phenolic, silicones, melamines or epoxy resins. Outstanding mechanical, chemical, thermal, electrical and physical properties are achieved
by the various laminations. We stock the four grades: canvas, paper, linen and glass. More grades are available on factory order. When less than standard
sheets are required, we cut to size. Cut to size pieces are sold in even foot multiples such as 12” x 12”, 24” x 36”, 12” x 24”, etc. For example, a piece 8
1/2” x 19 3/4” would be priced as a 12” x 24”. Other sheet sizes besides those listed below are available. Please call for prices and availability.
All materials listed meet NEMA specifications, military and federal specifications. See table.
Sheet
Type
(in.)
40 X 48
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
LE NAT
Thickness
(in.)
.030
.060
.125
.187
.250
.375
.500
.750
1.000
1.500
2.000
Sheet
(in.)
39 X 79
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
Military Specifications
Sheet
(in.)
36 X 48
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 96
48 X 48
48 X 48
untrimmed
GRADE
X
XX
XXX
XPC
L
LE
C
CE
G-3
G-5
G-9
C7
FR-4
G-11
G-10A
SHEET
GROUND ROD
MIL-I-24768/12 PBM
MIL-I-24768/11 PBG
MIL-I-24768/10 PBF
MIL-I-24768/20 PBM-PC
MIL-I-24768/15 FBI
MIL-I-24768/13 FBE
MIL-I-24768/16 FBM
MIL-I-24768/14 FBG
MIL-I-24768/18 GPG
MIL-I-24768/8 GMG
MIL-I-24768/1 GME
MIL-I-24768/17 GSG
MIL-I-24768/27 GEE-F
MIL-I-24768/3 GEB
MIL-I-24768/2 GEE
MIL-I-24768/12 PBM
MIL-I-24768/11 PBG
MIL-I-24768/10 PBF
MIL-I-24768/20 PBM-PC
MIL-I-24768/15 FBI
MIL-I-24768/13 FBE
MIL-I-24768/16 FBM
MIL-I-24768/14 FBG
MIL-I-24768/18 GPG
MIL-I-24768/8 GMG
MIL-I-24768/1 GME
MIL-I-24768/17 GSG
MIL-I-24768/27 GEE-F
MIL-I-24768/3 GEB
MIL-I-24768/2 GEE
MOLDED ROD
MIL-P-79C PBE
MIL-P-79C PBE
MIL-P-79C FBE
MIL-P-79C FBE
MIL-P-79C FBG
MIL-P-79C FBG
MIL-P-79C GMG
MIL-P-79C GMG
Other sheet sizes are available. A specific grade in a specified sheet size may require an up-charge. In the table below, a “” indicates that specific
thickness in that specific grade is available. Please call for pricing.
Grade
G-3
G-5 & G-9
G-7
G-11
FR-4
Thickness
Over .010”-.015”
Thickness
Over .015”-.025”
Thickness
Over .025”-.035”
Thickness
Over .035”-.050”
Thickness
Over .050”
51
52
Engineering Materials cont.
POLYURETHANE CAST ROD & SHEET
Polyurethane is available in several different forms such as thermoplastic, thermoset, coatings and foams (flexible, semi-rigid and integral skin). A variety of
processes are used to produce parts, including injection molding,
extrusion, RIM, spray and casting. Most can be supplied in polyether or
polyester base formulations. The ethers are generally better for use in
POLYURETHANE HARDNESS
contact with water and have higher heat resistance. The esters have
Conventional
Polyurethane
Hardness
higher abrasion and oil resistance.
150— — Phenolics Polyurethanes are versatile engineering materials designed to provide
properties not available in conventional rubbers, metals and plastics.
Typically they have higher oil and solvent resistance, along with greater
abrasion and tear resistance. Impact strength, low compression set and
superior load bearing capacity are also important engineering
characteristics.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYURETHANE
ASTM
Test
D676
D412
D624
D395B
D2632
D1630
NOTES
53
52
Property
Nominal Hardness
Shore A
Shore D
Tensile strength (psi)
Tear strength die C
Compression set
Bashore rebound (%)
NBS abrasion index
140 —
130 —
120 — — Acrylics 110 —
Papermaking rolls —
Metal-forming wiper dies —
Nonspark hammers —
Solid truck tires —
Metal-forming die pads —
Idler rolls —
Abrasive-handling pads —
Silk screen wiper blades —
Door seals —
— Polycarbonate 80 — 100 — — Nylon 95 —
90 —
80 —
70 —
20-95
50-80
2,000-12,000
100-1,200
15-45
25-60
100-500
Rockwell R
Durometer A
Thermoset and some foam types are supplied in standard shapes
(sheet, rod, bar and tube) as well as custom molded parts. Advantages
of the cast types are low cost tooling and short production runs.
Injection and extrusion will generally result in lower piece prices, but
tooling can be quite expensive.
Plastics &
Rubbers Scales
Elastomers
Durometer D
Engineering Materials
2
60 —
70 —
90 — — Polystyrene 60 —
70 —
50 —
50 —
— Polypropylene 40 —
30 —
— Auto tire treads — Inner tubes 50 —
Can tester pads —
40 —
Printing rolls —
30 —
20 —
— Rubber bands Engineering Materials cont.
POLYURETHANE CAST ROD & SHEET cont.
POLYURETHANE PRODUCT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
MECHANICAL PROPERTY
30A
60A
75A
DUROMETER
85A
90A
95A
75D
D-412
D-412
D-412
D-412
D-638
D-395
D-2240
D-624
380
80
170
515
9
30A
90
4500
250
600
500
5
10
60A
200
5500
350
1000
500
15
15
75A
250
6000
600
1500
500
25
25
85A
400
4500
1100
2100
450
50
30
90A
400
5500
1800
4000
320
90
40
95A
450
7500
5500
225
75D
850
C-501
-
30
40
40
30
40
450
D-792
1.20
Ester
1.26
Ester
1.26
Ester
1.26
Ester
1.10
Ester
1.14
Ether
1.20
Ether
2
Engineering Materials
Tensile Properties
Break, psi
100 % modulus, psi
300 % modulus, psi
Elongation, %
Modulus of Elasticity, psi
Method B @ 70°C
Durometer, Shore + /- 5
Tear Properties, pli, Die C
Abrasion Resistance, Tabor
H18 @ 1000gm. load,
mg. loss per 1000 cycles
Specific Gravity
Base
ASTM
TEST
Cast polyurethane Sheet
Cast urethane elastomer, a material for tough impact and abrasion applications, combines the best properties of
metals, rubbers and plastics. The cast urethane will take the pounding of an automatic rifle’s recoil or the abrasion
and gouging that a conveyor belt guide rail gets day after day. Cast urethane elastomer simply does not break
under ASTM D-256 izod impact testing, has 40 times the Taber abrasion resistance of rigid PVC and has 7 times
that of high density polyethylene. The following formulations are available: (shore durometer) 60A, 75A, 85A, 95A
and 75D. Please specify the formulation desired on order. Minimum order is one standard sheet.
CAST POLYURETHANE SHEET
Sheet Sizes
24” x 24”
24” x 48”
48” x 48”
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Thickness (inches)
1/4
5/16
3/8
Tolerance (thickness)
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
1-3/4
2
To .500” +/- 1/64”
.500” up +/- 2%
Cast polyurethane Rod
Minimum order on cast polyurethane rod is one 3 foot length. The following formulations are available: (shore durometer) 60A,
70A, 80A, 95A and 75D.
CAST POLYURETHANE ROD
Standard Length
3 Ft.
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Diameter (inches)
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
Tolerances
to 2” +.020”/-.010”
Length
Diameter above 2”
+1/4”/-.000”
+1%/-.5%
53
54
Engineering Materials
2
In general, the fluoroplastic family offers plastics with chemical resistance, low and high temperature capability, resistance to weathering, low friction
properties, electrical and thermal insulation and “slipperiness.” We must remember, though, that none of the fluoroplastics can be readily joined by gluing or
solvent cementing. Also, all of the fluoroplastics will burn when exposed to flame. But they will not continue to burn when the flame is removed.
PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene) was the first fluorocarbon. It is the most chemically resistant plastic known. Only a few chemicals react with it. Its mechanical
properties are low compared to other engineering plastics, but its properties remain at a useful level over a great temperature range (-400° to 500°F).
Mechanical properties can be improved by the addition of fillers such as glass fiber, carbon, graphite, molybdenum disulfide and bronze. PTFE has excellent
thermal and electrical insulation properties. And it has a low coefficient of friction. It is difficult to make anything adhere to PTFE. A material may stick to it,
but the material can be peeled off or rubbed off. PTFE is not melt processible. It cannot be injection or blow molded, extruded by conventional means, nor
vacuum formed. The resin must be compressed, then sintered (a controlled heat treatment) to produce a useful plastic.
FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) processes by conventional means. It is extruded and injection molded. It has the chemical resistance, mechanical and
electrical properties of PTFE but a more narrow temperature range – maximum temperature is 400°F. A plastic converter can apply knit fiberglass to one
side of an FEP sheet. Fabricators can weld glass backed sheets together over cylindrical molds and vessel closure molds (flat or dishod or conical heads).
They then overwrap this “liner” with fiberglass reinforced thermoset resin to make chemical resistant tanks, vessels and columns for the corrosive chemical
industry.
PVDF (poly-vinylidene fluoride) is a melt processible fluoropolymer capable of being injection and compression molded and screw extruded. It is stiffer and
resists cold flow better than PTFE, FEP and PFA. However, its chemical resistance, antistick properties, lubricity, electrical properties and useful temperature
range (-80° to 300°F) are lower than PTFE, FEP and PFA. Glass backed sheets of PVDF make liners for vessels as does FEP. Pipe and fittings of PVDF are
one of the most economical and chemical resistant, high temperature solid pipe systems available.
PFA (perfluoroalkoxy) is also melt processible. Its properties are those of PTFE and include resistance to practically all chemicals, the useful temperature
range of PTFE, resistance to weathering, low friction coefficient and excellent electrical insulation characteristics. It is, however, more expensive than PTFE
and FEP resins.
ETFE (ethylenetetrafluoroethylene) is a copolymer of ethylene and tetrafluoroethylene and is readily processed by conventional methods. It has good thermal
properties (maximum service temperature of 300°F) and abrasion resistance. It has greater strength and stiffness than PTFE, FEP and PFA and has excellent
impact strength.
PCTFE (polychlorotrifluoroethylene) is melt processible. Within its service temperature range, it has greater tensile and compressive strength than PTFE, FEP
or PFA. At high temperatures it is subject to stress cracking. It does not have the solvent resistance of PTFE, FEP, PFA or ETFE. However, its radiation
resistance is better.
ECTFE (ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene) is a copolymer of ethylene and PCTFE. It is melt processible. It has excellent electric insulating properties. At
ambient temperatures its mechanical properties compare to those of nylon 6. It has excellent impact resistance at ambient and sub ambient temperatures.
Glass backed sheets of ECTFE make liners for vessels like FEP and PVDF. Its service temperature ranges from -80° to 300°F.
PVF (polyvinyl fluoride) has outstanding resistance to weathering and good resistance to abrasion and staining. It is used as a surfacing film for industrial,
architectural and decorative building materials.
55
54
Engineering Materials
2
55
56
2
Engineering Materials
PTFE fluorocarbon resin performs well in many applications without filler. In fact, fillers can lessen its outstanding electrical and chemical properties. In
mechanical applications, however, compounds of PTFE and inorganic fillers offer improved wear resistance, reduce creep and initial deformation, and
increased stiffness and conductivity. Hardness is increased, and the coefficient of thermal expansion is decreased. Compounds can therefore make it
possible to gain the advantages of PTFE in applications where the unfilled resin cannot be used.
Glass Fiber Glass in the form of short fibers is the most widely used filling material. The most popular compounds are 15% or 25% glass (by weight). It is
sometimes combined with graphite or MoS2. Glass has little effect on most of the electrical properties of PTFE. It resists acids and oxidation, but it can be
attacked by alkali.
Carbon A typical carbon filler is high-purity coke powder. It is often used in combination with graphite in concentrations of 25% to 35% glass (by weight).
Compounds of PTFE and carbon have excellent wear resistance, both dry and in water. They are compatible with most chemicals and can carry heavy loads
under rubbing contact.
Graphite This crystaline form of carbon is used alone or in combination with glass or amorphous carbon. A typical compound is 15% graphite by weight.
The addition of graphite helps reduce the wear of soft metal mating parts and improves frictional and wear properties when mixed with other fillers. Like
other forms of carbon, it serves well in corrosive environments.
Bronze Round or irregularly-shaped bronze particles are often used at 60% by weight, or 55% with 5% MoS2. Compounds of bronze and PTFE are creepresistant and easily machined. They deliver good wear performance, low friction, and relatively high thermal conductivity.
MoS2 Used in concentrations of approximately 5% by weight in compounds with glass or bronze, MoS2 can increase surface hardness and lower
coefficient of friction and wear rate.
PTFE EXTRUDED ROD / MECHANICAL GRADE
1/8” - 5” 12 ft.
5” & Up 1 ft.
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
up to 19/32”
5/8” to 15/16”
1” - 1-7/8”
2” and above
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
Intermediate sizes are available
and will be quoted on request.
Virgin grade PTFE rod to MILP-19468A can be furnished.
Please call for pricing.
+.002”-.000”
+.004”-.000”
+.010”-.000”
as extruded
PTFE MOLDED TUBE AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Molded PTFE tube is available in many sizes and lengths, please
call your customer service representative for availability and pricing.
PTFE SKIVED TAPE
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
.002
.003
.005
12”
.0005
.0005
.0005
.002
.034
.060
Width
1/2” - 12” + 1/32” -.000”
525
355
250
E lec tric al G rade. Only the 12” width of .002” thickness is stocked for immediate delivery. The other widths of .002” thick stock, as well as all widths
of .003” and .005” stock, are available on factory order. Please inquire about the availability of PTFE Skived Tape with adhesive on one side.
PTFE SHEET
48” x 48”
AVAILABILITY
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
3/16
.38
.75
1.1
1.5
2.25
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
Any of the above PTFE sheets may be purchased with one side etched for bonding.
57
56
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
12.0
15.0
18.0
21.0
24.0
2
Unique properties place TIVAR® as a major engineering material
Engineering Materials
Wood, concrete, steel, ceramic - used historically by industries for their
performance benefits. Now, TIVAR’s unique blend of attributes updates the
design possibilities for engineers, equipment manufacturers and end-users.
Low-Friction Surface
TIVAR® ’s low coefficient of friction approaches that of PTFE and can
outperform polished stainless steel in moving difficult materials and
mechanisms. Its clean, self-lubricating surface allows moving parts, like belts
and chains, to move smoothly; without premature wear or putting undue
tension on expensive components. Powdery or cohesive materials slide freely
across its surface, as do objects like bottles and packages.
Wear Resistance
TIVAR® ’s unique molecular structure makes it inherently superior in withstanding sliding abrasion. In the Sand
Slurry and Sand on Wheel Abrasion Tests, TIVAR® outperforms standard work surfaces. It compares favorably
against AR sheet, HDPE, nylon and acetal. TIVAR® linings protect expensive structures from premature wear
and replacements.
Impact Strength
Many materials can’t take it: shock from heavy or repeated blows. They crack, shatter, splinter or show stress
fatigue. TIVAR® material does not break when subjected to the single notch ASTM D-256 Izod Impact test. It
will not break at temperatures even in cryogenic ranges.
Corrosion Resistance
TIVAR® withstands attack from harsh chemicals, and it exhibits zero water absorption. Steam cleaning, washdowns, salt water and caustic compounds, like
sodas, do not damage TIVAR® . Its smooth surface keeps machinery moving without lock-ups caused by corroded metal edges.
TIVAR® Ceram P - A shatter-resistant alternative to ceramics. Ceram P
is noted for dimensional stability and is a proven performer in high
speed, high load operations. Color: (yellow-green)
TIVAR® Polysteel - Designed for paper mill wood yard applications.
Metal filler is magnetically detectable. Higher density of ease of
seperation. Color: (Black)
TIVAR® DS is composed of virgin polymer and additives to exhibit
higher intrinsic viscosity and molecular weight. It has increased wear
resistance, excellent machinability and improved thermal and
dimensional stability. Color: (yellow)
TIVAR® DrySlide - Modified with special additives for
enhanced coefficient of friction and antistatic properties.
Effective in dusty environments where components need
lubrication without build-up.
TIVAR® Oil Filled - Meets FDA and USDA guidelines for
food and pharmaceutical handling. Has an oil additive to
lubricate mating surfaces. Specified for demanding
applications requiring higher PV (pressure velocity) values.
TIVAR® Oil Filled is used extensively in closed loop
continuous chain applications. Not recommended for dusty
environments. Color: (brown or gray)
TIVAR® Rubber-backed is a hybrid product combining .060” thick
rubber backing and TIVAR® 1000. The rubber backing allows it to be
glued to surfaces where metal fasteners cannot be used.
48 X 120
G AUG E available (inc hes )
1 1/4
1/4
1/16
5/8
1 1/2
3/8
1/8
3/4
1 3/4
1/2
3/16
1
1, 2
3/8
1/4
1/2
48 X 120
G AUG E available (inc hes )
1 1/2
3/8
1/4
3/4
1 3/4
1/2
3/16
1
2
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
57
58
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
TIVAR® 1000 Natural - Meets FDA, USDA and 3-A dairy
guidelines. An excellent high wear material. Color: (white)
TIVAR® 88 - Recognized worldwide as the premium lining material for
bulk material handling, it is highly abrasion, chemical and corrosion
resistant. Comes in two formulations, standard (blue) and antistatic
(black).
TIVAR® Higher Operating Temperature (H.O.T.) Formulated to maintain key performance properties in an
extended temperature range, TIVAR® H.O.T. will excel in a
variety of industrial manufacturing environments where
temperatures range up to 275°F. Color: (white)
TIVAR® 88-2 - A modified weldable formulation of TIVAR® 88. It has all
the key properties of TIVAR® 88, but can be welded to create a
seamless, drop-in liner. TIVAR® 88-2 comes in two formulations,
standard (blue) and antistatic (black).
48 X 120
TIVAR® 88 W/Burnguard™ - Designed for applications where flame
retardance is necessary. UL 94 V-O Listed. MSHA Approved. Meets
ASTM D-4020-01a of 4.0 to 5.4-million molecular weight. Color:
(Black)
GAUGE
1/4
3/8
1/2
TIVAR® H.O.T. 1/16
1/8
3/16
available (inches)
1 1/4
5/8
2
1 1/2
3/4
1 3/4
1
TIVAR® 1000 Natural 24 X 48, 48 X 96, 48 X 120,
48 X 120
60 X 120, 48 X144
GAUGE available (inches)
2
5/8
1/4
1 1/4
3/4
3/8
1 1/2
1
1/2
1 3/4
®
TIVAR 88
TIVAR® 88-2
TIVAR® 88 w/Burnguard
GAUGE available (inches)
1/16 1/4 5/8 1 1/4
2
1/8 3/8 3/4 1 1/2 2 1/4
3/16 1/2
1
1 3/4 2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
5
6
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
TIVAR® ESD (Electro Static Dissipative) - Protects parts sensitive to build-up of static electricity. Permits partial transmission of electrical charge,
thus dissipating static build-up. Surface resistivity is in the range of 10 5 and 10 9 (ohms/cm2). Color: (black)
TIVAR® CleanStat® - It eliminates static build-up problems, meets FDA and USDA guidelines for food contact and exhibits a longer wearing, lower
coefficient of friction, as a sliding surface, than stainless steel. Color: (black)
TIVAR® Recycled (Uniblend and Marble) - A blend of virgin and regenerated TIVAR® polymers that maintains an acceptable combination of properties
for less demanding, non-FDA applications. Color: (black or green)
TIVAR® UV Resistant & TIVAR® 1000 Black - To retain key properties during outdoor use. Color: (black)
48 X 120
GAUGE available
1 1/2
1/2
1 3/4
5/8
3/16
2
3/4
1/4
2 1/4
1
3/8
1 1/4 2 1/2
TIVAR® CleanStat® 1/16
TIVAR® Recycled
1/8
(inches)
4 1/2
2 3/4
5
3
6
3 1/4
®
3 1/2
4
48 X 96 & 48 X 120
GAUGE available (inches)
1 1/2 2 3/4
1/2
3
1 3/4
5/8
3 1/4
2
3/4
1/4
2 1/4 3 1/2
1
4
3/8
1 1/4 2 1/2
TIVAR® AntiStatic
1/16
TIVAR® UV Resistant 1/8
3/16
& 1000 Black
TIVAR H.O.T.
4 1/2
5
6
Change in Izod Impact
Change in Izod Impact
10
80
60
40
20
0
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
0 6 12 18 24 30 48
-50
0
Weeks exposed at 275 F
4
8
12 16 20 24 28 36 48 63
SandWheel
Wheel TestingTesting
Sand
Ambient
AmbientTemperature
Temperature
Abraision Index (AI)
Tensile
Tensile
kJ/mm2
Tensile (MPa)
(Higher Operating Temperature)
TIVAR® H.O.T. (Higher Operating Temperature)
1500
1000
500
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11
Weeks exposed at 275 F
Weeks exposed at 275 F
Note: In the Abrasion Index, the lower the number the better.
®
Dotted line represents TIVAR H.O.T.
Solid line represents standard UHMW-PE
Dotted line represents TIVAR H.O.T.
Solid line represents standard UHMW-PE
TIVAR® is a registered trademark of QUANDRANT EPP, Inc.
TIVAR® is a registered trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.
©2001 Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.
59
58
®
Dotted line represents TIVAR® H.O.T.
Solid line represents standard UHMW-PE
Meeting Food
Handling Guidelines
Noise
Reduction
No Moisture
Absorption
or Rust
Corrosion
Resistance
UV-Resistance
Self Lubricating,
Wear-Resistant
Surface
Engineering Materials
2
Anti-Static
Properties
Want to get the best performance? Faster quotes? Shorter lead times from prototypes to production?
Answering these questions below will help us give you the excellent results you want.
The load capacity of plastic bearings can be expressed as a pressure/velocity (PV) factor.
P = Pounds per square inch on the projected bearing area
V = Velocity in feet per minute on the shaft surface
P V = PxV
Example:
Shaft OD
Bearing length
Bearing load
Shaft RPM
V (FPM) =
P (PSI)
Therefore, PV
= 3/4”
= 1”
= 20 lbs.
= 250
.262 x (Shaft Dia.)x (Shaft RPM)
= .262” x .750 x 250 RPM
= 49 FPM
= Bearing Load
(Bearing Dia.) x (Bearing Length)
= 20 lbs.
.75”x1”
= 26.67 PSI
= 49 FPM x 26.67 PSI
= 1306.8 FPM • PSI
Material
TIVAR® 1000
Nylon w/oil
Nylon Type 6
Nylon, Type 6/6
Delrin
PTFE
PTFE, Glass Filled
Max PV
2300
6000
3600
2700
3000
1000
1000
Max P (PSI)
1400
2000
2000
2000
1000
500
500
Max V (FPM)
100
400
400
400
100
400
400
Max Temp.°F
180
200
200
200
200
500
500
TIVAR® with
Yellow Lube Strip*
4000
1400
100
180
*A 30 minute break-in period is required for yellow lube strip bearings. Bearings
should not exceed 50% of maximum PV values as noted above during the break-in
period.
59
60
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
Clearance
Plastic bearing clearances should be much greater than those recommended for metallic bearings. Adequate consideration for shaft clearance needs to be
followed due to frictional heat build-up that can significantly change the dimensions of the bearing.
Press Fitting TIVAR® Bearings
Add .8 to 1.0% to the nominal OD on bearing:
B = Do - Df/Df (100) where B = .8 to 1.0%, Do = bearing OD, Df = mating bore diameter
Bearing length to diameter should be equal to or less than 1.5: L/D ≤ 1.5
For each .004” or .10mm added to the nominal bushing OD for press-fitting into a housing, the bushing ID will close in .001” or .02mm.
Shaft Diameters/TIVAR® Bearings
To produce a running fit, increase the nominal bearing ID by .001” or .03mm for shaft diameters less than 1” or 25mm in size.
To produce a running fit on shafts 1” or 25mm and larger, increase the nominal bearing ID by .003” or .07mm for each 1” or 25mm size.
Recommended bearing wall thickness is 1/10th of shaft diameter when designing a TIVAR® bearing.
Increase the wall thickness for shock load conditions and decrease the wall thickness for applications near PV limits.
It is recommended that the length of a TIVAR® bearing be equal to the shaft diameter, unless under a high load, where more surface area is required to resist
creep.
Lubrication
Lubricants reduce the static and dynamic coefficients of friction and permit materials to operate at higher PVs than without lubrication. While most plastics do
not require lubrication, some type of lubricant will generally enhance bearing performance. In many cases, water will provide sufficient lubrication and cooling
during bearing operation. At the time a plastic bearing is installed, it is a good idea to apply a light film of grease on the ID of the bearing prior to mounting on the
shaft.
General Compliance Information
TIVAR 1000 Virgin UHMW PE (Natural)
ASTM D-4020 “UHMW-PE Molding and Extrusion Materials”
ASTM D-1248 (Mil-P-23536) “Type II, Class M, Category 5, Grade 5”
ASTM D-4976 “Group 2, Class 2, Grade 5, Table A 424”
FDA21CFR177.1520 Sec. C
USDA “Acceptable for use in processing, transporting and storage areas for contact with meat or poultry food products prepared under Federal
inspection, provided the inspector approves the performance.”
3-A “Sanitary Standards for Multiple-Use Plastic Materials Used As Product Contact Surfaces for Dairy Equipment.”
NSF Compliant
Federal Spec L-P-390 Type I, Class M, Category 5, Grade 1-2
Federal Spec L-P-512 Type I, Class M, Grade 2
Mil-B-17901 “Bearing Components”
Mil-21922 “Plastics Tube and Rod”
Ag Canada Compliant
TIVAR Oil Filled UHMW-PE (Brown or Gray)
FDA 21 CFR177.1520 Sec. C
FDA 21 CFR178.3297 FDA accepted pigments sanctioned for food contact usage
USDA “Acceptable for use in processing, transporting and storage areas for contact with meat or poultry food products prepared under Federal inspection,
provided the inspector approves the performance.”
TIVAR CleanStat UHMW-PE (Black)
FDA 21 CFR177.1520 Sec. C
FDA 21 CFR178.3297 FDA accepted pigments sanctioned for food contact usage
USDA “Acceptable for use in processing, transporting and storage areas for contact with meat or poultry food products prepared under Federal inspection,
provided the inspector approves the performance.”
61
60
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Reduces noise
Self-lubricating
Non-toxic, low-friction surface
No moisture absorption
2
Engineering Materials
TIVAR® 1000
Meets FDA and USDA guidelines; 3-A Dairy-approved (natural)
Meets ASTM-D-4020-81 of 4.0 to 5.4 million molecular weight
Chemical-corrosion-and wear-resistant
TIVAR® 1000 sets the standard for engineered polymers with a unique combination of wear and corrosion resistance, low friction surface and impact
strength.
TIVAR® 1000 is resistant to chemical attack and moisture absorption, and retains key physical properties to -30° C.
An excellent general-purpose material, TIVAR® 1000 (natural) is a cost-effective solution for food handling problems, and meets FDA, USDA and 3-A Dairy
guidelines for food processing and handling. Poly Hi Solidur also offers custom colors compounded with FDA/USDA approved pigments, which meet FDA
and USDA guidelines for food processing and handling. Whether your business is grain, pharmaceuticals, pizza dough or frozen poultry, TIVAR® material
will reliably move your materials and products.
TIVAR® 1000 comes in natural and custom colors, and is available in oversize sheets as well as three standard sheet sizes:
48” x 96”sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 6”
48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 6”
60” x 120” with gauge sizes ranging from 3/8” to 1”. It is also available as extruded rod, board, tube, profiles and compression molded parts. All can be
manufactured and colored to your exact specifications.
Industries
Agriculture
Bottling
Canning
Conveyor manufacturers
Food processing
Packaging
Material handling
Waste water treatment
Augers
Bearings
Chain sprockets
Chain guides
Chain tensioners
Chute liners
Deboning tables
Filter press plates
TIVAR® 88
Promotes reliable, steady bulk material flow
Abrasion-, chemical- and corrosion-resistant
Applications
Flights
Flight wearshoes
Gears
Grain strippers
Guide rails and rollers
Hopper liners
Idlers
Mixer bushings
Mixer paddles
Plow blades
Roller chains
Scraper blades
Spiral freezers
Spreaders
Sprockets
Trough liners
Vent and filter plates
Wearstrips
Low coefficient of friction
No moisture absorption
Recognized worldwide as the premium lining material for bulk material handling, TIVAR®88 is noted for its performance in promoting bulk solids flow of cohesive
or non-free flowing materials due to its low surface friction. TIVAR®88 linings are the perfect solution when you need to reduce or eliminate arching, ratholing and
erratic material flow challenges in bins, bunkers, hoppers and chutes, railcars, etc.
TIVAR®88 comes in two formulations, standard (blue) and antistatic (black). It is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 2”.
Industries
Cement
Gypsum
Mining
Power Plants
Pulp & Paper
Steel Mills
Transportation
Belt scrapers
Bunker liners
Chain conveyor flights
Chute liners
Conveyor skirting
Cyclones
Drag chain conveyor liners
Dragline buckets
Applications
Dust collection hopper liners
Front end loader bucket liners
Hopper liners
Offroad truck beds
Railcar liners
Reclaimer buckets
Screw conveyor liners
Self-unloading ships
Silo liners
Wearstrips
Slider beds
Storage bin liners
Surge bin liners
Transfer chute liners
Under chain wearstrips or guides
Vibrating bin dischargers
Vibratory feeder liners
TIVAR® 88-2
TIVAR® 88-2 is a modified weldable formulation of TIVAR® 88. It has all the key properties of TIVAR® 88, but can be welded to create a seamless, drop-in
liner, making installation a breeze.
TIVAR®88-2 comes in two formulations, standard (blue) and antistatic (black). It is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 2”.
61
62
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
TIVAR® ESD (Electro Static Dissipative)
Corrosion-resistant
No moisture absorption
Protects against electrical charge build-up
Reduces noise
Self-lubricating
If static electricity poses a significant problem in your manufacturing environment, take action by choosing TIVAR® ESD.
With a surface resistivity range of 105 to 109 (ohms/cm2) TIVAR® ESD handles tough conditions where dust and static electricity can cause problems.
TIVAR® ESD is an ideal material to use when potentially volatile conditions exist, such as those in grain elevators and munitions plants, effectively
safeguarding against static discharges. In addition, it resists heat and protects robotics and other products that are sensitive to dust accumulation and
electrical charge buildup.
Black TIVAR® ESD is available in two standard sheet sizes: 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 6”; 60” x 120” sheets with gauge
sizes ranging from 3/8” to 1”. It is also available in rod, board, tube, tape and profiles.
Industries
Chemicals - explosives, munitions
Electronics
Grain Handling
Package Handling
TIVAR® Ceram P®
Corrosion-resistant
No moisture absorption
Applications
Assembly conveyor components
Bearings
Chain guides
Chute liners
Reduces noise
Self-lubricating
Conveyor components
Discharge spout liners
Flights
Guide rails
High tensile strength
Wear-resistant
Robotics parts
Slide liners
Table surfaces
Transfer plates
Trough liners
Wearstrips
High load, high-speed applications
For high load, high speed and severe sliding abrasion applications, TIVAR® Ceram P® should be THE material of choice. Its high tensile strength and wear
resistance have been successful in the lumber, paper, steel and agricultural industries. Composed of virgin polymer and premium additives, TIVAR® Ceram
P® is a shatter-resistant alternative to sintered ceramics, reducing parts wear and machine maintenance downtime.
Easily recognizable by the lime-green color, Ceram P is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 2”. It is also available in
gauge sizes 3⁄4” to 3” in 20’ lengths. Ceram P does not meet FDA or USDA guidelines for food handling/processing.
Industries
Agriculture
Lumber Processing
Material Handling
Pulp & Paper Mills
Applications
Bearing Pads
Bushings
CAMS for fruit pitting machines
Conveyor components-bearings, belt guides,
chain guides, curves, guide rails, wearstrips
Pump impellers
TIVAR® CleanStat™
Reduces noise
Corrosion-resistant
No moisture absorption
Self-lubricating
Meets ASTM D-4020-81 of 4.0- to 5.4-million molecular weight
Rollers
Telescoping boom pads
Steel Mills
Wear ring in Sulser pump
Wire Belt Pulleys
Anti-static
Meets FDA and USDA guidelines
TIVAR® CleanStat™ can cut downtime and fines build-up in a variety of applications. It eliminates static build-up problems, meets FDA and USDA guidelines for
food contact and exhibits a longer wearing, lower coefficient of friction sliding surface than stainless steel.
TIVAR® CleanStat™ can be easily fabricated into components and replacement parts that reduce noise levels in plants and require less frequent cleaning.
Its welded design capabilities result in seamless welded components TIVAR® CleanStat™ is black in color and available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge
sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 3”. It is also available in specific tube and rod sizes and custom fabricated parts.
Industries
FDA Industries (food packaging/processing)
63
62
Applications
Chute liners
Fabricated components
Vibratory feeder pans
Hopper liners
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Reduces noise
Helps reduce surging
Ideal for dusty environments
Won’t mar packaging or products
2
Anti-static
Self-lubricating (dry lubricant formulation)
Modified with special dry lubricants, TIVAR® DrySlide has the lowest coefficient of friction of any of the TIVAR® products.
The enhanced coefficient of friction and anti-static properties make TIVAR® DrySlide an excellent performer in dusty environments. Even damp boxes or parcels
covered in shrink-wrap won’t stick to TIVAR® DrySlide. In addition, the enhanced surface lubricity won’t mar packaging or products, but allow them to move
freely without jamming from dirt, grit or static build-up.
TIVAR® DrySlide is black and available in 48” x 120” sheets, with gauge sizes ranging from 1⁄4” to 2”.
Industries
Bulk Material Handling
Conveyor Equipment
Parcel Handling/Distribution Centers
Applications
Belt skirting
Chute liners
Conveying components: bearings,
belt guides, chain guides, curves,
guide rails, wearstrips
TIVAR® DS
Easily machinable
No moisture absorption
Reduces material creep
Low coefficient of friction
Dead plates
Diverter bars
Guide rollers
Hitch plates
Hopper liners
Liners for gravity flow applications
Roller covers
Transfer plates
Under belt wearstrips
Wear- and corrosion-resistant
TIVAR® DS is composed of virgin polymer and other additives to exhibit higher intrinsic viscosity and molecular weight.
TIVAR® DS has increased wear resistance, excellent machinability and better thermal and dimensional stability.
TIVAR® DS is yellow and available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 2”. 3⁄4” through 3” gauge is available in 20’ lengths.
Industries
Amusement Parks
Pulp & Paper Mills
Recreation
TIVAR® Oil Filled
Corrosion-resistant
No moisture absorption
Bearings
Chain guides
Applications
Conveyor wear components
Impact rails for slider beds
Reduces noise
Self-lubricating
Wearstrips
Wear pads
Meets FDA and USDA guidelines
TIVAR® Oil Filled is the material of choice for packaging, bottling, and food processing and handling applications requiring FDA and USDA compliance.
This advanced product uses oil filled polymers to lubricate mating surfaces with a dynamic coefficient of friction less than 0.14. With TIVAR® Oil Filled,
conveyors operate more effectively, without the effort and added expense of unnecessary lubrication. On TIVAR® Oil Filled guides, sprockets and conveyor
components, chains move easily with less tension, stretching or binding.
TIVAR® Oil Filled comes in either a dark brown or gray color and is available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/8” to 2”. It is also
manufactured in rod, molded parts and some profiles.
Industries
Agriculture
Bottling
Dairy
Food Processing/Handling
Packaging
Applications
Bottling conveyor cam guides
Chain radius guides
Chain tensioners
Chain wearstrips
Continuous chain under chain slide strips
Conveying components: bearings, belt guides,
chain guides, curves, guide rails, wearstrips
Entry/exit tables
Fabricated chain bow curves
Roll-end bearings
Roller chain guides
Sprockets
Spur gears
Star wheels
Timing screws
Underchain wearstrips
63
64
Engineering Materials
TIVAR® DrySlide
Corrosion-resistant
No moisture absorption
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
TIVAR® Recycled
Low coefficient of friction
No moisture absorption
Reduces noise
Self-lubricating
Corrosion- and wear-resistant
TIVAR® Recycled offers a lower cost, high quality material for less demanding, non-FDA applications. It is available in two grades, as well as in UV and
antistatic formulations. Marble grade is a multicolored blend of virgin and reclaimed TIVAR, while Uniblend grade achieves more uniform colors through
stringent separation of colors. Both TIVAR® Recycled Uniblend and TIVAR® Recycled Marble come in a black or green color and are available in 48” x
120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging form 1/16” to 6”.
Industries
Forest Products
Pulp & Paper Mills
Recreation
Applications
Amusement park under chain strips
Belt conveyor wipers and skirt boarding
Chain wear plates
Drag conveyor flights for grain and wood chips
Fabricated wood chip screens
Linings
Plowboard liners
TIVAR® Rubber-backed
Increased impact resistance
Corrosion- and wear-resistant
Adheres to a variety of surfaces
Sand/salt boxes
Shank protectors
Snowplow blades
Spreaders
Wear plates
Woodyard conveyor “jackladder” chain
Reduces noise
Low coefficient of friction
TIVAR® Rubber-backed is a hybrid product combining .060” thick rubber backing and TIVAR® 1000. The rubber backing allows it to be glued to surfaces
where metal fasteners cannot be used.
TIVAR® Rubber-backed is “natural” in color and available in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/8” to 2”. All gauge sizes include 1/16”
rubber backing.
Industries
Agriculture
Bottling
Canning
Applications
Conveyor Equipment
Material Handling
Packaging
Chain guides
Chutes
Guide rails
Hoppers
Slide bed impact bars
Wearstrips
TIVAR® UV Resistant
Reduces noise
Excellent outdoor stability
No moisture absorption
Self-lubricating
Retains key properties up to three times longer during outside use than non-UV formulations
Corrosion-resistant
Outdoor applications for TIVAR® UV Resistant are endless. The modified formula retains all the key properties of TIVAR® - low friction surface, wear and
corrosion resistance, impact strength - and, exhibits enhanced stability for outdoor, UV-exposed applications.
In agricultural applications, TIVAR® UV Resistant extends the life and performance of field equipment. Parts made from TIVAR® UV Resistant are self-lubricating and
won’t corrode or freeze, offering extended life and improved performance whether used on new machinery or as retrofits on weathered equipment.
TIVAR® UV Resistant is available in black and custom colors, in 48” x 120” sheets with gauge sizes ranging from 1/16” to 2”. It is also available in rod,
board, tape, tube and molded parts.
Industries
Agriculture
Marine/seaports
Recreation
Transportation
65
64
Applications
Airboat bottoms
Amusement park wear components
Boat rubrails
Combine skid plates
Dock fender facings
Dump trailer liners
Ice rinks
Plow board liners
Rink kick plates
Salt spinners
Sand/salt boxes
Shank protectors
Skateboard heel stops
Snowmobile belly pan liners
Snowmobile ski skins
Snowplow blades
Snowplow mold boards
Spreaders
Sprockets
Trough liners
Water slide liners
Wearstrips
.15
F R IC T ION
0.15
0.12
WE T
600
.15
.14
.10
.10
0.09
0.06
.05
.04
.04
T IVAR 1000
Nylon® 6
PTFE
Delrin®
2
571
500
400
300
193
200
100
0.03
0
AB R AS IVE R AT ING
DR Y
Abras ion Wear R es is tanc e
S and S lurry Tes t: E ac h material was rotated 24 hours @ 1750 r.p.m.
with 50/50 s and/water s lurry. C arbon s teel = abras ive rating of 100.
Weight los s for eac h material is relative to 100. T he lower the figure,
the better the abras ion res is tanc e.
Engineering Materials
C omparis on of Dynamic C oeffic ient of
F ric tion on P olis hed S teel
0
100
15
High C arbon T IVAR
S teel
1000
31
44
Nylon
HM W-P E
72
TFE
84
S tainles s P hos phor P henolic
S teel
B ronze L aminate
Additional lubrication requirements
Frequent washdowns
Dusty environment
Food contact
Marred packaging
Static electricity build-up
Higher operating temperatures
Sub-freezing temperatures
Excessive noise
Excessive wear
Degradation from sunlight
Corrosive environment
65
66
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
Material Selection
TIVAR® UHMW Product Specifications
Property*
Units
Test Method**
TIVAR® 1000
DENSITY
GM/CC
ASTM D-792
0.93
.935 - .945
TENSILE PROPERTIES
TIVAR®
TIVAR® 1000
Marble/Uniblend
ESD
TIVAR®
DrySlide
Ceram P®
TIVAR®
Oil Filled
TIVAR®
CleanStat
TIVAR®
SuperPlus
TIVAR® 1000
TIVAR®
PolySteel
UV Resistant
TIVAR®
DS
0.93
0.93
0.964
0.928
0.94
0.95
1.45
0.93
0.93
ASTM D-638
Yield Strength
PSI
3050
2800 - 3553
3000
2770
2800
2600
3075
2700
2334
3000
3205
Tensile at Break
PSI
5800
3600 - 5200
4000
4815
3800
6527
5163
5280
2755
4000
5990
200
50 - 350
140
200
300
280
200
300
125
140
400
120,000 90,100 - 127,500 156,900
118,643
130,970
76,000
118,900
101,900
N/A
156,900
154,900
110,000 86,000 - 101,000 100,000
106,459
99,933
63,818
110,230
85,000
108,750
100,000
92,390
Elongation at Break PERCENT
TENSILE MODULUS
PSI
FLEXURAL MODULUS
(1% Scant)
ASTM D-638
ASTM D-790B
PSI
IMPACT STRENGTH
Izod Impact
ASTM D-256A
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
NO BREAK
ASTM D-1822
715
255 - 540
400
653
750
1366
702
343
250
400
1200
Sand on Wheel MG WEIGHT LOSS ASTM G-64
100
100 - 250
100
100
85
100
130
91
240
100
90
Abrasion Index 1018 STEEL=100 SAND SLURRY
10
10 - 22
10
10
8
12
N/A
9
N/A
10
9
2 X 10 - 4
1.6 X 10 - 4
Tensile Impact
FT-LBS/IN2
NO BREAK NO BREAK
WEAR PROPERTIES
COEFFICIENT OF
THERMAL EXPANSIONASTM D-696
-30° To +60°C
IN/IN/°C
2 x 10- 4
1.8 X 10 - 4
2 X 10 - 4
-54° To +140°F
IN/IN/°F
1.1 x 10 - 4
1 X 10 - 4
1.1 X 10 - 4
Static
.15 - .20
.15 - .20
.15 - .20
0.15
Kinetic
.10 - .14
.10 - .14
.10 - .14
0.08
68
64 - 70
68
68
2 X 10 - 4
2 x 10 - 4
1.6 x 10- 4
1.8 x 10 - 4
2 x 10 - 4
2 x 10 - 4
1.1 X 10- - 4
1.1 x 10 - 4
.9 x 10 - 4
1 x 10 - 4
1.1 x 10 - 4
1.1 x 10 - 4
0.18
.20 - .25
0.15
.20
.20
.15 - .20
0.18
0.12
.10 - .15
0.12
.17
.14
.10 - .14
0.12
70
68
68
70
64
68
68
1.1 X 10 - 4 .9 X 10- - 4
COEFFICIENT OF
FRICTION
ASTM D-1894
(Polished Steel)
HARDNESS
SHORE D
ASTM D-2240
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES
Static Decay Time
SECONDS
Dielectric Constant
Dissipation Factor
Surface Resistivity
OHMS
Volume Resistivity OHMS-CM
FTS-101C
< 0.1 SEC
ASTM D-150
2.30 - 2.35
< 0.1 SEC
ASTM D-150
< .5 X 10 - 3
ASTM D-257
10 17
10 17
10 5 - 10 9
10 5 - 10 9
10 17
10 17
10 7 - 10 10
10 17
10 17
10 5 - 10 9
10 15
ASTM D-257
10 17
10 17
10 5 - 10 9
10 5 - 10 9
10 17
10 17
10 7 - 10 10
10 17
10 17
10 5 - 10 9
10 15
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
FDA STANDARDS
TEMPERATURE RANGEASTM D-648
MAXIMUM***
CONSTANT
°F
180
180
180
180
220
180
180
180
180
180
180
INTERMITTENT
°F
200
200
200
200
240
200
200
250
200
200
200
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
MINIMUM
* Values are averages and not specifications.
** ASTM test methods are under current procedures.
*** Maximum operating temperatures may reach 250°F (121°C) under no load conditions for steam cleaning purposes.
67
66
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Comparative Physical Properties
Method
Unit
Tivar 1000
Tivar HOT
Tivar 88
Density
ASTM D-792
lbs/ft3
58.01
58.8
58.9
Yield Point
ASTM D-638
psi
3050
3584
3250
Elongation at Yield
ASTM D-638
%
15
13.7
12
Tensile Break
ASTM D-638
psi
5800
7618
5600
Elongation at Break
ASTM D-638
%
250
242
330
Tensile Modulus
ASTM D-638
psi
120000
120000
155900
Flexural Modulus
ASTM D-790
psi
110000
110000
107900
Izod Impact
ASTM D-256A
ft-lbs/in
No Break
No Break
No Break
Izod Impact (dbl.notched)
ASTM D-4020
ft-lbs/in2
34
29
DIN 53448
ft-lbs/in2
1050
1050
Tensile Impact
Sand Wheel Wear
ASTM G-65
AR-01Steel=100
90
90
95
Hardness
ASTM D-2240
Shore D
68
68
69
Static Friction
ASTM D-1894
Unitless
0.15
0.15
0.17
Dynamic Friction
ASTM D-1894
Unitless
0.12
0.12
0.14
Coefficient of Thermal Exp.
ASTM D-696
°F-1
0.00011
0.00011
0.00011
Melt Point
ASTM D-3417
°F
278-289
278-289
278-289
°F
180
275
ASTM D-695
psi
77750
77750
Compressive Deformation
ASTM D-621
%at1000psi
6-8
6-8
6-8
Volume Resistivity
ASTM D-257
Ohm-cm
>1015
>1015
>1015
Surface Resistivity
ASTM D-257
Ohm
>1015
>1015
>1015
Water Absorption
ASTM D-570
%
nil
nil
nil
Maximum Operating Temp.
Compressive Modulus
2
Engineering Materials
Property
69650
* Values are average and are not specifications.
** ASTM test methods are under current procedures.
IMPORTANT: Most plastics will ignite and sustain flame under certain conditions. Caution is urged where any material may be exposed to open flame or heat-generated equipment. Use Material
Safety Data Sheets to determine auto-ignition and flashpoint temperatures of materials, or consult Cope Plastics if additional information is needed. The information contained herein is believed to be
reliable, but no representations, guarantees or warranties of any kind are made as to its accuracy, suitability for particular applications or the results to be obtained therefrom. The information is based
on laboratory work with small-scale equipment and does not neccesarily indicate end product performance. Because of the variations in methods, conditions and equipment used commercially in
processing these materials, no warranties or guarantees are made as to the suitability of the products for the applications disclosed. Full-scale testing and end product performance are the
responsibility of the user. Neither Cope Plastics nor Quadrant AEP shall be liable and the customer assumes all risk and liability of any use or handling of any material. THE SELLER MAKES NO
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Nothing contained herein is to
be considered as permission, recommendation, nor as an inducement to practice any patented invention without permission of the patent owner.
TIVAR® is a registered trademark of QUANDRANT EPP, Inc.
TIVAR® materials come in these products
TIVAR®
Material
Sheet
Rod
Ceram P
Selected
CleanStat
Selected
Tube
Custom Colors
Board
Tape
Selected
Selected
Chain Solid Tracks Guide Rails Bearings
Guides
& Wearstrips
Selected
Selected
Sheet Minimum No.
Thickness
Sheets
1/16”
20
11
DrySlide
Selected
Selected
1/8”
Oil Filled
Selected
3/16”
10
AntiStatic
1/4”
8
UV Resistant
3/8”
5
DockGuard
1/2”
4
1000
Recycled
Selected
Selected
Selected
67
68
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
Engineering Materials
2
TIVAR® Sheet
PRODUCT
AVAILABILITY
Sheet Size
1/16” 1/8” 3/16” 1/4”
3/8”
1/2” 5/8”
3/4”
1”
11/4” 11/2”
13/4”
2”
TIVAR 1000 Natural
48’ X 96”
(Custom colors in
48” x 120”
S
S
S
S
®
minimum runs)
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
21/4” 21/2”
S
23/4”
3”
S
31/4” 31/2”
S
4”
41/2”
5”
S
60” x 120”
48” x 144”
TIVAR® 1000 Recycled
Uniblend Black, Uniblend
48” x 120”
Green, Marble Black &
Marble Green
48” x 240”
TIVAR® AntiStatic
48’ X 96”
Clean Stat
(both are Black)
48” x 120”
48” x 120”
48” x 240”
TIVAR® H.O.T.(White)
TIVAR® 88 (Blue)
48” x 120”
S
S
S S
S
TIVAR® 88 W/Burnguard
48” x 120”
S
S
S S
S
TIVAR® 88-2 (Blue) &
48” x 120”
S
S
S S
S
TIVAR® Dryslide (Black)
48” x 120”
TIVAR® Oil Filled (Dr Brn)
48” x 120”
TIVAR Ceram P &
48” x 120”
TIVAR® DS (yellow)
48” x 120”
Polysteel
48” x 120”
Rubber Back
= custom
48” x 120”
®
S = stock
TIVAR® Sheet
Tolerances
48” x 120”sheets
Thickness Tolerances: 1/16” +.030”/-.010”
1/8” thru 3/8” +/- .020” 1/2” & above +/- 10%
Plus Thickness Tolerance:
Sheets 48” x 96” & 48” x 120” may be ordered with plus tolerance.
(Plus Tolerance Sheets may be planed to +/- .020” for a nominal charge)
Width & Length Tolerances: + 1/2” / -1/4”
TIVAR® Tubular Bar
OD
0.750”
ID
0.375”
0.875”
0.250”
0.375”
AVAILABILITY
OD
1.250”
1.375”
1.000”
0.500”
0.563”
0.625”
0.750”
1.500”
ID
0.563”
0.625”
1.000”
0.625”
0.750”
1.000”
0.500”
1.000”
1.125”
OD
1.625”
ID
1.250”
OD
2.250”
ID
1.750”
1.875”
1.875”
1.125”
1.250”
2.375”
1.750”
2.500”
1.000”
1.500”
2.000”
2.000”
1.000”
1.250”
1.375”
1.500”
1.750”
2.625”
OD
2.750”
ID
2.000”
3.000”
2.000”
2.500”
2.625”
3.125”
2.750”
2.250”
TUBULAR BAR TOLERANCES: ALL OD’S ARE SUPPLIED SUFFICIENTLY OVERSIZE WITH ID’S SUFFICIENTLY UNDERSIZE. STANDARD LENGTH 10’
184
69
68
6”
Engineering Materials cont.
UHMW TIVAR® cont.
UHMW ROD
2
AVAILABILITY
Diameter (inches)
0.500
3.000
0.750
3.500
1.000
3.750
1.250
4.000
1.500
4.500
1.750
5.000
2.000
6.000
2.250
2.500
Engineering Materials
0.375
2.750
UHMW DURA-SURF® PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE
Dura-Surf is an ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin with exceptional toughness. Dura-Surf is highly resistant to abrasion and has a very low coefficient of
friction. These properties, coupled with extremely low moisture absorption, make Dura-Surf an exceptional material for industrial impact, wear and sliding
applications. Each roll is packaged in an individual box and then repacked in cartons in 12-1” rolls, 6-2” rolls, 4-3” rolls or 3-4” rolls.
DURA-SURF®
AVAILABILITY
Standard Length
A
Standard Thickness
50 or 100 ft. roll
Standard Thickness .015” (.010” tape plus .005” adhesive)
B
C
UHMW ULTRA WEAR
®
PROFILE SHAPES
1.000
.750
ULTRA-WEAR UHMW POLYETHYLENE PROFILE SHAPES
750
.750 1.000
.625
AVAILABILITY
Part NumbersA.625
and Lengths
625
Part Number
EPP112
EPP301
EPP302
EPP303
R.375
Part Number Standard Length
B
R.375
EPP304.625
.750 10’ lengths
.500 1.000
C
EPP351
10’ lengths
or 250’ coil
EPP602 .625 10’ lengths or 20’ or 100’ coil
EPP705
10’ lengths
.562
Standard
Length
A
10’ lengths
B
10’ or 250’ coil
10’
C lengths or 250’ coil
10’ lengths or 100’ coil
A
562
.625
**Rigid aluminum
with EPP951 insert
.125
*Flexible B
aluminum with EPP951 insert
.562
.625
.625
B
A
.3125
B
R.3437
.562
.750
.625
D
B
90o
.625
.750
.750
A
B
D
C
C
A
B
BC
Part
No.
EPP112
B
BC
C
.750
.3125
.438
R.3437
.3125
CA
C
.438
A
B
C
D
.605” .730” 1” 1 1/4”
BD A
.875
D
.875
D
R.3437
B
Part
No.
EPP801
EPP804
C
.438
.187
A
B1.000 C
D .125
.250
.125 1/4”A 1/2” 3/8” .125
1/2”
9/32” 1/8” 11/32” 1/4”
D
R.250
.250 1.000
R.3437
.187
.125
90o
.750
90o.250
.125
R.250
R.3437
R.3437
R.250
90o
1.000
.187
o 1.000
.500 1.000 90
R.250
.250
.438
EPP705
A
1.000
.500 1.000
D
.125
C
.438
.750
EPP952
EPP953
.750
.3125
.500 1.000
1.000
.438 .875
.750R.3437
C
D
.875
D .3125
D
D
B
C
.3125
R.375
.875
A
D
B
A
B
.3125
A
EPP304 .125
B
.500 1.000
.125
EPP951
.562
B
R.375
C
EPP351
D
.562
A
.250
R.250
.562
A
A
.750
C
.187
.562
Part.438
No.
A
B
C
EPP301 1/2” 3/4”
1”
EPP302 3/8” A
5/8” 7/8”
.750
EPP303 .294” 1/2” 11/16”
.562
B
.750
A
R.375
.562
1.000 .625
.625
B
.750
C
.562
.875
.750
A
.750
C
C
.562 .750
.562
R.375
.625
.750
A.875
.875
1.000
1.000
.625
C
.500 1.000
.500 1.000 .125
R.375
.750
R.375
Part Number .625
Standard1.000
Length
EPP801
10’, 100’,.562
250’, or 500’ coils
EPP804
10’, 100’, 250’ or coils
.562
EPP951
10’, or 50’ coils
EPP952*
10’ lengths
EPP953**
10’1.000
lengths
.750
.125
EPP602
.187
.125 .250
R.250
.187
.125
69
70
Plastics
REDUCED WEIGHT, DURABILITY and/or CORROSION RESISTANCE
ABS (ACRYLONITRILE BUTADIENE STYRENE) SHEET & ROD
Plastics
3
ABS resins are terpolymers of acrylonitrile, butadiene and styrene. These medium-priced, amorphous thermoplastics are hard, rigid and
tough, even at low temperatures. Various grades offer different levels of impact strength – a function of butadiene content. Heat resistant,
flame-retardant and platable grades are also available. Most natural ABS resins are translucent to opaque, but they are also produced in
transparent grades, and they can be pigmented to almost any color. Grades are available for injection molding, extrusion, blow molding,
foam molding and thermoforming.
Some grades of ABS are compounded with other resins to
achieve special properties. For example, ABS is alloyed with
polycarbonate to achieve a better balance of heat and impact
properties at an intermediate cost. Deflection temperature is
improved by the polycarbonate; molding ease is improved by the
ABS. Other ABS resins are used to modify rigid PVC for use in
pipe, sheeting and molded parts.
ABS plastics offer a good balance of tensile strength, impact and
abrasion resistance, dimensional stability, surface hardness,
rigidity, heat resistance, low temperature properties, chemical
resistance and electrical characteristics. ABS parts have enough
spring to accommodate shallow, snap-fit assembly requirements.
Impact properties of ABS are exceptionally good at room
temperature and, with special resin grades, at temperatures as
low as -40°F. General-purpose ABS grades may be adequate for
some outdoor applications (depending on design and
performance requirements) but prolonged exposure to sunlight
causes a color change and reduces surface gloss, impact
strength, hardness and elastic modulus. Pigmenting the resins
black, laminating with opaque acrylic sheet and applying certain
coating systems provide optimum resistance to weathering.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF UTILITY GRADE ABS ARE NOT CONSISTENTLY
DEFINED. PLEASE ADVISE US OF YOUR CRITICAL REQUIRMENTS.
TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF ABS
ASTM or
UL Test
––– STANDARD ABS GRADES –––
High
Superhigh Medium
Impact
Impact
Impact
PHYSICAL
Property
D792
Specific gravity
D638
Tensile strength (psi)
D638
D638
D790
Elongation (%)
Tensile modulus (105 psi)
Flexural strength (psi)
D790
D256
Flexural modulus (105 psi)
Impact strength,
Izod (ft-lb/in of notch)
Hardness, Rockwell R
1.04-1.20
1.02-1.05
1.06
5,1005,900
5-20
3.3
8,000
10,600
3.4
5,0006,300
5-70
2.0-3.4
6,00011,500
2.0-3.5
5,3005,500
5-25
3.6-3.8
11,500
6.5
103
7.0-8.0
69-105
4.0-5.5
107
5.3
3.65-4.5
4.88
MECHANICAL
D785
D696
D648
THERMAL
Coefficient of thermal
expansion (10-5 in/in-°F)
Deflection temp.† *(°F)
At 264 psi
At 66 psi
Flammability rating
ELECTRICAL
3.6-4.0
Molded ABS parts are almost completely unaffected by water,
188
192
179
salts, most inorganic acids, food acids and alkalines, but much
203
208
200
depends on time, temperature and stress levels. Molded ABS
UL 94
HB
HB
HB
products are used in both protective and decorative applications
of many industrial and consumer products. Examples include
D149
Dielectric strength (V/mil)
football helmets, camper tops, housing for small appliances,
Short time, 1/8-in thk
400
350-500
350-500
communications equipment, business machines, automotive
D495
89
50-85
50-85
Arc resistance (s)
instrument panels, pipe and fittings and home security devices.
*Density has a marked effect. †Unannealed. §0.060-in thick samples
Chrome-plated ABS has replaced die cast metals in plumbing
PLEASE INQUIRE ABOUT THE AVAILABILITY OF MEDIUM AND HIGH IMPACT ABS.
hardware and automobile grills, wheel covers and mirror
UTILITY GRADE ABS IS AVAILABLE IN BLACK AND WHITE.
housings. Typical products vacuum-formed from extruded
ABS sheet are refrigerator liners, luggage shells, tote trays,
mower shrouds, boat hulls and large components for recreational vehicles.
ABS UTILITY GRADE SHEET & ROD
ABS - Standard Sheet
48” x 96”
.062
Thickness (inches)
.093 .125 .125 .250
Available in black and white. Hair cell one
side/smooth finish opposite side
Please inquire about the availability of additional colors.
AVAILABILITY
ABS ROD - Standard Length
1/4” - 2” dia.
8 ft.
Over 2-1/4”
4 ft.
ABS rod is available in
a natural (beige) color.
Diameter (inches)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
Certain product information in this publication has been supplied by IAPD (International Association of Plastics Distributors).
70
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
4
5
6
Plastics cont.
KYDEX® (ACRYLIC/PVC ALLOY) SHEET
Protect the long term performance and appearance of your products with damage-resistant KYDEX sheets
KYDEX® sheet is an extremely durable acrylic/PVC alloy extruded in a range of colors, patterns, textures, thicknesses, and grades to optimize
long-term performance, appearance, and cost effectiveness across demanding and diverse end-use applications. Specialized grades are
offered to satisfy requirements specific to thermoforming, membrane pressing, post-forming, brake-forming, and laminating, and to fit a broad
range of specialized applications ranging from medical equipment housings and aircraft tray tables to retail store fixtures and trade show
displays.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
From sulfuric acid to brake fluid to
carbon tetrachloride, high
performance grades of KYDEX®
acrylic/PVC alloys are more
resistant to a wider range of
concentrated chemicals than any
other thermoplastic. In fact,
KYDEX® sheet meets the highest
standards of chemical resistance
for thermoplastic materials as
defined in ASTM D-1784 standard for Class 12454-C rigid polyvinyl
chloride.
Plastics
IMPACT RESISTANCE
No other thermoplastic sheet
stands up to impact, and gouging
like KYDEX® sheet. Depending on
grade, it offers Notched Izod
impact resistance to 18 ft-lbs/in.,
and is available in thicknesses
from .028 to .500 inch to withstand
levels of abuse from moderate to
extreme. Due to its high degree of
toughness and resilience, KYDEX®
sheet can also be stretched at room temperature to twice its original
dimension without breaking.
3
FLAME RETARDANCY
Depending on grade,
KYDEX® sheet is available
with fire ratings of UL Std. 94
V-0, UL Std. 94 5V; FAR
25.853 (a) and (d); FST
ratings: ABD6031 D6-51377:
FMVSS 302; Class I/A and
others as described in the
following pages.
CLEANABILITY
Tough stains, scuffs, and
graffiti can be removed
from KYDEX® surfaces
using strong cleansers with
no staining, fading, or
surface damage.
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY
Low water absorption and a relatively low coefficient of thermal
expansion give parts made with KYDEX® sheet high dimensional
stability.
DESIGN FREEDOM
KYDEX® sheet offers unprecedented design and manufacturing flexibility since:
• Numerous grades are available to provide properties and certified ratings
required for specialized applications.
• An uncommonly wide variety of functional and aesthetic effects can be achieved
since certain individual grades can be manufactured using a variety of techniques.
• Many colors, patterns, textures, and thicknesses are common to grades intended for specific manufacturing methods allowing multicomponent end products to contain a wide variety of matching parts.
NOTE: Suggestions and data are believed to be reliable and are offered in good faith, but without guarantee. Cope Plastics recommends that the prospective
user determine the suitability of materials for their use. Statements concerning the use of products are not intended as recommendations to use those
products in the infringement of any patent.
KYDEX® is a registered trademark of KYDEX, LLC.
71
Plastics cont.
KYDEX® cont.
KYDEX ® 550
Weatherable, monolithic (no cap) sheet in limited light colors.
Excellent impact resistance.
KYDEX ® 150
High performance sheet for building product applications. Rated Class I/A in
gauges to 0.060”; Class II/B in gauges to 0.093”. UL listed.
KYDEX ® 160
High performance sheet for building product and clean room applications.
Rated Class I/A and Class 10 in gauges to 0.125”. UL listed.
KYDEX ® 130
High performance sheet with integral granite pattern in five colors. Rated
Class I/A for non-wallcovering applications. UL 94 V-0 and 5V fire rating.
KYDEX ® L
Damage-resistant laminating material. Ratings of Class I/A and UL 94 V-0 in
gauges to 0.040”. Can also be thermoformed and membrane pressed.
KYDEX ® 115
Rigid, sag-resistant ceiling panel grade in 0.080” thickness, available pre-cut.
Class 10 rated for clean rooms. Also for food plants, computer rooms, etc.
KYDEX ® 6200
High performance grade for mass transit vehicle interiors.
Meets Federal Transit Administration (FTA) fire requirements.
KYDEX ® 6565
High performance grade for aircraft interiors. Meets FAR 25.853 (a) and (d)
fire requirements.
KYDEX ® 1900
Mid-temperature grade with improved heat distortion characteristics for higher
in-service temperatures (168-178ºF). Meets FAR 25.853 (a) requirement.
KYDEX ® 6185
High-temperature grade with improved heat distortion characteristics for higher
in-service temperatures (180-195ºF). Meets FAR 25.853 (a) requirement.
KYDEX ® 107
For National Sanitation Foundation applications. Numerous textures/sizes,
limited colors. FDA approved raw materials. Cost competitive with ABS sheet.
LIGHT
COLORS
Applications
Applications
KYDEX ® 510
KYDEX ® 115
KYDEX ® 6200
KYDEX ® 550
KYDEX ® 6565
KYDEX ® 150
KYDEX ® 1900
KYDEX ® 160
KYDEX ® 6185
KYDEX ® 130
KYDEX ® 107
Weatherable
KYDEX ® T
Building
Products
KYDEX ® L
Mass
Transit
KYDEX ® 100
Aircraft
GRADE
Multi
purpose
Weatherable
Building
Products
Mass
Transit
Aircraft
72
Multi
purpose
GRADE
Over 1600
Custom Colors
KYDEX sheet of any color with a clear, weatherable cap. Caps also
available with black/white or rust/gray granite patterns.
Custom
Matching
Available
KYDEX ® 510
Fluorescents
High impact resistant, high performance, fire-rated sheet. Cost competitive
with flame retardant ABS but with greater impact and extensibility.
Printed Granite
Cap
KYDEX ® T
Granite Patterns
Ultra high impact resistant, high performance, fire-rated sheet suitable for a
broad range of demanding applications.
Limited Colors
KYDEX ® 100
36 Standard
Colors
Plastics
3
Colors
Description
GRADE
Plastics cont.
KYDEX® cont.
Properties
Features
KYDEX ® T
15
360
6.1
94
168
KYDEX ® 510
15
360
6.1
94
168
KYDEX ® 550
15
340
6.1
93
175
KYDEX ® 150
18
335
6.1
94
173
KYDEX ® 160
2-4
370
6.1
97
160
KYDEX ® 130
3.5
344
6
101
170
KYDEX ® L
15
360
6.1
94
168
KYDEX ® 115
5
325
6.4
104
195
KYDEX ® 6200
12
320-340
5-6
NA
153
KYDEX ® 6565
2-3
300.5
4.8
82
162
KYDEX ® 1900
-
400
7.5
115
138
KYDEX ® 6185
1.5
426
10.2
115
138
KYDEX ® 107
7
400
6.9
108
173
3
Plastics
173
0.040” 0.500”
Heat Deflection
Temp.@ 264 psi
(annealed)°F
(ASTM D-648)
94
0.028”
Rockwell Hardness
(R scale)
(ASTM D-785)
6.1
Selected
textures
Tensile Strength
psi (x103)
(ASTM D-638)
335
All textures
except P-A
Modulus of
Elasticity
psi (x103)
(ASTM D-790)
18
All textures
Impact Resistance
at 73°F,
(ft-lbs)
(ASTM D-256)
KYDEX ® 100
GRADE
(0.080” (0.080”
STD)
STD)
KYDEX® 100
Most colors are stocked in .060”, .080”, .093” and .125”
thicknesses, and some colors in .028”. Please call for
availability.
KYDEX® Surface textures include:
P-A Smooth
P-C Level Haircell
P-E Smooth Nap
P-H Seville
P-K Cashmere
P-1 Haircell
P-3 Velour Matte
P-8 Suede
Standard Sheet
48” x 96”
Tolerances
Thickness
.028” & .040
.060”
.080” & .093”
.125” & Up
±18%
±13%
±10%
±7%
73
Plastics cont.
KYDEX® cont.
USDA Approved
ASTM E-162 Flame
Spread Index (Mass
Transit Rating)
ASTM E-662 NBS
Smoke (Mass
Transit Rating)
MVSS 302 (Mass
Transit Rating)
Class I/A, UL Std. 723
(independent lab)
Class I/A, UL Std.
723 (listed)
FAR 25.853 (d)
OSU, RHR
(Aircraft Rating)
FAR 25.853 (a)
60s, 12s (Aircraft
Rating)
UL 7 46C for
Signage (listed)
UL Std. 94 5V
(listed)
UL Std. 94 V-0
(independent lab)
Plastics
3
GRADE
UL Std. 94 V-0
(listed)
Certifications
KYDEX ® 100
KYDEX ® T
KYDEX ® 510
KYDEX ® 550
KYDEX ® 150
GAUGES
< “0.060”
KYDEX ® 160
GAUGES GAUGES
>0.030” < “0.060”
KYDEX ® 130
GAUGES
< “0.060”
KYDEX ® L
GAUGES
< “0.060”
KYDEX ® 115
GAUGES
< “0.060”
KYDEX ® 6200
KYDEX ® 6565
KYDEX ® 1900
KYDEX ® 6185
KYDEX ® 107
Colors available per Thickness Range
72005
52000
42000
52001
12000
62000
72010
62015
22031
42031
72047
52002
74
.028,
Beige
Calcutta Black Cadet Blue Pewter Gray Red
Polar White Chocolate
Ivory
Orange
Pastel Blue Cocoa
Dark Gray
.040, .060, .080, .093, .125, .187, .250
Thickness (inches) Weight/Sq. ft. (lbs.)
.028
.040
.060
.080
.093
.125
.187
.250
.197
.281
.422
.562
.653
.878
1.31
1.76
Sheets/Case
30
20
16
12
10
8
5
4
K ynar® is a high molec ular weight thermoplas tic polymer of vinylidene fluoride us ed extens ively in the c hemic al proc es s ing
indus try. It is a tough, durable material that is eas y to fabric ate. B ec aus e of its unique c ombination of properties , great
s trength, s uperior c hemic al c orros ion res is tanc e, abras ion res is tanc e, and us eful temperature range (80˚ to 300˚F), K ynar®
is the material c hoic e of the c hemic al indus try. S tandard c olor is Natural beige. Minimum order is one s tandard s heet.
PTFE
316
1.78
Good
45
109
9
300
3.0
621
2.18
Excellent
95
50
~60
250/3/
6.0
320/1/
1.38
Good
52
70
––
180
4.0
335
94
Fair
27
90
25
221
2.8
Tensile Yield, psiTensile Break, psi
Elongation At Break, %
Compression Strength, psi
Flexible Modulus, x103 psi
Notched Impact, ft./lb./in.
6,200
6,000
200
8,700
3.0
1,600
4,000
300
1,700
2.5
7,000
8,500
65
9,000
0.8
4,700
5,500
400
6,500
.0.9
2 x 1014
260
1018
480
1016
400
1016
550
E
E
E
P
E
E
P
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
F
P
F
F
P
F
P
F
P
F
E
P
P
F
K ynar® is a regis tered trademark of Atofina
C hemic al C ompany
3
Plastics
Melting Point ˚F
Specific Gravity
Flame resistance
Oxygen index, %O2
Hardness, Rockwell, R
Taber Abrasion, MG Loss/1000 Rev.
Heat Distortion Temp., ˚F (66 psi)
Thermal Conductivity, Btu/hr/sq. ft./˚F/in
NOTE : S uggestions and data are believed to be reliable and
are offered in good faith, but without guarantee. C ope Plastics
recommends that the prospective user determine the
suitability of materials for their use. S tatements concerning
the use of products are not intended as recommendations to
use those products in the infringement of any patent.
K YNAR (PVDF) R OD & S HE E T
+ Only
Volume resistivity, 73˚F - OHM/CM
Dielectric strength, volts/,mil, 1/8” thick
Strong Acids
Oxidants
Halogens
Strong Bases
Chlorinated Solvents
Hydrocarbon Solvents
Esters & Ketones
S td. Lengths
1/4”- 2”
96”
2”-4”
48” or 96”
Over 4”
48”
Please inquire about c ustom requirements
Toleranc e
Thic knes s +/- 10%
Length & Width +.250” - .000”
/1/ PVC is es s entially amorphous with no s harp melting point. It s oftens and flows above 320˚F.
/2/ E = exc ellent, F = fair, P = poor /3/ Unfilled material
K YNAR (PVDF) R OD & S HE E T
R OD
(diameter)
DIME NS ION
(inc hes )
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1-1/8”
1-1/4”
1-1/2”
1-3/4”
2”
2-1/2”
3”
3-1/2”
4”
12”X12”
AVAILAB ILITY
12” X 48”
S HE E T S IZE
24” X 48”
48” X 48”
48” X 96”
75
Plastics cont.
POLYETHYLENE HIGH DENSITY (HDPE) & LOW DENSITY (LDPE) SHEET & ROD
Polyethylene, the largest volume thermoplastic polymer used today, is available in a wide variety of grades and formulations that have an equally wide range
of properties. Some polyethylenes are flexible, others are rigid; some have poor impact strength, others are virtually unbreakable; some have good clarity;
others are opaque. Service temperatures can range from -40° to +200°F. In general, however, polyethylenes are characterized by toughness, excellent
chemical resistance and electrical properties, low coefficient of friction, near-zero moisture absorption, light weight (approximately one-eighth that of steel)
and ease of processing.
Plastics
3
Polyethylenes are classified into three categories, Low, Medium, and High density.
A fourth type, ultra-high-molecular-weight-polyethylene (UHMW-PE), is in the high-density range. In some cases, properties of this high-performance plastic
are similar to other polyethylenes, but in other cases, can be dramatically different. Also available is crosslinked polyethylene, a special grade which, by
chemical or irradiation treatment, becomes essentially a thermoset material with outstanding heat resistance and strength.
HIGH-DENSITY PE
Rigidity and tensile strength of the HDPE resins are considerably
higher than those properties in the low and medium-density
materials. Impact strength is slightly lower, as is to be
expected in a stiffer material. But values are high, especially
ASTM
at low temperatures, compared to those of many other
Test
thermoplastics.
HDPE resins are available with broad, intermediate and
narrow molecular weight distribution, which provides a
selection to the processor to meet specific performance
requirements. As with the other polyethylene grades, very
high molecular weight copolymers of HDPE resins are
available with improved resistance to stress cracking.
A specific category of HDPE, known as high-molecularweight HDPE (HMW-HDPE), offers outstanding toughness
and durability. HMW-PE is also referred to as pipe grade
PE and features a higher molecular weight than standard
HDPE materials. HMW-PE is used in a wide variety of
applications including flanges, stub ends and manhole
covers for industrial piping systems. These characteristics
result from a unique combination of high average
molecular weight (250,000 to 500,000), a broad
molecular weight distribution, and generally, a distribution
that is bimodally shaped.
LOW-DENSITY PE
LDPE, the first of the polyethylenes to be developed, is
characterized by good toughness and flexibility, relatively low
heat resistance, low-temperature impact resistance, and
clarity in film form. Like the medium and high-density
grades, LDPE has good resistance to chemical attack. At
room temperature, it is insoluble in most organic solvents
but is attacked by strong oxidizing acids. At higher
temperatures, it becomes increasingly more susceptible to
attack by aromatic, chlorinated and aliphatic hydrocarbons.
TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYETHYLENE
Property
PHYSICAL
LowDensity
HighDensity
D792
D792
D570
Specific gravity
Specific volume (in3/lb)
Water absorption, 24 h, 1/8-in thk (%)
MECHANICAL
0.910-0.925
30.4-29.9
<0.01
0.941-0.965
29.4-28.7
<0.01
D638
D638
D638
D790
D256
D785
Tensile strength (psi)
Elongation (%)
Tensile modulus (105 psi)
Flexural modulus (105 psi)
Impact strength, Izod (ft-lb/in of notch)
Hardness, Rockwell R
THERMAL
600-2,300
90-800
0.14-0.38
0.08-0.60
No break
10
3,100-5,500
20-1,000
0.6-1.8
1.0-2.0
0.5-20
65
C177
D696
D648
Thermal conductivity (10-4 cal-cm/sec-cm2-°C)
Coefficient of thermal expansion (10-5 in/in-°F)
Deflection temperature (°F)
At 264 psi
At 66 psi
ELECTRICAL
8.0
5.6-12.2
11.0-12.4
6.1-7.2
90-105
100-121
110-130
140-190
460-700
450-500
2.25-2.35
2.30-2.35
0.0002
0.0003
1015
135-160
1015
—
1.51
4-50
1.54
10-50
D149
D150
D150
D257
D495
D542
D1003
Dielectric strength (V/mil)
Short time, 1/8-in thk
Dielectric constant
At 1 kHz
Dissipation factor
At 1 kHz
Volume resistivity (ohm-cm)
At 73°F, 50% RH
Arc resistance (s)
OPTICAL
Refractive index
Transmittance (%)
Polyethylene is susceptible to environmental and some
chemical stress cracking. Wetting agents such as detergents accelerate stress cracking. Some copolymers of LDPE are available with improved stress-crack
resistance.
One of the fastest growing plastics today is linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE), used mainly in film applications but also suitable for injection, rotational and
blow molding. Properties of LLDPE are different from those of conventional LDPE and HDPE. Impact, tear, and heat-seal strengths and environmental stresscrack resistance of LLDPE are significantly higher.
76
Plastics cont.
POLYETHYLENE HIGH DENSITY (HDPE) & LOW DENSITY (LDPE) SHEET & ROD cont.
LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE SHEET
Standard Sheet
48” x 96”
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Thickness (inches)
1/2
3/16
5/8
1/4
3/4
3/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
Tolerances
1
Thickness
.060” - 1/2”±5%
5/8” - 1”±10%
Width &Length
+1/2” -.000”
Low density polyethylene is an extruded material available in a natural milky-white color. (LDPE)
Standard Lengths
96”
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Diameter (inches)
5/8
1
3/4
1-1/4
7/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
3
Plastics
LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ROD
Tolerances
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
Sufficiently oversize to
permit finishing to size
Low density polyethylene rod is available in the natural milky-white color. Diameters above 3” and up to 12” are available on factory order. Please call for availability.
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE SHEET
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Standard Sheet
Thickness (inches)
48” x 96”
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
Tolerances
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
Thickness
.060” - 1/2”±5%
5/8” - 3” ±10%
Width &Length
+1/2” -.000”
All high density polyethylene sheet is stress relieved. Please call for availability of special colors, sizes and thicknesses. (HDPE)
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE ROD
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Standard Lengths
Diameter (inches)
96”
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
Tolerances
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
Sufficiently oversize to
permit finishing to size
High density polyethylene rod is available in the natural color white. Black is available upon request. Diameters above 3” and up to 12” are available on
factory order. Please inquire.
HIGH DENSITY SANALITE POLYETHYLENE SHEET
AVAILABILITY
®
Sanalite is a new exciting cutting surface made of high density polyethylene that's approved by the F.D.A. and U.S.D.A., and certified by the N.S.F. This
lightweight, thermoplastic cutting board has eliminated cracking, peeling, warping and acid corrosion of the cutting surface.
The Best Way To Stay Sharp. Sanalite® has a unique self-healing quality that helps it retain its shape. Fibrous wood doesn't. It also keeps your knife
sharp and productive. Here's how. The surface molecules give way to the knife blade, bouncing back, not fighting the cutting action like wood grain does.
This gives you more time between sharpening.
Sanalite® Thermoplastic Cuts Odors. Because of its molecular makeup, Sanalite® won't absorb moisture. So it can't trap odors or harmful bacteria into the
work surface. When it comes to cleanup, cleaning agents simply rinse away.
Gauge (inches)
48x96
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1
High Density Polyethylene
48x120
60x120
Polypropylene
48x96
Sanalite Cutting Board
Natural Color, Pebble Finish NSF
Certified to Standards 02 and 51.
Meets FDA Requirements for
Food Contact (Regulation
21CFR177.1520
Agriculture Canada Accepted.
77
Plastics cont.
POLYPROPYLENE (PP) SHEET & ROD
Polypropylene is a thermoplastic made by the polymerization of propylene gas, a by-product of petroleum refining. Various techniques can alter the
physical, chemical or mechanical properties of polypropylene.
Changes in the way the material is polymerized can show dramatic improvements in certain mechanical properties; example, random copolymers
block copolymers.
Copolymerization of an additional resin group can enhance physical properties. Addition of fillers can improve mechanical or thermal stability.
Plastics
3
Homopolymer polypropylene is a light density (.91-.92 gm/cm3) thermoplastic. It can be stabilized to enhance prolonged use at elevated temperatures,
prolonged life in exposure to ultra-violet light and improved flame retardancy.
Polypropylene fabricates with standard woodworking tooling. It can be butt welded, extrusion welded, fusion welded, and spun welded. It can be
machined with ordinary wood or metalworking equipment.
Polypropylene offers a good balance of thermal, chemical and electrical properties with moderate strength. It is a good strength to weight ratio.
Because it has such a hard, high gloss surface, polypropylene is ideally suited to environments where there is concern for bacteria build up or build up
that can interfere with flow.
Polypropylene has good insulating properties, but dielectric strength shows some degree of change at elevated temperatures. Excellent track, arc
resistance and dielectric strength allows polypropylene to be used extensively in electrical applications. It can also be modified to be conductive or
antistatic.
As a homopolymer, polypropylene uses temperatures in the range of 30° to 210°F depending on specific chemistry; copolymers in the range of -20°
to 180°F.
Resistance to chemicals and solvents is very good. It has good resistance to aqueous salts, acids or alkaline solutions. It also has very low permeability
to water vapor and gases. Because of its excellent resistance to solvents, it finds extensive use in the semi-conductor industry. It performs well in the
presence of DI water. Care must be taken when in the presence of active oxidizing agents, especially with fabricated parts. Numerous chemical
resistance charts are based solely on press molded plaques and don’t take fabricated parts into consideration. The resins are attacked, however, by
halogens, fuming nitric acid and other active oxidizing agents, and by aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons at high temperatures.
Polypropylene can be used in direct contact with foods.
It can be processed via extrusion, injection molding,
blow molding, compression molding, and rotational
molding. It is extremely stable and relatively easy to
process.
It is available in various forms such as, but not limited
to, films, sheets, blocks, pipes, hollow tubes, round
rods, square rods, profiles, fittings and valves.
Nonstandard shapes are possible through pressure,
thermo or vacuum forming.
Great care should be used in designing with
polypropylene, taking into consideration its coefficient
of thermal expansion, modulus of elasticity, and its
compressive strength.
78
TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYPROPYLENE
ASTM or
UL Test
Property
HPP*
Specific gravity
0.90-0.91
Water absorption (%)
0.01-0.03
Tensile strength (psi)
4,500-6,000
Elongation at break (%)
100-600
Tensile modulus (psi)
16,500-22,500
Flexural modulus (psi)
17,000-25,000
Impact strength, Izod (ft-lb/in of notch)
0.4-1.4
Hardness, Rockwell R
80-102
Thermal conductivity
(10-4 cal-cm/sec-cm2-°C)
2.8
D696
Coefficient of thermal expansion
(10-5 in/in-°C)
8-10
D648
Deflection temperature (°F)
At 264 psi
120-140
At 66 psi
225-250
UL 94
UL flammability rating***
HB
*Homopolymer polypropylene **Copolymer polypropylene ***V-2 ... V-1 ... V-0 ... V-5 ... grades available.
D792
D570
D638
D638
D638
D790
D256
D785
C177
CPP**
0.89-0.91
0.03
4,000-5500
200-500
13,000-18,000
13,000-20,000
1.1-14
65-96
3.5-4.0
6-10
120-140
185-220
HB
Plastics cont.
POLYPROPYLENE (PP) SHEET & ROD cont.
Applications
•Etching equipment
•Radio and TV equipment
•Laboratory equipment
•Exhaust equipment
•Chemical process
equipment
•Photographic processing
equipment
•Playground equipment
•Food wraps
•Packaging
•Irrigation
•Machine cases
•Scrubbers
•Fume hoods
•Orthopedic appliances
•Battery cases
•Cutting boards
•Bottling machines
•Insulation components
•Plating tanks
•Rinse tanks
•Clicker plates
•Wash booths
•Fibers
•Animal feeders
•Acid tanks
•Tank linings
POLYPROPYLENE SHEET - NATURAL COLOR
Standard Sheet
48” x 96”
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Thickness (inches)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
3/16
3
Plastics
•Plating barrels
•Tanks
•Tank covers
•Scrub stations
•Piping
•Semi-conductor processing
•Electrical switch gear
•Glove boxes
•Fan shrouds
•Appliance pumps
•Water pumps
•Solar collectors
•Semi-conductor trays,
boxes
•Inspection surfaces
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
Tolerances
1-3/4
2
ThicknessWidth
Length
1/16”- 1” ±5%
1 1/4” - 2” ±10%
+1/2”/-.000”
+3/4”/-.000”
All material is stress relieved.
POLYPROPYLENE SHEET - WHITE COLOR
Standard Sheet
48” x 96”
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Thickness (inches)
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/16
1/8
3/16
3/4
1
1-1/4
Tolerances
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
ThicknessWidth
Length
±5%
+1/2”/-.000”
+3/4”/-.000”
Material is also stress relieved and comes masked one side. The white pigment eliminates color inconsistencies and is opaque, not translucent.
POLYPROPYLENE ROD
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Standard Lengths
96”
Diameter (inches)
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
Tolerances
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
Sufficiently oversize to
permit finishing to size
Diameters over 3” are quoted on request.
NOTES
79
Plastics cont.
PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE)
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or “vinyl” is an amorphous thermoplastic material with excellent chemical resistance and dielectric properties, good tensile, flexural
and mechanical strength, low moisture absorption, exceptional dimensional stability and good flammability characteristics.
The maximum service temperature for PVC is 140°F. The physical properties of PVC can be readily altered by the addition of plasticizers, impact modifiers
and other ingredients to develop and enhance specific properties.
Plastics
3
Generally, there are two basic types of PVC available – rigid PVC and plasticized PVC. Additional subcategories of rigid and flexible PVC with desirable
physical properties targeted to a specific application can be developed by altering additives to the base resin (i.e., the addition of UV stabilizers to enhance
weatherability of rigid vinyl siding used in outdoor applications, etc.). PVC is available in a wide spectrum of colors as well as transparent variations.
PVC is manufactured into products by the injection molding process (e.g., pipe fittings), extrusion (e.g., pipe, shapes, siding, etc.), blow molding (e.g.,
bottles, etc.) and calendering (e.g., sheet). Joining and
fabrication of PVC is readily accomplished by the solvent
cementing process, thermal hot air welding, machining,
TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC)
thermoforming, and hot sheet welding. The wide range of
formulations, processing characteristics, fabrication capabilities,
ASTM
durability and relatively stable cost provide an economical
material for a broad range of applications.
Test
Property
Rigid
Flexible
Rigid PVC is the most common type of PVC used in the
manufacture of pipe, fittings, valves, machining shapes, sheet
and duct. Rigid PVC offers advantages for piping and related
applications due to its low cost, high strength to weight ratio,
pressure bearing capability, corrosion and chemical resistance
and low friction loss characteristics.
D792
D792
D570
The minimum physical properties of compounds for use to
manufacture rigid PVC are called out in ASTM Standard D1784.
Within this standard, the compounds are separated into cell
classification numbers that reflect the actual minimum physical
properties of the compound with regard to impact strength,
tensile strength, modulus of elasticity, deflection temperature
under load, flammability, and chemical resistance. Altering the
amount of a specific ingredient to improve one desirable
property can affect other properties. For example, adding
plasticizers to improve flexibility and impact resistance can
result in a finished product with less rigidity and lower chemical
resistance. The cell classification called out within this standard
help define and establish a basis for selecting and identifying
various grades of rigid PVC compounds for correlation to
specific applications.
Flexible (plasticized) PVC is vinyl which has been heavily
plasticized and is used to produce liners, film, packaging, wire
and cable insulation jackets and many other products which
require flexibility and resistance to tear, puncture and abrasion.
As with rigid PVC, flexible PVC can be formulated with additives
to achieve desirable physical characteristics for specific
applications and can be easily fabricated.
D638
D638
D638
D790
D256
D785
C177
D696
D648
UL 94
D149
D150
D150
D257
D495
PHYSICAL
Specific gravity
1.30-1.58
Specific volume (in3/lb)
19.1-20.5
Water absorption, 24 h,
1/8-in thk (%)
0.04-0.4
MECHANICAL
Tensile strength (psi)
6,000-,8,000
Elongation (%)
50-150
Tensile modulus (105 psi)
3.5-10
Flexural modulus (105 psi)
3-8
Impact strength, Izod
(ft-lb/in of notch)
0.4-20.0
Hardness, Shore
D65-85
THERMAL
Thermal conductivity
(10-4 cal-cm/sec-cm2-°C)
3.5-5.0
Coefficient of thermal
expansion (10-5 in/in-°F)
1.2-5.6
Deflection temperature (°F)
At 264 psi
140-170
At 66 psi
135-180
Flammability rating
V-0 (Cell Class
12454-B)
ELECTRICAL
Dielectric strength (V/mil)
Short time, 1/8-in thk
350-500
Dielectric constant
At 1 kHz
3.0-3.8
Dissipation factor
At 1 kHz
0.009-0.017
Volume resistivity (ohm-cm)
At 73°F, 50% RH
>1016
Arc resistance (s)
60-80
FLEXIBLE PVC
Applications
•Flexible tubing
•Food/beverage grade tubing
•Electrical/cable insulation
80
•Containment membrane
•Protective gloves and clothing
•Fabrics
•Automotive industry
•Electrical tape
•Toys and novelties
1.20-1.70
—
0.15-0.75
1,500-3,500
200-450
—
—
—
A50-100
3.0-4.0
3.9-13.9
—
—
—
300-400
4.0-8.0
0.07-0.16
1011-1015
—
Plastics cont.
PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) cont.
RIGID PVC
Applications
Industrial Piping Applications
(Pipe, Valves, Fittings, Sheet)
Chemical processing
High purity applications
Water and waste water treatment
Irrigation
Agriculture
Corrosive fume handling (duct)
Food contact applications
DWV/plumbing
•
•
•
•
•
Other
Corrosive resistant tanks and vessels
Corrosive resistance workstations and equipment
Nuts, bolts, fasteners
Pump and valve components
Spacers, hangers, stiffeners, hubs
and other mechanical components
•
•
•
Vinyl siding
Credit cards
Decorative applications
3
Plastics
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sheet, Rod and Tube
PVC Clear Sheet
Clear PVC sheet is water-clear and masked on two sides.
PVC Sheet Type I
Extruded PVC sheet has normal impact and high corrosion resistance and comes in a dark gray color. This
material meets federal specification L-P-535E. Press laminated PVC sheet offers normal impact and high
corrosion resistance and is available in thick gauges. It comes in a dark gray color. Other sizes are available on
special quotation. Sold in standard sheets only, the thick gauges come one sheet per case.
PVC Type II Sheet
PVC Type II sheet has the same properties as regular PVC. However, it has been modified to provide higher impact strength. It is available in a light gray
color.
PVC Rod
PVC rod is type I, grade I. It has normal impact and normal corrosion resistance. Available in a dark gray color, the rod has unground diameters. Red and white
colors available in selected sizes, please call your customer service representative for availability.
PVC & CPVC
See Page 83 for AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
NOTES
81
Plastics cont.
CPVC (CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) SHEET & ROD
Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) is created when PVC homopolymer undergoes a chlorination reaction resulting in additional chlorine atoms on the base
molecule. The result is an amorphous polymer similar to PVC in composition with a higher heat distortion temperature. This provides a material with high
temperature strength and excellent flammability properties that also exhibits many of the desirable physical characteristics of polyvinyl chloride such as
exceptional corrosion resistance and good mechanical properties.
Plastics
3
CPVC has an upper working temperature limit of 200°F or
approximately 60°F above that of PVC, which greatly increases the
product’s application range and makes it advantageous for many
aggressive high temperature processing applications such as plating
and chemical processing.
TYPICAL PROPERTIES OF (CPVC)
ASTM
Test
CPVC is used in the manufacture of pipe, fittings, valves, machining
shapes, sheet and duct, offering advantages for piping and related
applications due to its high glass transition temperature, high strength
to weight ratio, pressure bearing capability, corrosion and chemical
resistance, and low friction loss characteristics.
In addition to chemical inertness and mechanical strength, CPVC
products have excellent flammability properties when compared to
other plastics and many common building materials. It will not support
combustion, is rated as self-extinguishing and has very low flame and
smoke characteristics. These unique fire resistance properties enable
product applications that are unacceptable for many other plastics,
such as use in fire resistant construction and fire sprinkler piping
applications.
Similar to PVC processing, CPVC is manufactured into various products
by extrusion, injection molding and calendering. Joining and fabrication
is also accomplished by solvent cementing, hot air welding,
thermoforming, machining and hot sheet welding.
D792
D792
D570
D638
D638
D790
D790
D695
D695
D256
D785
C177
D696
D648
Although PVC and CPVC are similar in nature, they are not the same.
Care should be used when investigating and comparing the chemical
resistance, processing, joining/fabrication techniques and applications
of PVC and CPVC.
The minimum physical properties of compounds for use to manufacture
CPVC are called out in ASTM Standard D1784. Within this standard,
the compounds are separated into Cell Classification numbers that
reflect the actual minimum physical properties of the compound with
regard to impact strength, tensile strength, modulus of elasticity,
deflection temperature under load, flammability and chemical
resistance. The Cell Classifications called out within this standard help
define and establish a basis for selecting and identifying various grades
of CPVC compounds for correlation to specific applications.
D149
D150
D257
UL 94
Property
PHYSICAL
Specific gravity
Specific volume (cm3/g)
Water absorption, 24 h, 1/8-in thk (%)
At 73°F
At 212°F
MECHANICAL
Tensile strength (psi @ 73°F)
Tensile modulus ( psi @ 73°F)
Flexural strength (psi @ 73°F)
Flexural modulus (psi @ 73°F)
Compressive strength (psi @ 73°F)
Compressive modulus (psi @ 73°F)
Impact strength, Izod (ft-lb/in of notch)
Hardness, Rockwell
THERMAL
Thermal conductivity (Btu-in/hr-ft2-°F)
Coefficient of thermal expansion
(10-5 in/in-°F)
Heat distortion temperature (°F)
ELECTRICAL
Dielectric strength (V/mil)
Short time, 1/8-in thk
Dielectric constant
At 60 Hz, 30°F/-1°C
Volume resistivity (ohm-cm)
At 73°F, 50% RH
FLAMMABILITY
Flammability rating
5VA
Flame spread
—
15 ASTM E84
—
Smoke generation
9-169 ASTM E84
D2863
Limiting oxygen index (LOI)
CPVC
1.55 +/– 2
0.645
+0.03
+0.55
8,000
360,000
15,100
415,000
10,100
196,000
1.5
119
0.95
3.4
217
1,250
3.7
3.4x1015
V-O, 5VB,
0 ULC
5-30 ULC
60
CPVC
Applications
Industrial Piping Applications
(Pipe, Valves, Fittings, Sheet)
•
•
•
•
•
82
Chemical processing
Plating
Water and waste water treatment
Corrosive fume handling (duct)
Hot and cold water plumbing
Sheet, Rod and Tube
•
•
•
•
•
Fire sprinkler piping
High purity applications
Condensate return lines
Pulp and paper industries
Food contact applications
• Corrosive resistant tanks and vessels
• Corrosive resistant workstations and
equipment
• Pump and valve components
• Spacers, hangers, stiffeners, hubs and
other mechanical components
• Nuts, bolts, fasteners
• Fume scrubbers
Plastics cont.
CPVC (CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) SHEET & ROD cont.
PVC and CPVC
AVAILABILITY
ROD
PVC
DIMENSION
(inches)
.060”
.090”
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”
5/16”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
7/8”
1”
1-1/8”
1-1/4”
1-3/8”
1-1/2”
1-5/8”
1-3/4”
1-7/8”
2”
2-1/8”
2-1/4”
2-3/8”
2-1/2”
2-3/4”
3”
3-1/4”
3-1/2”
4”
4-1/2”
5”
5-1/2”
6”
7”
PVC Clear
48” x 96” Extruded Sheet (except as noted)
PVC Gray
PVC White
PVC Type II
CPVC
-Press laminated
-Press laminated
3
Plastics
CPVC
-Press laminated
NOTE: Additional sheet sizes, thicknesses, rod diameters
and lengths may be available. Please contact customer service.
PVC and CPVC
Tolerances
Rod Specifications
Sheet Specifications
Diameter
Tolerances
Tolerances
1/4” to 7” dia.
+3%/-0%
Extruded
Thickness
Width
Length
Diameter
1/4” to 2”
2-1/8” to <5”
5” to 7”
Length
10’
5’
2’ CPVC
4’ CPVC
+ 5%
+1/2”/-.000”
+3/4”/-.000”
Press Laminated
Thickness
+ 10%
Width
+3/16”/-.000”
Length
+1/8”/-.000”
PLEASE ADVISE US OF YOUR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
83
Plastics cont.
PVC PIPE
PVC pipe is type I, grade I.
PVC PIPE
Plastics
3
AVAILABILITY
Nom. Pipe Size
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
4
5
6
8
10
12
O.D.
.540
.675
.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.625
10.750
12.750
Schedule 40
Schedule 80
Schedule 120
Min. Wall
Min. Wall
Min. Wall
.088
.091
.109
.113
.133
.140
.145
.154
.203
.216
.237
.258
.280
.322
.365
.406
.119
.126
.147
.154
.179
.191
.200
.218
.276
.300
.337
.375
.432
.500
.593
.687
——
——
.170
.170
.200
.215
.225
.250
.300
.350
.437
——
.562
——
——
——
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) schedule 40 and 80 (IPS) pressure pipe is
intended for use in industrial systems where the fluid conveyed does not
exceed 140˚F. Pipe meets and/or exceeds the industry standards and
requirements as set forth by the American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). Material
used in manufacturing is rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound, Type I
Grade I, with a cell classification of 12454 as defined in ASTM D1784.
Compound is white or gray in color as specified, and is approved by NSF
for use with potable water. PVC Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 pipe is
manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D1785 for
physical dimensions and tolerances.
CPVC (high temperature) pipe is available in 1/4” to 6” IPS in schedules
40 and 80.
Standard Length - 10 or 20 ft.
PVC CLEAR EXCELON® R-4000 SCHEDULE 40 PIPE & FITTINGS
PVC - Excelon ® R-4000 Rigid Pipe Schedule 40
Excelon ® R-4000, a clear, high impact PVC pipe, is an effective substitute for copper, stainless steel, glass and other
traditional pipe materials. Specify Excelon ® R-4000 wherever visibility and superior performance is essential. The pipe
withstands working pressures up to 390 psi. Excelon ® R-4000, with a Rockwell hardness of 109 on R scale, features
smooth interior pipe wall that permits the highest maximum flow rates and helps prevent accumulation of sediment in
most applications. It features excellent electrical and chemical properties and is non-conductive and not subject to
corrosion. Excelon ® R-4000 is a non-toxic, FDA-sanctioned compound. It is schedule 40 and complies with title 21
Food & Drug, part 177, sub part B, section 1771980 and part 178, sub part D, section 1783790. (*For water at 73.4˚
F with solvent cemented joints, threading is not recommended.) Inquire about appropriate cements. R-2000 Excelon ®
tubing and fittings are available. Please call for availability and pricing.
Excelon ® Pipe & Fittings
PVC - EXCELON® R-4000 RIGID PIPE SCHEDULE 40
Standard Length
8ft. &10 ft.
* Special order minimum quantity
requirement
84
Stock Number
R4-250
R4-375
R4-500
R4-750
R4-1000
R4-1250
R4-1500
R4-2000
R4-6000
AVAILABILITY
Nom. Pipe
Size (in.)
Avg.
I.D.
O.D.
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
6
.344
.473
.602
.804
1.029
1.360
1.590
2.047
6.375
.540
.675
.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
6.625
Min.
Wall
.088
.091
.109
.113
.133
.140
.145
.154
.115
Lbs./Ft.
.083
.110
.164
.217
.320
.432
.516
.691
1.549
Max.
W.P. PSI*
390
310
300
240
220
180
170
140
45
Plastics cont.
PVC CLEAR EXCELON® R-4000 SCEDULE 40 PIPE & FITTINGS cont.
PVC Excelon ® R-4000 Rigid Fittings
Clear Excelon ® R-4000 rigid fittings are designed for complete chemical and physical compatibility with Excelon ® R-4000 pipe. Excelon ® R-4000 fittings
can be permanently joined to PVC pipe in simple steps using TPI cleaner, primer and solvent cement. The fittings are available with threaded male or
female adapters for use with other pipe materials. Like Excelon ® R-4000 pipe, fittings can be cold sterilized in ethylene oxide and are flame retardant.
PVC EXCELON® R-4000 RIGID FITTINGS
AVAILABILITY
Accepts Nom.
Pipe Size (in.)
Description
Accepts Nom.
Pipe Size (in.)
Description
Accepts Nom.
Pipe Size (in.)
90˚ ELL Type 10
Slip X Slip
1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2
SLIP COUPLING Type
210
Slip X Slip
1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2
MALE ADAPTER
Type 240
Slip X MPT
1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2
TEE Type 110
Slip X Slip
X Slip
1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2
FEMALE ADAPTER Type
220
Slip X FPT
3
Plastics
Description
1/2, 3/4, 1, 11/2, 2
PVC Molded Fittings
Always use the same schedule pipe with fittings.
PVC MOLDED FITTINGS
AVAILABILITY
SOCKET & THREADED TYPE
1/4
3/8
90˚ ELBOW
90˚ Elbow • 45˚ Elbow • Tee • Coupling • Cap - Nom. Pipe Size (IPS)
1
1/2
2 1/2
1 1/2
4
1 1/4
3/4
3
2
6
45˚ ELBOW
TEE
COUPLING
CAP
85
Plastics cont.
STRONGWELL PRODUCTS
Industrial Products
STRONGWELL industrial products are currently solving structural problems in literally thousands of specific applications across many industries—chemical,
plating, communications, water/wastewater, pulp and paper, and power generation, to name a few. If you think one or more of the products described here
could solve your problem, please contact us for more information.
Plastics
3
EXTREN® - Fiberglass structural shapes and sheet.
DURAGRATE® - Molded fiberglass grating.
DURADEK®/ DURAGRID® - High strength pultruded bar type gratings.
SAFRAIL ™ - A fiberglass handrail system.
Product Line
STRONGWELL EXTREN®
EXTREN ® is a proprietary combination of fiberglass reinforcements and thermosetting polyester or
vinyl ester resin systems. It is produced in more than 100 standard shapes. All EXTREN ® have a
surface veil to protect against glass fibers penetrating the resin surface in service and to increase
corrosion and UV resistance.
* Please call the Cope Plastics branch nearest you for pricing.
EXTREN 500
An all-purpose series utilizing an isophthalic polyester resin system with U.V. inhibitor. Color - Olive Green
EXTREN 525
An all-purpose series utilizing a fire retardant isophthalic polyester resin system with a UV inhibitor. Color - Haze Gray (certain handrail and fixed ladder
components in yellow)
EXTREN 625
A premium series - both fire retardant and highly corrosion resistant - utilizing a vinyl ester resin system with a UV inhibitor. Color - Beige
Markets
• Transportation
• Electrical/Electrical Utility
• Chemical Processing
• Cellular Communications
• Consumer/Recreation
•
•
•
•
•
Building Construction
Food and Beverage
Pulp and Paper
Oil and Gas
Water/Wastewater
EXTREN, DURADEK/DURAGRID, DURAGRATE and SAFRAIL are registered trademarks of STRONGWELL.
86
•
•
•
•
•
Air Pollution Control
Aeronautical Defense
Plating
Agricultural
Appliance/Equipment
Plastics cont.
STRONGWELL PRODUCTS cont.
EXTREN®
Fiberglass Structural Shapes and Sheet
I - Beams
3 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
4 x 2 x 1/4
8 x 4 x 3/8
2 x 1x 1/8
6 x 3 x 1/4
6 x 3 x 3/8
8 x 4 x 1/2
10 x 5 x 3/8
10 x 5 x 1/2
12 x 6 x 1/2
18 x 4-1/2 x 1/2
24 x 7-1/2 x 3/4
Unequal Leg Angle
1-3/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/4
Channels
2 x 9/16 x 1/8
3 x 7/8 x 1/4
4 x 1-3/8 x 3/16
4 x 1-1/8 x 1/4
5 x 1-3/8 x 1/4
6 x 1-5/8 x 1/4
8 x 2-3/16 x 3/8
10 x 2-3/4 x 1/2 (24’lg.)
1-1/2 x 1 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
2-5/8 x 1/8 x 1-1/4 x 3/16
3 x 1 x 3/16
3-1/2 x 2 x 1/4
4 x 1-1/16 x 1/8
6 x 1-11/16 x 3/8
8 x 2-3/16 x 1/4
14 x 3-1/2 x 3/4
18 x 2-3/16 x 3/16
Wide Flange
Beams
3 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
6 x 1/4
6 x 3/8
8 x 3/8
10 x 3/8 (32’ lg.)
2 x 1/8
8 x 1/2
10 x 1/2
12 x 1/2
Plate
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
3/4”
5/8”
1”
Round Tube
1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
2 x 1/8
2 x 1/4
2-1/2 x 1/4
3 x 1/4
3/4 x 3/16
1-1/4 x 3/16
1-3/8 x 3/16
1-3/4 x 1/8
1-3/4 x 1/4
2-3/4 x 1/4
2-3/4 x 3/8
3 x 1/8
3-1/2 x .140
4 x 1/8
4 x 1/4
5 x 1/8
5 x 1/4
6 x 1/8
6 x .156
6 x 1/4
8 x 3/16
10 x 3/16
FIBREBOLT ®
Studs and Nuts
Stocked in 4’ lengths
Sized: 3/8”, 1/2”,
5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
Rectangular Tube
4 x 1/8 x 2 x 1/4
2-1/2 x 1-5/8 x 1/8
3-1/4 x 2-1/2 x .160
6-1/2 x 1/4 x 2 x 1/2
7 x 4 x 1/4
Square Tube
1 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/8
2 x 1/8
2 x 1/4
2 x 1/4 Yellow Series 525
2-1/2 x 1/4 Yellow Series 525
3 x 1/4
4 x 1/4
1-1/4 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
1-3/4 x 1/8**
1-3/4 x 1/4 **
2-1/2 x 1/4
3 x 1/8
Square Bar Thermal Cure Clear
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
1”
1-1/4”
1-1/2”
Rod Thermal Cure Clear
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
13/16”
7/8”
1”
1-1/8”
1-1/4”
1-1/2”
1-7/8”
2”
Special Pultruded Shapes
Corner Post
3-1/4 x 1/8
F-Section
5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
6 x 1-1/2 x 1/4
3
Flat Strips
.125 x 4.0
1 x 1/4
2 x 3/16
2 x 1/4
3 x 3/16
3 x 1/2
4 x 1/8
4 x 1/4
Flight Channel
6 x 1/8 x 2-1/2 x 3/16
Foam Core Planks
4x2
5x2
6x2
8x2
Framing Angle
2 x 2 x 1/4
Plastics
Equal Leg Angles
1 x 1/8
1-1/4 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 3/16
1-1/2 x 1/8
1-1/2 x 1/4
2 x 3/16
2 x 1/4
3 x 1/4
3 x 3/8
4 x 1/4
4 x 3/8
4 x 1/2
6 x 1/2
1-1/4 x 1/8
2 x 1/8
6 x 1/4
6 x 3/8
63' high freestanding fiberglass stairtower at Ft. Story
Army Base, Virginia Beach, Virginia.
Hat Section
3-1/2 x 1-7/8 x 2 x 1/8
Kick Plate
4 x 1/2 x 3/16
4 x 1/2 x 1/8
** 1-3/4 x 1/8 and 1-3/4 x 1/4 Square Tubes are undersized to allow telescoping.
Custom Pultrusions - Strongwell produces custom pultrusions in many shapes and materials for hundreds of customers. The
listing on this page is only a partial listing of dies owned by Strongwell.
Additional sections are frequently added and modifications to existing sections may be possible.
For special needs, contact Cope Plastics.
®
DURAGRATE Molded Fiberglass Grating
DURAGRATE ® molded fiberglass grating is the chemical resistant flooring choice for many
industrial applications. The high resin content (65%) provides long, maintenance-free
performance.
Features - The strong mesh grating panel allows efficient on-site cutting to minimize grating
waste and is significantly lighter in weight than metallic gratings. Standard DURAGRATE ®
grating has a concave profile on the upper surface for skid resistance. Grit tops are available
upon request. Load bearing bars in both directions allow for use without continuous side
support.
One of four three-story turrets constructed of EXTREN ®
to house communications equipment atop the Sun Bank
building in Orlando, Florida.
Standard
DURAGRATE®
grating has a
concave profile
on the upper
surface for skid
resistance. Grit
tops are optional.
Accessories - A standard line of accessories are available for installing DURAGRATE ®
molded fiberglass grating panels. This includes stairtreads, panel hold-down clips, panel
connectors, elevated floor legs, curb angle, solid surface options and sealing kits.
DURAGRATE ® is produced in 3’, 4’ or 5’ wide panels. The panels are available in 8’, 10’ or
12’ lengths.
Sizes and Availability - DURAGRATE ® is available in a variety of sizes:
The one-piece grating panel construction incorporates a
molded grip pattern with the tops of the bearing bars and
cross bars in the same plane.
EXTREN, DURADEK/DURAGRID, DURAGRATE and SAFRAIL are registered trademarks of STRONGWELL.
87
Plastics cont.
STRONGWELL PRODUCTS cont.
Tolerances
Plastics
3
Note:
All panel sizes available in
VE, XVE, PP, GP, FF resin
systems. Custom panel sizes
and resins available upon
request.
Thickness
(inches)
+/-1/8”
length and width
+/-1/16”
thickness
Mesh
Pattern
Panel
Sizes
1”
1-1/2” Square
3’ x 10’, 4’ x 8’, 4’ x 12’
1”
1”x 4” Rectangle
4’ x 8’, 4’ x 12’
3’ x 10’, 44’’ x 8’,
1-1/2”
1-1/2” Square
4’ x 12’, 5’ x 10’
3’ x 10’, 4’ x 8’,
2” Square
4’ x 12’
2”
Standard Resin Systems Available
Resin
Code
VE
XVE
PP
GP
FF
Description
Chemical Proof
Fire Retardant
Chemical Proof
Fire Retardant
Industrial Grade
Fire Retardant
Architectural Grade
Fire Retardant
Food Grade
Fire Retardant
Resin
Base
Corrosion
Resistance
Standard
Color*
Vinyl Ester
Excellent
Orange or
Dark Gray
Dark Gray
Vinyl Ester
Excellent
Isophthalic
Very Good
Orthophthalic
Good
Green or
Yellow
Yellow
Isophthalic
Very Good
Light Gray
Flame Spread
Rating**
Class 1
25 or less
Class 1
10 or less
Class 1
25 or less
Class 1
25 or less
Class 2
30 or less
*Custom Colors Available Upon Request. ** Flame Spread Rating per ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test
High Strength Pultruded Fiberglass Grating
What is DURADEK® and DURAGRID ® ?
DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ® are high strength pultruded bar type
gratings that can be designed and used like traditional metal grates but
with the inherent benefits of fiberglass. These problem solving products
are ideal replacements for steel or aluminum gratings in corrosive
environments or anywhere frequent grating and walkway replacement
costs are unacceptable.
DURADEK ® is a standard product stocked by distributors nationwide. It
is available with individual bearing bars in either 1" or 1-1/2" "I" shapes
or a 2" "T" shape. DURADEK ® is a flame retardant product utilizing a
polyester or vinyl ester resin. The bearing bars are assembled into 12
panel sizes: 3-, 4-, and 5- foot widths in each of 8-, 10-, 12- and 20foot lengths. Standard panels come with cross-rod spacings of 6" or
optional 12" on center.
Manufactured with unique cross bar
construction, DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ®
fiberglass grating can be cut to any size like a
solid sheet.
DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ® fiberglass
grating provide safe, corrosion-resistant
walkways and work platforms around caustic
chemical storage tanks in a broad range of
markets and industries
DURAGRID ® custom grid or grating systems are designed to
accommodate specific plant applications that cannot effectively be met
by a standard fiberglass grating. DURAGRID ® offers the customer
options such as selection of open space, bar shape, cross-rod placement, custom fabrication, custom resin or color.
Applications
DURADEK ® and DURAGRID ® grating systems are designed to accommodate a wide variety of applications, such as:
• Transportation
• General Industry
• Consumer/Recreation
• Chemical Plants
• Marine/Offshore
• Cellular Communications
• Electrical
• Mining/Processing
• Food and Beverage Operations
• Power Plants
• Plating Operations
• Water/Wastewater Treatment
88
•
•
•
•
Agricultural
Pulp and Paper Plants
Railroad - AAR Approval
Fire Equipment
Plastics cont.
STRONGWELL PRODUCTS cont.
Comparitive Properties
®
DURADEK
PULTRUDED
GRATING
DURADEK®
PULTRUDED
GRATING
STRENGTH
DURADEK ® I-6000, 1-1/2"
48" Span, Ultimate Load = 2032 PSF
VS.
STEEL GRATING
3/16" x 1-1/2" Bar, 1-3/16" o.c.
48" Span, Ultimate Load = 1,160 PSF
DURADEK ® has a higher ultimate load carrying capacity.
IMPACT
RESISTANCE
DURADEK ® I-6000, 1-1/2"
3.3 PSF
Glass mat in DURADEK ® grating distributes impact load to
prevent surface damage even under sub-zero temperatures.
Will not permanently deform.
3/16" x 1-1/2" Bar, 1-3/16" o.c. 11.0 PSF
3
Plastics
WEIGHT
Will permanently deform under impact.
Takes a permanent set (dishing) in trench
applications due to overloading.
Stays flat for the life of the product.
CORROSION
RESISTANCE
SAFETY
VERSATILITY
EASY FIELD
FABRICATION
BANDING
DURADEK ®, with its polyester resin, is corrosion resistant to a
broad range of acids, caustics and salts. Requires no painting
or galvanizing.
Will rust even from water. Can cause galvanic
corrosion. Requires painting or galvanizing for
many applications.
DURADEK ® has a round silica grit bonded to the surface of
bearing bars for non-skid safety. Low electrical conductivity.
Non-serrated bars are not skid resistant or
only skid resistant in one direction. Grounding
potential around electrical equipment.
DURADEK ® can be purchased in a safety yellow or gray with
the resin pigmented throughout the bar. No painting required.
Grating must be painted for color. To maintain
color and corrosion resistance, repainting
may be required.
DURADEK ® can be field fabricated with simple carpenter
tools, is easy to cut and is much easier to move and place
because it is lightweight.
Requires special blades, torch, harder to cut.
Requires lifting equipment to move and
place.
DURADEK ® is an I-bar that does not leave a sharp edge
when cut. The bars will not bend or deform in the lateral
direction; therefore, DURADEK ® does not need to be banded.
Cutting a rectangular steel bar leaves sharp
edges. The flat bars will bend and deform in
the lateral direction; therefore, steel should
be banded.
EXTREN, DURADEK/DURAGRID, DURAGRATE and SAFRAIL are registered trademarks of STRONGWELL.
89
Tubing
TYGON® A TRADITION OF EXCELLENCE IN HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING
Whether your need for flexible tubing involves pharmaceutical, medical, laboratory, food or beverage applications;
requires temperature, abrasion, chemical or permeation resistance; or necessitates a pure, sterile or inert
environment, there is a Tygon® formulation proven to enhance user performance and increase overall
productivity. By providing a broad range of Tygon® tubing products, each engineered to meet specific user
needs, you can choose a Tygon® formulation that provides the best possible value in use.
Tubing
4
In choosing the right tubing for your application there are several factors to consider. Listed below are questions
which will help direct you in the selection of the proper Tygon® tubing for your specific application. It is required
to test tubing under the actual service conditions prior to specifying a particular tubing formulation. If field
testing is not practical, laboratory tests that simulate field conditions must be employed.
TUBING SELECTION GUIDE
1. What fluid(s) is to be transported?
2. What range of temperatures will the tubing be subjected to?
3. What is the maximum line pressure or vacuum?
4. Are specific dimensional tolerances required?
5. What degree of tubing flexibility is desired?
6. What are the conditions of the ambient environment?
7. Is there a minimum bend radius required?
8. Is clarity of tubing important?
9. What regulatory documentation is needed? (i.e., FDA, ISO 10993, USP, etc.)
10. What method(s) of cleaning and/or sterilization are to be utilized?
11. Is resistance to flexural fatigue or abrasion important?
12. Is particle spallation of tubing a concern while used in a peristaltic pump?
13. Will the level of extractability affect the transported fluid?
14. Will any fluid loss or alteration through sorption (adsorption/absorption) affect your final results?
15. Is disposal of contaminated tubing an issue?
16. Will particle entrapment resulting in increased risk of bacterial growth be a concern?
Chemfluor®, Fluran®, Norprene®, PharMed®, Tygon®,
Tygothane® ...Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics Reg. TM
TygopureTM ...Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics TM
90
NOTES
Tubing
4
91
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING
Tubing Formulations
Product Description
Durometer Hardness
(Shore A, 15s)
Color
Max. Recommended
Operating Temp.°F (°C)
Tygon® Beverage & General Application Tubing
Most widely specified clear, flexible tubing
63
Clear
165(74)
Tygon® Bulk Transfer Tubing
Formulation B-44-4X
The preferred clear, flexible tubing for
food processing applications
65
Clear
165(74)
Tygon® Pressure Tubing
Formulation B-44-4X I.B.
Most flexible reinforced tubing available
65
Clear
(between braid)
165(74)
Norprene® Food Grade Tubing
Formulation A-60-F
Provides long service life in many hot
food/beverage applications
61
Cream
275(135)
Norprene® Pressure Tubing
Formulation A-60-F. I. B.
Provides long service life even when exposed
to heat, abrasion and pressure
61
Cream
275(135)
Tygon® Laboratory Tubing
Formulation R-3603
For consistently reliable analysis in the lab
55
Clear
165(74)
Tygon® Vacuum Tubing
Formulation R-3603
The clear choice for vacuum lines
55
Clear
165(74)
PharMed ® Tubing
Long life peristaltic pump/cell culture tubing
64
Cream
275(135)
Tygon Ultra-Soft Tubing
Formulation R-1000
An extremely soft and flexible tubing that
offers minimal resistance to compression
40
Clear
125(52)
Versilic® High Strength Silicone Tubing
Formulation SPX-50
Provides long life, strength and durability
50
Translucent
130(177)
Versilic® High Strength Silicone Pressure Tubing
Provides elavated working pressures in
a silicone tubing
71
Translucent
320(160)
Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing
Formulation 3350
The platinum-cured silicone tubing with the
smoothest inner surface for transfer of sensitive fluids
50
Translucent
400(204)
Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Pressure Tubing
A platinum-cured silicone tubing that handles
up to four times the pressure of Tygon® 3350
70
Translucent
(between braid)
320(160)
Tygon® Medical/Surgical Tubing
Formulation S-50-HL
A tubing designed for use in open heart
surgery and other critical applications
66
Clear
165(74)
Tygon® Microbore Tubing
Formulation S-54-HL
For precision injection and dispensing
80
Clear
185(85)
Tygon® High Purity Tubing
Formulation 2275
Provides a high level of purity not
previously available in a clear, flexible tubing
72
Clear
125(52)
Tygon® High Purity Pressure Tubing
Formulation 2275 I.B.
High purity, low sorption, flexibility and
clarity in a single tubing
72
Clear
(between braid)
125(52)
Tygon® Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing
Provides the highest degree of chemical
resistance in a clear, flexible tubing
72
Clear
125(52)
Tygon® Plasticizer Free Tubing
Formulation 2001
Provides low compression set properties of a
thermoset rubber in a clear, flexible tubing
69
Clear
135 (57)
Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing
Formulation LFL
For the longest peristaltic pump flex life
of any clear, flexible tubing
56
Clear
165(74)
Formulation B-44-3
Tubing
4
®
Formulation SPX-70 I.B.
Formulation 3370 I.B.
Formulation 2075
92
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
Chemical
Processing
Environmental
Food and
Beverage
Industrial
Laboratory
Medical
4
Semiconductor
Processing
Tubing
Pharmaceutical/
Biotech
Peristaltic
Pump
93
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
Tubing Formulations
Tubing
4
Product Description
Durometer Hardness
(Shore A, 15s)
Color
Max. Recommended
Operating Temp.°F (°C)
Norprene® Industrial Grade Tubing
Formulation A-60-G
Outlasts and outperforms neoprene, EPDM
and other specialty rubber tubings
61
Black
275(135)
Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing
Formulation F-4040-A
Resists embrittlement caused by hydrocarbonbased fluids, remains flexible
57
Translucent
Yellow
165(74)
Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing
Formulation C-210-A
For polyurethane applications requiring
tight dimensional tolerances
82
Natural
Transparent
175(79)
Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Pressure Tubing High performance polyurethane tubing
Formulation F-4040-A
for physically demanding environments
85
Clear
(between braid)
180(82)
Tygon® UV Resistant Tubing
Formulation R-3400
Stays flexible in ultraviolet environments
64
Black
165(74)
Fluran® Severe Environment Tubing
Formulation F-5500-A
Withstands the harshest of chemicals, even
under high temperatures
60
Black
400(204)
Tygon® Inert Tubing
Formulation SE-200
Complete clarity and high flexibility with the
inertness of a fluoropolymer
67
Clear
170(77)
Chemfluor® FEP Tubing
For the ultimate in purity, chemical
resistance and temperature resistance
55*
Translucent
400(204)
Chemfluor® PFA Tubing
For the ultimate in purity, chemical
resistance and temperature resistance
60*
Translucent
500(260)
Chemfluor® PTFE Tubing
For the ultimate in purity, chemical
resistance and temperature resistance
58*
Translucent
500(260)
*Shore D Scale
TYGON® BEVERAGE & GENERAL APPLICATION TUBING FORMULATION B-44-3
•
Taste-free and odor-free
•
Non-wetting surface permits thorough
cleaning and complete drainage
•
Broad chemical resistance to virtually all
non-solvent chemicals
•
Lightweight and flexible for easy, quick installation
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria
Tygon® Beverage & General Application Tubing is specially formulated for transferring a wide variety of
beverages including soft drinks, fruit juices, flavored teas and bottled water. In virtually all cases, Tygon®
Beverage & General Application Tubing will not affect the taste or odor of product transferred through it,
while its excellent non-wetting properties facilitate complete drainage and permit simple flush-cleaning.
Many of the unique properties inherent to Tygon® Beverage & General Application Tubing also apply to a
wide variety of complex applications ranging from fine cosmetic production to the dispensing of waterbased printing inks found in the publishing industry. The versatility and proven performance of Tygon®
Beverage Tubing have made it today's most widely specified clear, flexible plastic tubing.
TYGON® BULK TRANSFER FORMULATION B-44-4X
94
•
Smooth, non-porous bore will not trap
particulates or promote bacterial growth
•
Compatible with foods containing a high oil content
•
Resistant to harsh alkaline cleaners and sanitizers
•
Excellent alternative to rigid piping systems
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria
Producers of food, milk and dairy products insist upon Tygon® Bulk Transfer Tubing for dependable
performance in countless filling, draining, transfer and processing applications. Its smooth, non-porous
bore inhibits particle entrapment, promoting a sanitary fluid path by minimizing potential for bacterial
growth. It has outstanding resistance to harsh alkaline cleaners and is equally unaffected by commonly
used sanitizers.
Non-toxic, taste-free and odor-free, Tygon® Bulk Transfer Tubing meets applicable regulatory standards
for contact with food products. Complete clarity for positive visual inspection and flow control, it is
available in up to a 6" inside diameter, making it a flexible replacement for rigid piping systems.
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
Chemical
Processing
Environmental
Food and
Beverage
Industrial
Pharmaceutical/
Biotech
Semiconductor
Processing
4
Peristaltic
Pump
Medical
Tubing
Laboratory
TYGON® PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION B-44-4X I.B.
•
Handles four times the pressure of
non-reinforced tubing
•
Smooth, non-porous bore won't trap
particulate matter
•
Clear wall for visualization of flow
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria
Tygon® Pressure Tubing's unique flexibility gets it into service quickly and easily. This means less tubing footage,
fittings and labor than required for rigid systems. Reinforced with a tough polyester inner-braid imbedded in the wall,
it can handle four times the pressure of non-reinforced tubing. Tygon® Pressure Tubing is compatible with virtually all
non-solvent chemicals, meeting the needs of many industries in hundreds of applications where flexibility and higher
pressure are required. Its clear wall permits positive flow monitoring and inspection.
The smooth inner bore of Tygon® Pressure Tubing (smoother than virtually all stainless steel) will not trap bacteriaharboring particles, making it ideal for food and beverage use. It is non-toxic, odorless, taste-free and exhibits
outstanding resistance to the alkaline cleaners used in this industry. Please inquire about Tygopure® Sanitary Fittings
availability.
NORPRENE® FOOD GRADE FORMULATION A-60-F
51• Temperature resistant from -75°F to 275°F
•
Compatible with virtually all common
sanitizers and cleaners
•
Can be autoclaved repeatedly
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF criteria
Formulated to withstand the high temperatures frequently occurring during food and beverage processing, Norprene® Food
Grade Tubing will outlast and outperform virtually all other food grade tubings. Even following extended exposure to heat and
ozone, Norprene® Food Grade Tubing will not crack or deteriorate as commonly found when using traditional rubber tubings.
Extremely flexible, Norprene® Food Grade Tubing resists kinks and retains its shape while installing quickly and easily. Its
excellent flexural fatigue resistance makes it the absolute best choice for use in peristaltic pumps often found in dispensing
equipment.
Repeatedly autoclavable, Norprene® Food Grade Tubing can be steam cleaned in place, eliminating the need for frequent tubing
replacement. When harsh sanitizing solutions are used, it exhibits exceptional chemical resistance and is entirely unaffected by
a wide variety of cleaning solutions. Also available with reinforcement to withstand elevated working pressure.
95
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
NORPRENE® PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION A-60-F I. B.
Tubing
4
•
Provides long service life
•
Performs well at a range of temperatures
•
Ozone and UV light resistant
•
Repeatedly autoclavable
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 Criteria
Ideal for use in clean-in-place and steam-in-place cleaning and sterilization systems. Norprene® Pressure Tubing has
excellent alkali resistance and is compatible with numerous oxidizing agents such as hydrogen peroxide,
sodium hypochlorite and ozone.
Norprene® Pressure Tubing exhibits excellent resistance to ozone and UV light, with little to no signs of
deterioration in laboratory testing to the equivalent of 10 years of outdoor exposure. Norprene® Pressure Tubing
provides long service life when exposed to heat, abrasion and pressure. It is temperature resistance up to
275°F and retains flexibility to -75°F.
TYGON® LABORATORY TUBING FORMULATION R-3603
•
Outstanding chemical resistance
•
Lot-to-lot consistency for reproducible results
•
Increases productivity in peristaltic pumps —
outlasts other clear tubing 2 to 1
•
Ideal for condensers, incubators, desiccators,
gas lines and drain lines
•
Meets FDA Criteria
Crystal-clear and flexible, Tygon® Laboratory Tubing handles virtually all inorganic chemicals found in
the lab. It is non-oxidizing and non-contaminating.
Long-lasting and crack-resistant, Tygon® Laboratory Tubing is less permeable than rubber tubing. The
glassy-smooth inner bore helps prevent buildup so that cleaning is facilitated. Coils are marked at
3-foot intervals for easy measuring.
Autoclavable. Remains flexible at -45°F (-43°C). Durometer hardness: Shore A, 55.
TYGON® VACUUM TUBING FORMULATION R-3603
•
Holds full vacuum at room temperature
•
Will not crack and age like rubber tubing
•
Excellent clarity for visual inspection
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 Criteria
Tygon® Vacuum Tubing has extra-heavy walls that will withstand a full vacuum at room temperature (29.9"
[759 mm] of mercury at 73°F [23°C]) and up to 27" [686 mm] of mercury at 140°F [60°C].
Like standard Tygon® Laboratory Tubing, Tygon® Vacuum Tubing resists most inorganic chemicals and can
be used in corrosive atmospheres.
Clarity allows monitoring for possible backups which could result in equipment damage. Tygon® Vacuum
Tubing will not swell closed if vacuum pump oil should back up into it.
Low vapor pressure (low outgassing) makes it suitable for vacuum applications down to 3 x 10 -2 mm Hg at
165°F (74°C). Ideal for analytical testing of gases or vapors. Well-suited for use in making manometers.
PHARMED® TUBING FOR PERISTALTIC PUMPS AND CELL CULTURE
•
Outlasts silicone tubing in peristaltic pumps by up to 30 times
•
Can be autoclaved repeatedly
•
Heat weldable for sterile access in closed systems
•
Documented biocompatibility to the ISO 10993 Standard
•
Meets USP Class VI, FDA and NSF51 criteria
PharMed® Tubing is less permeable to gases and vapors than silicone tubing. It is ideal for
cell culture, fermentation, synthesis, separation, purification and process monitoring and
control. Independent tests show that PharMed® Tubing is safe for use in sensitive cell
culture applications.
PharMed® Tubing has very good general chemical resistance and excellent acid, alkali and
oxidation resistance. Opaque to visible and UV light, it helps protect sensitive fluids.
Continuous service temperature range is -60°F (-51°C) to 275°F (135°C).
TYGON® ULTRA-SOFT TUBING FORMULATION R-1000
96
•
Ultra-soft and flexible
•
Performs well at low temperatures (to -100°F)
•
Excellent for use in low-torque pump applications
•
Meets FDA, 3-A and NSF51 Criteria
Tygon® Ultra-Soft Tubing resists a broad range of aqueous chemicals and provides an excellent
alternative to silicone tubing in applications where corrosive chemicals are used. Its minimal resistance
to compression permits use in low-torque pump applications including battery driven types.
Tygon® Ultra-Soft Tubing stays flexible at temperatures as low as -100°F (-73°C ). Its smooth bore
facilitates easy cleaning and helps prevent possible buildup. Do not autoclave. Durometer hardness:
Shore A, 40.
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
VERSILIC™ HIGH STRENGTH SILICONE TUBING
FORMULATION SPX-50
•
Ultra-smooth inner bore reduces risk of particle
entrapment
•
Taste and odor free
•
Withstands temperature extremes from -75°F to
350°F
•
Meets FDA, 3-A, NSF51, and USP Class VI criteria
Peroxide-cured Versilic™ High-Strength Silicone Tubing is designed for use in applications where
flexibility, resiliency and durability are required. Its smooth inner surface reduces the risk of
particulate entrapment and microscopic buildup during fluid transfer. In addition, its high and low
working temperatures help the tubing retain its flexibility under extreme conditions.
Because of its consistently reliable performance, Versilic™ High-Strength Silicone Tubing is ideal for
applications such as food & beverage dispensing & processing, appliance manufacturing, cosmetic
production and electronic equipment.
Custom formulation can be designed to provide a combination of features, including ultra-high
temperature resistance, electrical conductivity, pigmented colors and long flexural life.
•
Tough braid reinforcement permits use under
elevated working pressures
•
Taste and odor free
•
Temperature resistant from -112°F to 320°F
•
Withstands repeated CIP and SIP cleaning and
sterilization
Meets FDA, 3-A, NSF51 and USP Class VI criteria
•
4
Tubing
VERSILIC™ HIGH STRENGTH SILICONE PRESSURE
TUBING FORMULATION SPX-70 I.B.
Produced from a proprietary combination of silicone elastomers, Versilic™ SPX-70 IB Tubing
optimizes critical physical properties such as tensile strength, elongation and compression set,
resulting in a more physically durable product. Its ultra-smooth inner bore reduces the risk of
particle entrapment during fluid transfer.
In addition, Versilic™ High-Strength Silicone Pressure Tubing will remain resilient and durable under
extreme operating temperatures and repeated cleaning and sterilizaton.
Versilic™ Silicone Tubing complies fully with the requirements of the USP Class VI Criteria and is
entirely non-toxic, non-hemolytic and non-pyrogenic.
TYGON® SANITARY SILICONE TUBING FORMULATION 3350
•
Ultra-smooth inner bore reduces potential for
particle entrapment
•
Minimal extractables help maintain fluid integrity
•
Hydrophobic surface improves fluid flow
•
Documented biocompatibility to the ISO
10993 standard
•
Meets USP Class VI, FDA,3-A and NSF51 criteria
Designed for high-purity applications, Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing's ultra-smooth inner bore
can reduce the risk of particle entrapment and microscopic buildup during sensitive fluid
transfer. In-house analysis of the inner surface of Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing compared to
other silicone tubing shows that it is up to three times smoother. Additionally, this smoother fluid
path facilitates complete system cleaning and sterilization.
Utilizing a platinum-curing process, Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Tubing eliminates the concern of
extraction often encountered when alternative curing methods are used. It has also been fully
characterized using the ISO 10993 standards, reducing user cost and time associated with
process validation.
TYGON® SANITARY SILICONE PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION 3370 I.B.
•
Consistently smooth inner surface reduces
potential for particle entrapment
•
Withstands repeated CIP and SIP sterilization
•
Tough braid reinforcement for elevated
working pressures
•
Ideal for use with TygopureTM Sanitary Fittings
•
Meets USP Class VI, FDA, 3-A and NSF51 criteria
Often specified in high-purity applications, Tygon® Sanitary Silicone Pressure Tubing is produced
from a platinum-curing process that helps ensure the highest level of biocompatibility available.
The ultra smooth inner surface and the ability to be cleaned and sterilized repeatedly in CIP and
SIP systems helps to maintain fluid integrity throughout sensitive fluid transfer or processing.
When used in combination with TygopureTM Sanitary Fittings, complete assemblies can be
constructed that provide the sanitary conditions critical to pharmaceutical, biotechnology,
cosmetic, food, dairy and beverage applications.
Braid-reinforced for increased pressure resistance, it also provides flexibility, durability, and
chemical and temperature resistance to make it the ideal pressure tubing for a wide variety of
industries.
97
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
TYGON® MEDICAL/SURGICAL TUBING FORMULATION S-50-HL
•
•
Ideal for contact with blood
•
Fully characterized to ISO 10993 and FDA
guidelines for biocompatibility
•
Meets USP Class VI criteria
Originally developed for use in cardiac surgery, Tygon® Medical/Surgical Tubing's consistent quality
provides dependable performance in medical device applications. It has been fully tested for
biological safety to the ISO 10993 standard. Durometer hardness: Shore A, 66.
Flexible and resilient with established
performance in peristaltic pump applications
Tygon® Medical/Surgical Tubing can be sterilized by radiation, ethylene oxide, steam or chemical
methods.
Tubing
4
TYGON® MICROBORE TUBING FORMULATION S-54-HL
•
Stiff enough for easy handling, soft enough
to resist puncturing
•
•
•
Micro-diameter sizes fit needle gauges 30 to 17
Ideal for precision injection and dispensing
applications
Select Tygon® Microbore Tubing for intravenous and arterial infusion as well as other
surgical, hospital and laboratory applications. It is flexible enough to permit use of a
single size tubing with several different needle gauges, yet sufficiently rigid to minimize
the danger of wall collapse. Tygon® Microbore Tubing is non-toxic, non-pyrogenic and
biocompatible. Durometer hardness: Shore A, 80.
Tygon® Microbore Tubing can be sterilized by radiation, ethylene oxide, steam or
chemical methods.
Meets USP Class VI criteria
TYGON® HIGH PURITY TUBING FORMULATION 2275
•
Provides an uncompromising fluid path for
sensitive solutions
•
•
•
Low sorption maintains fluid integrity
Tygon® High Purity Tubing is ideal for handling sensitive fluids such as pharmaceutical or biological
solutions. There is virtually no absorption of key fluid constituents into the tubing material or fluid
adsorption onto the tubing walls. As a result, fluid alteration and loss is limited. There is no
plasticizer to leach into or contaminate the fluid, yet the tubing remains flexible.
Plasticizer-free — virtually no extractables
Tygon® High Purity Tubing can be sterilized by radiation, ethylene oxide, steam or chemical methods.
Environmentally friendly — safe to dispose
of through incineration
•
Documented biocompatibility to the ISO
10993 Standard
•
Meets USP Class VI, FDA and NSF criteria
Frequently, incineration is used to dispose of contaminated materials. While many tubings release
hazardous by-products when burned, Tygon® High Purity Tubing only releases carbon dioxide and
water when properly incinerated, providing safe disposal.
Also available with reinforcement to withstand elevated working pressure.
TYGON® HIGH PURITY PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION 2275 I. B.
•
•
•
Low sorption to aqueous fluids
•
Meets USP Class VI, FDA and NSF criteria
Plasticizer-free
Tough braid reinforcement for elevated working
pressures
98
Tygon® 2275 I. B. helps maintain product integrity during fluid transfer in pharmaceutical and
biotechnology applications. Loss of fluid through migration into the tubing or adherence of fluid
onto the tubing walls may create inconsistencies in final product results. Tygon® 2275 I. B. is
hydrophobic and resists the sorption (absorption/adsorption) of aqueous fluids. This reduction in
sorption minimizes the risk of fluid alteration in single-use or repeat-use applications.
Tygon® 2275 I. B. is virtually unaffected by chemical sanitizers and cleaners. As a result, it can be
cleaned repeatedly without decreasing its service life. The nonwettable surface of the product
facilitates complete drainage of fluid during the cleaning process. In addition, Tygon® 2275 I.B. can be
sterilized easily using conventional gamma radiation, gas (ethylene oxide) and autoclave methods.
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
TYGON® ULTRA CHEMICAL RESISTANT TUBING FORMULATION 2075
•
•
Resistant to highly aggressive chemicals
•
Exceptionally smooth inner surface inhibits
particulate buildup
•
Low sorption maintains fluid integrity
Plasticizer-free — minimizes risk of fluid
contamination
Tygon® Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing offers an unequaled combination of chemical resistance, clarity
and flexibility. Tygon® Ultra Chemical Resistant Tubing is virtually unaffected by acids, bases, ketones,
salts and alcohols, fitting the requirements of many applications from battery acid filling to hazardous
material handling. It's entirely plasticizer-free, eliminating fluid contamination and the premature
embrittlement and cracking common with many flexible tubings. Its exceptionally smooth inner surface
inhibits particulate buildup and reduces the potential for contamination.
•
•
•
•
•
Superior flex life in peristaltic pumps
Chemically resistant to a wide range of fluids
Temperature resistant from - 108°F to 160°F
Clear for easy visual flow monitoring
Meets FDA criteria for food contact
4
Tubing
TYGON® PLASTICIZER FREE TUBING FORMULATION 2001
Tygon® Plasticizer Free Tubing is a uniquely engineered product that offers the low compression set
properties of a thermoset rubber. Tygon® Plasticizer Free Tubing provides the most flexibility, highest
temperature resistance and longest pump life available in a clear, plasticizer / oil free tubing. It is ideal
for a broad range of applications including peristaltic pump applications, soap and detergent dispensing,
water purification lines, food contact applications and chemical transfer. This uniquely engineered
tubing will not embrittle or crack prematurely like other tubings that contain plasticizer or extender oils,
benefiting the user with less downtime and tubing changes.
TYGON® LONG FLEX LIFE PUMP TUBING FORMULATION LFL
•
•
•
•
Longest flex life of any clear Tygon® tubing
Extremely low particulate spallation
Broad chemical resistance
Meets USP Class VI and FDA criteria
Crystal-clear Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing is formulated specifically for use in peristaltic pump
applications. With its superior flex life characteristics, manufacturing processes can be simplified by
reducing production downtime due to pump tubing failure.
The excellent wear properties of Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing also lead to a reduction of
particulate spallation. This feature limits the risk of sensitive-fluid contamination critical to the
pharmaceutical, cosmetic, food and beverage industries.
Non-aging characteristics and broad chemical resistance provide users with versatility in use for a wide
variety of applications. Safe and non-toxic Tygon® Long Flex Life Pump Tubing can be produced in up to
a 6" inside diameter, making it the ideal choice in bulk transfer applications.
NORPRENE® INDUSTRIAL GRADE TUBING FORMULATION A-60-G
•
•
•
•
•
Superior weathering
Abrasion resistant
Outstanding flexural fatigue resistance
Wide temperature range
Low gas permeability versus rubber tubing
Norprene® Industrial Grade Tubing outperforms neoprene, EPDM and other general-purpose tubings in
test after test and application after application. It will not weaken or crack after years of exposure to heat
and ozone. This provides long service in a wide range of applications such as gasketing, abrasionresistant sleeving and cable insulation. Performance formulated for on-the-job reliability, Norprene®
handles temperatures from -75°F (-60°C) to 275°F (135°C), allowing the use of one material with a
broad range of temperatures. It is heat sealable and can be joined without fittings. It also has excellent
resistance to inorganic (acids and bases) fluids.
With its outstanding flexural fatigue resistance and high temperature capability, Norprene® Industrial
Grade Tubing outlasts and outperforms virtually all other general service tubings in peristaltic and
vacuum pump applications.
99
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
TYGON® FUEL AND LUBRICANT TUBING FORMULATION F-4040-A
• Resists embrittlement
• Compatible with most petroleum-based
products
• Resists swelling and cracking
• Ozone and UV light resistant
Tubing
4
A consistent performer lot after lot, Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing is the most requested fuel and lubricant
tubing for a variety of applications — from small engine fuel lines to coolant transfer. Specifically designed to
handle most fuels and industrial lubricants, Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing resists the swelling and hardening
caused by hydrocarbon-based fluids. This significantly reduces the risk of failure due to cracking and leakage. Its
minimum extractability safeguards the liquid or vapor being transferred against adulteration.
Extremely flexible (Shore A, 57), Tygon® Fuel and Lubricant Tubing simplifies installation, even in tight places. It is
translucent yellow for positive identification and to allow easy flow monitoring. It is routinely used to handle
gasoline, kerosene, heating oils, cutting compounds and glycol-based coolants.
TYGOTHANE® PRECISION POLYURETHANE TUBING FORMULATION C-210-A
•
•
•
•
Consistently tight dimensional tolerances
Excellent abrasion and tear resistance
Fuel and lubricant resistant
Sub-zero temperature capabilities
Our rigidly controlled manufacturing process makes Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing the flexible
polyurethane tubing that has consistently tight tolerances from lot to lot. Precision tolerances and high elasticity
provide the user with an easy, worry-free attachment to fittings. Made of a tough, ester-based polyurethane,
Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing’s clarity, high tear strength and excellent abrasion resistance make it
ideal for many applications, including fuel and lubricant lines, pneumatic lines, abrasive product transfer and cable
jacketing. It also offers exceptional resistance to oils, greases, fuels and many chemicals.
Able to withstand rugged daily use, Tygothane® Precision Polyurethane Tubing resists weathering and can be safely
used in temperatures ranging from -100°F (-73°C) to 200°F (93°C). It meets FDA criteria for food and beverage
use and is also available in ether-based, medical grade and reinforced formulations.
TYGOTHANE® PRECISION POLYURETHANE PRESSURE TUBING FORMULATION C-544-A I. B.
• Exceptional abrasion and tear resistance
TYGOTHANE
®
• Tough braid reinforcement for elevated working
POLYURETHANE
PRESSURE
pressures
TUBING
FORMULATION
C-544-A
I. B.
• Excellent resistance to oils, greases
and fuels
•
•
•
Retains flexibility in sub-zero environments
Meets FDA and NSF 51 criteria for food contact
Specially formulated from tough, ether-based polyurethane resins, Tygothane® Pressure Tubing is
ideal for use in some of the most physically demanding applications. When exposed to abrasive
conditions, the excellent wear properties of Tygothane® tubing frequently outperform traditional
rubber, plastic and metal materials.
Tygothane® Pressure Tubing is more flexible in applications requiring a tight bend radius, where
many other reinforced urethane tubings have collapsed and failed. Tygothane® Pressure Tubing also
retains much of its unique flexibility even at temperatures as low as 100°F (-73°C).
Meets NSF 61 criteria for potable water contact
TYGON® UV RESISTANT TUBING FORMULATION R-3400
•
•
•
•
Black in color, protects light-sensitive fluids
Wide range of chemical resistance
Ozone resistant
Excellent burn resistance
Ideal for virtually any permanent or temporary chemical transfer application, Tygon® UV Resistant
Tubing combines suppleness and flexibility with resistance to a wide range of chemicals. It shows
exceptional resistance to strong acids and many alkalies. The flexibility of Tygon® UV Resistant Tubing
makes it quick and easy to put into service, providing considerable savings on installation time and cost.
Black in color, it is resistant to ultraviolet light, ozone and weathering, making it ideal for many
outdoor applications. Standard inventoried sizes of Tygon® UV Resistant Tubing have sufficient wall
thickness to block transmission of all UV light.
Additionally, in-house testing indicates a UL 94V-O and UL 94HB flammability rating.
100
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
FLURAN® SEVERE ENVIRONMENT TUBING FORMULATION F-5500-A
• Provides continuous service at temperatures
Made of a proprietary fluoroelastomer, Fluran® Severe Environment Tubing has both the physical and
chemical characteristics that make it ideal for severe environments, such as dry cleaning fluid lines and
solvent recovery systems, where other flexible tubings fail. Fluran® Severe Environment Tubing can be
used in continuous service with temperatures as high as 400°F (204°C) and has excellent resistance to
corrosive chemicals, oils, fuels, solvents and most mineral acids.
up to 400°F (204°C)
• Excellent resistance to corrosive chemicals, oils,
fuels and solvents
• Resists ozone, sunlight and weathering
This opaque, black tubing helps protect light-sensitive materials being transferred and will not
prematurely crack and age when exposed to ozone, sun and weather. It is highly flexible and resilient,
making it the ideal choice in peristaltic pumping of extremely corrosive materials. A food grade
formulation is available upon request.
• Opaque black color helps protect light
sensitive fluids
TYGON® INERT TUBING FORMULATION SE-200
• Better flexibility than typical rigid
fluoropolymer tubings
• Chemically resistant and inert
• Non-contaminating fluid path
• Meets FDA criteria
Without sacrificing the flexibility, glass-like clarity or outstanding bend radius for which Tygon® tubing
is known, Tygon® Inert Tubing can handle many applications where flexible tubing of the past could not
be used. Its FEP inner liner provides the ultimate in chemical resistance and can handle a wide variety
of fluids from corrosives to MEK-based solvents. The liner is inert, meaning it will not extract or
contaminate fluids being transferred. The fluid path will not impart odor or taste, making it well-suited
for food and beverage use. It meets FDA criteria for food and beverage applications, as well as USP
Class VI criteria for biocompatibility.
4
Tubing
• Crystal clear for easy visual flow monitoring
Tygon® Inert Tubing combines all the benefits of Tygon® with the inertness of a fluoropolymer,
providing superior performance in many applications and industries.
CHEMFLUOR® FEP TUBING
•
•
•
Excellent physical and electrical properties
Outstanding chemical resistance
Wide range of working temperature,
-400°F (-240°C) to 400°F (204°C)
Fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) is a chemically inert thermoplastic. Chemfluor® FEP Tubing can be
made out of various grades of FEP to tailor properties to the needs of the application: low molecular
weight resin for general purpose use and high molecular weight resin for applications that require
improved resistance to stress cracking. Chemfluor® FEP Tubing is available in numerous sizes and
configurations including microbore, shrink tubing and roll covers.
CHEMFLUOR® PFA TUBING
•
•
•
High level of purity
Retains higher mechanical strength at
elevated temperatures compared to PTFE
Saint-Gobain's stringent material quality control, state-of-the-art process control and outstanding
customer service are why industry leaders worldwide insist upon Chemfluor® PFA Tubing. Made from
standard PFA resin (perfluoroalkoxy), Chemfluor® PFA Tubing is widely used in the semi-conductor,
laboratory, environmental and pharmaceutical industries where ultrapure chemicals (including water)
require precise quality control.
•
High resistance to stress cracking
Chemfluor® PFA Tubing is also available in even higher purity grades for extremely critical applications.
Excellent chemical resistance
CHEMFLUOR® PTFE TUBING
•
•
•
•
Fully fluorinated fluoropolymer tubing
Opaque white to translucent in appearance
High degree of rigidity
Highest working temperature (up to 500°F
[287°C]) of all the fluoropolymer tubings
Saint-Gobain's careful selection of resin type, particle size, temperature and pressure produces
smooth, non-porous, dimensionally stable tubing. Made out of polytetrafluoroethylene resin,
Chemfluor® PTFE Tubing has the highest working temperature of any fluoropolymer tubing
available today. It is widely used as a pressure tubing in general chemical applications such as
delivery of natural gas and mineral oils, toxic gas monitoring and paint, varnish or adhesive
delivery lines. Chemfluor® PTFE Tubing also services numerous applications in the automotive,
electrical and appliance markets.
101
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
Typical Physical Properties of Tygon®
& Other Saint-Gobain Tubings
Physical properties of a tubing produced from a specific compound will vary depending on its diameter and wall thickness. The following typical physical properties are
average values as measured using test methods of the American Society for Testing and Materials. Unless otherwise noted, all tests were conducted at room temperature
(73˚F). Values shown were determined on 0.075" thick extruded strip or 0.075" thick molded ASTM plaques or molded ASTM durometer buttons.
IMPORTANT: It is the user’s responsibility to ensure the suitability and safety of Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics tubing for all intended uses, including establishing
the compatibility of any fluid with the tubing through which it is transmitted. Laboratory, field or clinical tests must be conducted in accordance with applicable
requirements in order to determine the safety and effectiveness for use of tubing in any particular application. If intended for medical use, it is the user’s
responsibility to ensure that the tubing to be used complies with all applicable medical regulatory requirements.
Tubing
4
NOTE: The ratings in the charts DO NOT reflect the extent to which extraction may occur, or the extent to which fluids may undergo any physical changes in
properties or composition, as a result of coming into contact with the tubing. Saint-Gobain Performance Plastics makes no representation or warranty with respect
to the susceptibility of any fluid to become contaminated or undergo changes in properties or composition as a result of possible extraction of tubing ingredients
by the fluid to be transmitted. Certain corrosives that would be destructive to tubing with prolonged exposure can be satisfactorily handled for short periods of time
if flushed with water after use. All ratings are based on room temperature (73°F). Chemical resistance will be adversely affected by elevated temperatures.
Durometer
Hardness
Color
(Shore A, 15s)
Max. Recommended
Operating Temp.
Tensile
Strength
°F (°C)
psi (M Pa)
ASTM MethodD2240-91
Tensile
Set %
lb.-f/in. (kN/m)
Tear
Resistance
Compression
Set** Constant
Deflection, B
Brittle
Temperature
Specific
Gravity
D412-98
D412-98
D1004-03
D395-03
D746-98
D792-00
D570-98
0.13
63
Clear
165(74)
2300
(15.8)
410
81
180
(32)
65
-49˚F
(-45˚C)
1.20
Tygon®
B-44-4X
65
Clear
165(74)
2100
(14.5)
450
78
200
(35)
62
-47˚F
(-44˚C)
1.21
Clear
165(74)
2100
(14.5)
450
78
200
(35)
62
-47˚F
(-44˚C)
1.21
(between braid)
Water
Absorption %
D412-98
Tygon®
B-44-3
Tygon®
65
B-44-4X I.B.
0.15
0.15
Tygon®
SILVER
72
Silver
100(71)
2300
(15.8)
240
65
199
(33.3)
71
-47˚F
(-44˚C)
1.20
<0.01
Norprene®
A-60-F
61
Cream
275(135)
1000
(6.9)
375
57
120
(21)
30
-75˚F
(-60˚C)
0.98
0.30
Norprene®
XL-60
60
Tuanslucent
250(121)
1630
(11.2)
770
100
190
(33.3)
35
-77˚F
(-66˚C)
0.90
0.07
Tygoprene®
B-44-4X
65
Clear
165(74)
2100
(14.5)
450
78
200
(35)
62
-47˚F
(-44˚C)
1.21
0.15
Tygon®
R-3603
55
Clear
165(74)
1650
(11.4)
450
107
125
(22)
61
-58˚F
(-50˚C)
1.18
0.24
Tygon®R-3603 55
Vacuum
Clear
165(74)
1650
(11.4)
450
107
125
(22)
61
-58˚F
(-50˚C)
1.18
0.24
PharMed ®
Tubing
64
Cream
275(135)
1050
(7.2)
375
47
120
(21)
27
-75˚F
(-60˚C)
0.98
0.30
Tygon®
R-1000
40
Clear
125(52)
1200
(8.3)
375
73
52
(9)
57
-103˚F
(-75˚C)
1.12
0.30
Versilic™
SPX-50
50
Translucent
350(177)
1500
(10.3)
450
8
148
(26)
10
-112˚F
(-80˚C)
1.17
0.06
Versilic™
SPX-70 I.B.
71
Translucent
320(160)
1200
(8.3)
300
10
130
(22.8)
10
-112˚F
(-80˚C)
1.20
* 1-second reading.
102
Ultimate
Elongation
**Test performed at 158˚F (70˚C) for 22 hours.
***Durometer measured on outer jacket.
0.08
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
Durometer
Hardness
Color
Max. Recommended
Operating Temp.
Tensile
Strength
°F (°C)
psi (M Pa)
(Shore A, 15s)
ASTM Method D2240-91
Ultimate
Elongation
Tensile
%Set %
Tear
Resistance
lb.-f/in. (kN/m)
Compression
Set** Constant
Deflection, B
Brittle
Temperature
Specific
Gravity
D412-92
D412-92
D412-92
D1004-93
D395-89
D746-79
D792-91
Water
Absorption %
D570-81
Tygon®
3350
50*
Translucent
400(204)
1450
(10.0)
770
13
200
(35)
7
-112˚F
(-80˚C)
1.14
Tygon®
3370 I.B.
70*
Translucent
320(160)
1200
(8.3)
500
25
250
(44)
3
-112˚F
(-80˚C)
1.18 0.11
Tygon®
S-50-HL
66
Clear
165(74)
2000
(13.8)
350
76
165
(29)
53
-55˚F
(-48˚C)
1.20 0.14
Tygon®
S-54-HL
80
Clear
185(85)
2700
(18.6)
320
33
305
(53)
34
-25˚F
(-31˚C)
1.24 0.11
Tygon®
2275
72
Clear
125(52)
2000
(13.8)
700
187
220
(39)
84
-108˚F
(-78˚C)
0.90
0.00
Tygon®
2275 I.B.
72
Clear
125(52)
2000
(13.8)
700
187
220
(39)
84
-108˚F
(-78˚C)
0.90
<0.01
Tygon®
2075
72
Clear
125(52)
2000
(13.8)
700
187
220
(39)
84
-108˚F
(-78˚C)
0.90
0.00
Tygon®
2001
69
Clear
135(57)
800
(5.51)
500
110
140
(24.5)
40
-108˚F
(-78˚C)
0.88
0.04
Tygon®
LFL
56
Clear
165(74)
1550
(10.7)
380
44
122
(21)
64
-65˚F
(-54˚C)
1.16
0.18
Norprene®
A-60-G
61
Black
275(135)
1000
(6.9)
375
47
120
(21)
30
-75˚F
(-60˚C)
0.98
Tygon®
F-4040-A
57
Translucent
Yellow
165(74)
1820
(12.5)
310
50
167
(29)
65
-35˚F
(-37˚C)
1.26 0.49
Tygothane®
C-210-A
82*
Clear
200(93)
6050
(41.7)
500
98
475
(83)
68
-100˚F
(-73˚C)
1.20
Tygothane®
C-544-A I.B.
85
Clear
180(82)
5000
(34.5)
400
45
350
(61.3)
19
-100˚F
(-73˚C)
1.12 1.80
Tygon®
R-3400
64
Black
165(74)
2250
(15.5)
350
56
185
(32)
64
-5˚F
(-21˚C)
1.31
Fluran®
F-5500-A
60*
Black
400(204)
1400
(9.3)
300
13
100
(18)
37
-60˚F
(-51˚C)
1.90 0.23
Tygon®
SE-200
67***
Clear
170(77)
2000
(13.8)
350
76
165
(29)
53
-40˚F
(-40˚C)
1.45 <0.01
Chemfluor®
FEP
55D* Translucent
400(204)
2600
(17.9)
275
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
-100˚F
(-73˚C)
2.17
<0.01
Chemfluor®
PFA
60D* Translucent
500(260)
2500
(17.2)
300
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
-320˚F
(-196˚C)
2.17
<0.03
Chemfluor®
PTFE
58D* Translucent
550(288)
2650
(18.3)
250
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
-450˚F
(-268˚C)
2.18
<0.01
(between braid)
(between braid)
**Test performed at 158˚F (70˚C) for 22 hours.
4
Tubing
* 1-second reading.
(between braid)
0.11
0.30
1.12
0.19
***Durometer measured on outer jacket.
103
Tubing cont.
TYGON® HIGH PERFORMANCE TUBING cont.
Suggested Maximum Working Pressures For Tygon® & Other Tubings
The maximum working pressure of Tygon® tubing varies with the different formulations. In addition, working pressure is affected by temperature, size
and wall thickness, time and material transmitted as explained below:
Temperature - Since Tygon® tubing is produced from a variety of polymers, elastomers and rubbers, temperature should be considered in the selection of a
Tygon® formulation for an end-use application. As a rule, tubing will stiffen as ambient temperature is reduced from standard room temperature (73°F/23°C). At
higher temperatures, the tubing will become more flexible and physical properties such as tensile strength will become lower.
Size & Wall Thickness - Working pressure increases as the wall thickness increases relative to the bore size.
Time - If pressure exceeding the maximum suggested working pressure is maintained over a period of time, the tubing will gradually swell and eventually
rupture.
Tubing
4
Material Transmitted - Even materials such as solvents that attack Tygon® tubing can be handled over short periods of time. However, prolonged exposure
tends to cause swelling, loss of normal tensile strength and reduced pressure resistance.
NOTES
104
Tubing cont.
TUBING
AVAILABILITY
®
®
®
®
OD
Inches
Inches
Inches
.020
1/32
.145
3/32
5/32
1/8
3/16
.140
5/32
3/16
7/32
3/16
1/4
3/8
7/32
1/4
9/32
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
.468
9/16
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
.552
5/8
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
13/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
.683
7/8
1
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
.870
1-1/8
5/8
3/4
13/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
.995
15/16
1-3/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
7/8
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/8
1.150
1-1/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1.380
1-1/2
2
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-5/8
1.630
1-3/4
1-7/8
1.880
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
5
6-1/2
.030
.060
.090
.070
.090
.062
1/32
1/16
1/32
1/16
.030
1/32
3/64
1/16
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/32
3/64
1/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.140
3/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.140
3/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
1/4
1/16
3/32
1/8
.155
1/4
5/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
.185
5/16
1/32
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
.185
5/32
3/8
1/32
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
.200
1/4
3/8
1/16
1/8
5/32
1/16
1/8
5/32
3/16
.190
1/4
1/2
1/8
3/16
1/8
3/16
.190
1/4
3/16
.190
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
.010
.020
.030
.015
.020
1/16
.080
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
MICROBORE
3
4
6
.010
.020
.030
.040
.050
Tygon
B-44-3
20' 50' 100' 500'
Tygon
B-44-4X
Tygon
B-44-4X I.B.
10' 20' 50'
10' 20' 50'
®
®
®
Tygon B-44-4X I.B. Norprene Norprene
UNIPACS
A-60-F A-60-F I.B.
10 pcs. @10'
50'
50'
✓
✓
✓
✓
Tygon
R-3603
20' 50' 100' 500'
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
20' 50'
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
4
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
10 pcs. @10'
✓
✓
✓
✓
Tygon
Tygon
Vacuum R-3603
R-3603 UNIPACS
®
Tubing
ID
Wall
Thickness
®
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓
✓Indicates standard off-the-shelf items. Sizes for vacuum applications; standard off-the shelf item. UNIPACS are packaged individually with ten 10-foot lengths per carton.
Tygon® R-3603 UNIPACS in size 1” I.D. x 1/2” wall only contains four 10-foot lengths per carton.
105
Tubing cont.
TUBING
AVAILABILITY
®
ID
OD
Wall
Thickness
Inches
Inches
Inches
.020
1/32
.145
3/32
5/32
1/8
3/16
.140
5/32
3/16
7/32
3/16
1/4
3/8
7/32
1/4
9/32
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
.443
9/16
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
.515
5/8
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
13/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
.687
7/8
1
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
.847
1-1/8
5/8
3/4
13/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
.980
15/16
1-3/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
7/8
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/8
1.150
1-1/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1.390
1-1/2
2
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-5/8
1.636
1-3/4
1-7/8
1.900
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
5
6-1/2
.030
.060
.090
.070
.090
.062
1/32
1/16
1/32
1/16
.030
1/32
3/64
1/16
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/32
3/64
1/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.1278
3/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.1325
3/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
1/4
1/16
3/32
1/8
.1560
1/4
5/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
.1735
5/16
1/32
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
.1775
5/32
3/8
1/32
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
.200
1/4
3/8
1/16
1/8
5/32
1/16
1/8
5/32
3/16
.1950
1/4
1/2
1/8
3/16
1/8
3/16
.1930
1/4
3/16
.2000
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
.010
.020
.030
.015
.020
1/16
.080
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
4
5/16
Tubing
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
MICROBORE
3
4
6
.010
.020
.030
.040
.050
®
®
PharMed
25'
✓
™
™
Tygon
R-1000
Versilic
SPX-50
VersilicSP
X-70 I.B.
Tygon
3350
50'
25' 50'
25' 50'
50'
®
®
Tygon
S-50-HL
50'
50' 100’
Tygon
3370 I.B.
25'
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
500’
25'
50' 10’ 25' 50'
25'
25'
50'
50'
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
®
Tygon
2001
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
®
Tygon
2075
✓
✓
✓
®
Tygon
2275 I.B.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ Indicates standard off-the-shelf items. Sizes for vacuum applications; standard off-the shelf item.
Tygon® R-3603 UNIPACS in size 1" I.D. x 2" O.D. x 1/2" wall only contains four 10-foot lengths per carton.
106
®
Tygon
®
S-54-HL
Tygon
MICROBORE 2275
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
UNIPACS are packaged individually with ten 10-foot lengths per carton. Tubing cont.
TUBING
AVAILABILITY
Wall
ID
Inches
.020
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
5/16
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
MICROBORE
3
4
6
.010
.020
.030
.040
.050
.145
3/32
5/32
1/8
3/16
5/32
3/16
7/32
3/16
1/4
3/8
7/32
1/4
9/32
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
.468
9/16
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
.552
5/8
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
13/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
.683
7/8
1
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
.870
1-1/8
5/8
3/4
13/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
.995
15/16
1-3/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
7/8
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/8
1.150
1-1/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1.380
1-1/2
2
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-5/8
1.630
1-3/4
1-7/8
1.880
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
5
6-1/2
.030
.060
.090
.070
.090
.062
1/32
1/16
1/32
1/16
1/32
3/64
1/16
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/32
3/64
1/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.140
3/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
.140
3/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
1/4
1/16
3/32
1/8
.155
1/4
5/16
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
.185
5/16
1/32
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
.185
5/32
3/8
1/32
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
.200
1/4
3/8
1/16
1/8
5/32
1/16
1/8
5/32
3/16
.190
1/4
1/2
1/8
3/16
1/8
3/16
.190
1/4
3/16
.190
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
.010
.020
.030
.015
.020
®
Tygon LFL
10'
Norprene
A-60-G
25’
50'
✓
✓
®
®
®
Tygon
Tygothane
F-4040-A
C-210-A
50'
Tygothane
C-544-A I.B.
100'
50'
100'
✓
®
Tygon
R-3400
®
®
®
Fluran
Tygon Chemfluor
FEP
F-5500-A SE-200
®
®
Chemfluor
PFA
Chemfluor
PTFE
50'
50'
50'
50'
50'
50'
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
4
Tubing
3/8
OD Thickness
Inches Inches
®
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ Indicates standard off-the-shelf items. Sizes for vacuum applications; standard off-the shelf item.
107
Tubing cont.
NYLAFLOW® NYLON PRESSURE TUBING
Nylaflow® Nylon Tubing is high quality pressure tubing, available in several formulations and English and metric dimensions. For applications that require
toughness, resilience, a small bend radius, and high burst strength, Nylaflow® pressure tubing is a high performance, long-lasting alternative to copper,
rubber, aluminum, and other types of plastic tubing. Nylaflow® tubing is available with custom markings, cut to length, and custom packaging.
Types T and H Nylaflow® tubing are thin and heavy wall, general purpose tubing made from type 6/6 nylon. These types offer the highest strength and are
FDA compliant for use in food or beverage handling applications.
Type LP Nylaflow® tubing is a low pressure, general purpose type 6 nylon tubing with carbon added for UV stability.
Nylaflow® LM tubing is a premium high flex tubing available in two types: natural or black. Black tubing has improved heat and light stability. Type LM offers
excellent chemical resistance and low moisture absorption.
Tubing
4
Standard Nylon 6/6 mechanical grade tubing is designed for low pressure mechanical applications such as fluid and air transmission. It is an extremely
tough, low friction, high flexibility tubing that can be used for cable protectors, or in short pieces as small bushings and washers. S&L Plastics standard
nylon is ideal for a wide variety of other mechanical applications where higher pressure ratings are not required. S&L Plastics tubing resists abrasion and
wear, is better than aluminum or steel, and has an extremely smooth inner surface with a low coefficient of friction. Nylon 101 is produced on a custom
basis and is available in colors, with custom markings and cut to length.
Both Nylaflow® and Standard tubing can be cut with a sharp knife and flared hot or cold. They are odorless, tasteless, and non-corrosive.
NYLAFLOW® PRESSURE TUBING
108
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Type H
Part No.
O.D.
4TD2-03420* 1/8”
4TD2-04420* 3/16”
4TD2-05420* 1/4”
4TD2-06420* 5/16”
4TD2-07420* 3/8”
I.D. Wall
.079” .023”
.111” .038”
.150” .050”
.188” .062”
.225” .075”
Min. Bend
Radius
3/8”
5/8”
1-1/4”
2”
2-1/2”
O.D.
Tolerance
+.002” - .004”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .010”
Wall
Coil
Tol. Length
+.003” 1500’
+.003” 1000’
+.003” 500’
+.003” 250’
+.004” 250’
Type T
Part No.
O.D.
4TD2-53420* 1/8”
4TD2-53820* 5/32”
4TD2-54420* 3/16”
4TD2-55420* 1/4”
4TD2-56420* 5/16”
4TD2-57420* 3/8”
I.D. Wall
.095” .015”
.106” .025”
.137” .025”
.190” .030”
.242” .035”
.295” .040”
Min. Bend
Radius
5/8”
3/4”
1”
1-1/4”
2”
3”
O.D.
Tolerance
+.002” - .004”
+.002” - .004”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .010”
Wall
Tol.
+.003”
+.003”
+.003”
+.003”
+.003”
+.004”
Type LP
Part No.
O.D.
4TC2-03420* 1/8”
4TC2-04420* 3/16”
4TC2-05420* 1/4”
4TC2-06420* 5/16”
4TC2-07420* 3/8”
4TC2-09420* 1/2”
I.D. Wall
.095” .015”
.137” .025”
.190” .030”
.242” .035”
.295” .040”
.376” .062”
Min. Bend
Radius
5/8”
1”
1-1/4”
2”
3”
4-1/2”
O.D
. Tolerance
+.002” - .004”
+.002” - .008”
+.003” - .008”
+.003” - .008”
+.003” - .010”
+.003” - .019”
Wall
Coil
Tol. Length
+.003” 1500’
+.003” 1000’
+.003” 500’
+.003” 250’
+.004” 250’
+.004” 150’
Coil
Length
1500’
1000’
1000’
500’
250’
250’
Type LM
Natural**
O.D.
4TE1-03420* 1/8”
4TE1-04420*3/16”
4TE1-05420* 1/4”
4TE1-07420*5/16”
4TE1-08420* 3/8”
4TE1-10420* 1/2”
I.D.
.095”
.137”
.180”
.232”
.275”
.375”
Wall
.015”
.025”
.035”
.040”
.050”
.062”
Black**
O.D.
4TE1-03425* 1/8”
4TE1-04425*3/16”
4TE1-05425* 1/4”
4TE1-07425*5/16”
4TE1-08425* 3/8”
4TE1-10425* 1/2”
I.D.
.095”
.137”
.180”
.232”
.275”
.375”
Wall
.015”
.025”
.035”
.040”
.050”
.062”
Min. Bend
Radius
5/8”
1”
1-1/4”
2”
3”
4-1/2”
O.D.
Tolerance
+.002” - .004”
+.002” - .006”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .008”
+.002” - .010”
+.005” - .010”
Wall
Coil
Tol.
Length
+.002” 1500’
+.003” 1000’
+.003” 500’
+.003” 250’
+.004” 250’
+.004” 150’
Min. Bend
O.D
Radius
. Tolerance
5/8” +.002” - .004”
1”
+.002” - .006”
1-1/4” +.002” - .008”
2”
+.002” - .008”
3”
+.002” - .010”
4-1/2” +.005” - .010”
Wall
Coil
Tol.
Length
+.002” 1500’
+.003” 1000’
+.003” 500’
+.003” 250’
+.004” 250’
+.004” 150’
*Stock sizes. All other sizes will have minimum
quantities and set-up charges.
**4TE1 is Type 11 nylon.
Tubing cont.
NYLAFLOW® NYLON PRESSURE TUBING CONT.
Properties of Nylaflow and Standard Tubing
Nylaflow T
(Type 6/6)
Nylaflow H
(Type 6/6)
Nylaflow LM
(Type 11 or 12)
Nylaflow LP
(Type 6)
Standard 101 Tubing
(Type 6/6)
Color
Natural
Natural
Natural/Black
Black
Natural
Melting Point
500°F ± 5°F
500°F ± 5°F
365°F ± 10°F
420°F ± 13°F
500°F ± 3°F
Water Absorption
at Equilibrium(%)
at Saturation (%)
2.50
8.0
2.50
8.0
.9
1.9
3.50
11.0
2.50
8.0
-65 to +150
-65 to +150
-80 to +200
-40 to+150
-65 to +150
Suggested Temp.
Range (°F)
No
No
No/Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No/Yes
Yes
No
Hoop Stress
at 73°F Bone Dry (psi)
7,500
7,500
2,500
6,000
7,500
Hoop Stress
at 73°F 50% R. H. (psi)
4,500
4,500
2,000
2,600
4,500
Hoop Stress at 73°F
Full Saturation (psi)
3,100
3,100
1,850
2,100
3,100
Material’s Flexural
Elastic Modulus
at 73°F. 50% R.H. (psi)
175,000
175,000
105,000
130,000
175,000
Operating Pressure at
73°F. 50% R.H. (psi)
250
625
250
175
Not pressure rated
Bursting Pressure
at 73°F. 50% R.H. (psi)
1,000
2,500
1,000
700
Not pressure rated
Moderate cost.
General purpose
nylon. Highest
strength. Stiffest of
all nylons. FDA
compliant. USDA
approved. Carried in
stock.
Meets 3-A Standard
Moderate cost.
General purpose
nylon. Highest
strength. Stiffest of
all nylons. FDA
compliant. USDA
approved. Carried in
stock.
Meets 3-A Standard
Premium material.
Excellent flexibility.
Best chemical
resistance,
including resistance
to ZnCl2: (zinc
chloride). Lowest
moisture pickup.
Wide temperature
range usage. Black
has improved heat
& light stability.
Carried in stock.
Air lines, grease
lines, vacuum
lines, hydraulic
lines, high
pressure gases.
Air lines, grease
lines, vacuum
lines, hydraulic
lines, high
pressure gases.
Important Facts
Typical
Applications
General purpose.
Heat and light
stability.
General purpose
Automotive fuel
tubing. Excellent for
lines, lubrication
lines, vacuum lines, farm machinery and
other outdoor
air lines.
exposure.
4
Tubing
Heat Stabilized
Light Stabilized
Moderate cost.
General purpose
nylon. Highest
strength. Stiffest of
all nylons. FDA
compliant. USDA
approved.
Meets 3-A Standard
Mechanical
applications, such
as conduit, small
sleeve bearings,
bushings,
insulators.
Note: 1. Non-heat stabilized tubing should not be used continuously at temperatures above 150°F.
2. Most compression fittings are satisfactory with the above listed formulations.
3. Formula for calculating burst strength of any nylon tube: P=2St/(d+t)
:S= hoop stress strength (psi) P= burst strength (PSI)
d= inside diameter of tube (inches) t= wall thickness of tube (inches)
109
Tubing cont.
POLYCARBONATE CLEAR RIGID TUBING
Clear polycarbonate tubing offers outstanding properties not found in most other tubes. It has high impact
strength (Izod impact in range of 12-16 ft. lbs./in.). It retains strength at elevated temperatures and has high
tensile and shear strength as well as flexural strength. The tubing features excellent resistance to low
temperatures down to -135˚C and a very high heat distortion temperature, 280˚-290˚F at 264 psi. It has very
low moisture-absorption and moisture-swelling and withstands water at 212˚F. This FDA approved, transparent
tubing has good low frequency and high voltage insulating characteristics. Minimum order is one standard
length of sizes stocked. Sizes with an asterisk (*) are stocked diameters. All other sizes are available on
factory order only.
Polycarbonate
Tubing
POLYCARBONATE CLEAR RIGID TUBING
Tubing
4
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Size No.
I.D.
(in.)
O.D.
(in.)
Wall
(in.)
Approx.
Lbs./Ft.
Size No.
I.D.
(in.)
O.D.
(in.)
Wall
(in.)
Approx.
Lbs./Ft.
4B*
6B*
8B*
10B*
12B*
12D*
14B
16B
16D*
18B*
20D*
22B*
24D
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/4
7/8
1
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-3/4
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
.032
.045
.057
.070
.087
.179
.096
.108
.230
.120
.281
.147
.332
26B
28D
30B*
32D
33B
34D
35B
36D
37B
38D
39B
48B
48D
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
3.000
3.000
1-3/4
2
2
2-1/4
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-3/4
2-3/4
3
3
3.125
3.250
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/16
1/8
.172
.383
.200
.434
.223
.484
.248
.536
.275
.587
.300
.313
.639
Standard Length
4 and 8 ft.
Tolerances
OD & ID
3/8” - 1”
1-1/8” - 1-1/2”
±.015”
±.020”
1-3/4” - 2-1/4”
2-1/2” - 3”
±.025”
±.030”
POLYETHYLENE LOW DENSITY (LDPE) TUBING
Low density polyethylene tubing, a natural milky-white color, is a
flexible, non-toxic, chemical resistant tubing. It will not rust or rot
and is completely safe against electrolytic corrosion. This tubing is
excellent for instrument, chemical and small liquid lines. Sizes
available on special order in colors (red, green, white, orange,
blue, black and yellow) are indicated with an asterisk (*).
Standard Lengths
Size 1..............500 ft. spools
Sizes 2-12........100 ft. coils & 500 ft. coils
110
Sizes 18-35.........100 ft. coils
Size 36A.............50 ft. coils
POLYETHYLENE LOW DENSITY TUBING
Size No.
*1
*6
*12
24A
31
31B
35
38A
I.D. (in.)
O.D. (in.)
.170
1/4
3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
Wall Thk.
.040
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/8
1/16
1/8
1/8
AVAILABILITY
73˚ Working psi
135
120
90
60
9
45
72
59
PTFE
Our stock of tubing is manufactured to the ASTM specifications which are identical in most cases to the MIL-I-22129C and AMS specifications. We are
also prepared to meet any other specifications as required.
PTFE FLEXIBLE TUBING
.016
.030
.030
.030
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
AVAILABILITY
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
.030
.030
.030
.030
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
.030
.030
.030
.030
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
.040
(all measurements in inches)
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
.032
.040
.045
.050
.040
.040
.040
PTFE
PTFE SPAGHETTI TUBING
30
28
26
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
.010
.013
.116
.020
.023
.026
.029
.032
.036
.040
.045
.051
.057
.064
.072
.081
.091
.102
.114
.129
.144
.162
.182
.204
.229
.258
.289
.325
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
.015
.018
.021
.026
.029
.032
.035
.040
.044
.049
.054
.061
.067
.074
.082
.091
.101
.112
.124
.141
.158
.178
.198
.224
.249
.278
.311
.347
.009
.009
.009
.012
.012
.012
.012
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.016
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.020
.002
.002
.002
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.004
.004
.004
.004
.004
.004
.004
.004
.004
.004
.009
.009
.009
.010
.010
.010
.010
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.012
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.015
.002
.002
.002
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.006
.008
.008
.008
.008
.008
.008
.008
.008
.008
.010
.010
.010
.010
.010
.012
.012
Tubing
PTFE spaghetti tubing is an electrical grade tubing available in thin wall, light wall and heavy wall. Our stock of tubing is manufactured to the ASTM
specifications which are identical in most cases to the MIL-I-22129C and AMS specifications. We are also prepared to meet any other specifications as
required.
4
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.002
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
.003
111
Tubing cont.
VINYL FLEXIBLE TUBING
Excelon ® RNT 1065 Tubing
Excelon® RNT 1065 tubing is a clear, flexible, non-toxic, vinyl plastic tubing of purest content and extreme
durability, corrosion resistant, tasteless and odorless. It is a medical grade clear tubing. Excelon® RNT 1065 has
been extensively tested and is in accordance with FDA standards, 178.3740, 178.2010 and 175.300. It also
complies with the criteria in “3-A Sanitary Standards for Multiple-Use Plastic Materials Used As Product Contact
Surfaces for Dairy Equipment, Number 20-11”. This tubing meets NSF Standard 51 specifications. It is in
accordance with U.S. Pharmacopeia Standards in heavy metal content (5 ppm), U.S. Pharmacopeia, vol. XIX, class
VI, pg. 644-647: Implantation - Systems Injection and Intracutaneous Injection, and National Formulary, vol. 14,
pg. 880-882 Containers For Injection. Typical applications include food processing, beverage dispensing, filling
machines, surgical and laboratory uses, distilleries and milking machines.
Excelon ® RNT Tubing
Tubing
4
EXCELON® RNT TUBING
Size
No.
1
AVAILABILITY
I.D.
O.D.
Wall
Lb./Ft.
Max. Wkg.
PSI at 68°F
.120
.170
.025
0.00584
15
Std.
Lengths
Size
No.
I.D.
200
23
9/16
O.D.
Wall
Lb./Ft.
Max. Wkg.
PSI at 68°F
13/16
1/8
0.13836
45
Std.
Lengths
100
2
1/8
1/4
1/16
0.02518
68
50,100,500
S25
5/8
1
3/16
0.24546
60
100
3
3/16
5/16
1/16
0.02512
55
50,100,500
26
5/8
7/8
1/8
0.15105
40
50,100
100
29
11/16
15/16
1/8
0.16354
35
100
31
3/4
1
1/8
0.17623
35
50,100
4
3/16
3/8
3/32
0.04256
70
5
3/16
7/16
1/8
0.06284
80
6
1/4
3/8
1/16
0.03147
55
50,100,500
S31C
3/4
1-1/8
3/16
0.28322
44
100
7
1/4
7/16
3/32
0.05175
60
50,100
S32
7/8
1-1/4
3/16
0.32098
40
100
8
1/4
1/2
1/8
0.07553
70
50,100
33
50,100
9
5/16
7/16
1/16
0.03771
50
50,100,500
10
5/16
1/2
3/32
0.06149
60
100
11
5/16
9/16
1/8
0.08801
70
12
3/8
1/2
1/16
0.04406
13
3/8
9/16
3/32
14
3/8
5/8
1/8
50,100
7/8
1-1/8
1/8
0.20140
30
1-1/8
1-3/8
1/8
0.25175
24
50,100
35
1
1-1/4
1/8
0.22658
28
50,100
50,100
37
1
1-3/8
3/16
0.35874
45
50,100
40
50,100,500
38
1
1-1/2
1/4
0.50350
50
50,100
0.07058
50
50,100
S39
1-1/4
1-1/2
1/8
0.27693
22
50,100
0.10070
65
50,100
S39A
1-1/4
1-5/8
3/16
0.43427
31
50,100
50,100
S34A
15
7/16
9/16
1/16
0.05030
40
100
S41
1-1/2
1-7/8
3/16
0.50979
26
17
7/16
11/16
1/8
0.11490
50
100
41
1-1/2
2
1/4
0.70490
40
50
18
1/2
5/8
1/16
0.05664
30
50,100
S41E
1-3/4
2-1/4
1/4
0.80560
29
50
S18
1/2
7/8
3/16
0.20769
57
100
42
2
2-1/2
1/4
0.90630
35
50
20
1/2
3/4
1/8
0.12588
45
50,100
44
2-1/2
3
1/4
1.10770
22
50
(UL, NSF, 3A, USP VI, USDA and FDA approved)
Vincon ® Clear Flexible Tubing
Vincon ® tubing is a high grade, quality, clear flexible vinyl tubing for use in chemical conveyance, laboratory and research, refrigerator tubing and industrial
applications. All sizes are stocked for immediate delivery except for those marked with an asterisk (*).
VINCON® CLEAR FLEXIBLE TUBING
Standard Length
100 Feet
Other sizes and
lengths also
available, please
inquire.
AVAILABILITY
Size
I.D. (in.)
O.D. (in.)
Wall Thk.
Size
I.D. (in.)
O.D. (in.)
Wall Thk.
Size
I.D. (in.)
O.D. (in.)
Wall Thk.
*1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1/16
1/8
3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/8
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
3/8
7/16
1/32
1/16
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/16
3/32
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
7/16
1/2
7/16
1/2
1/2
9/16
5/8
9/16
1/8
1/16
3/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/16
16
18
*19
20
*21
*22
7/16
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
9/16
5/8
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
3/4
3/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/32
Excelon® is a registered trademark of Thermoplastic Processes, Inc.
112
Sheet Plastics
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS
®
Plexiglas® is the acrylic plastic sheet produced by the Atoglas Division of ATOFINA Chemicals, Inc. In its
colorless form, Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is a crystal clear (with a transparency equal to optical glass),
lightweight material having outstanding weatherability, high impact resistance, good chemical
resistance, and excellent thermoformability and machinability.
PLEXIGLAS® SHEET GRADES
Atoglas supplies various grades of Plexiglas® sheet, each manufactured by two distinct processes,
each yielding acrylic sheet of exceptionally high quality.
PLEXIGLAS® G acrylic sheet is made by a cell-cast process. The hallmarks of Plexiglas® G sheet are high performance and the availability of a broad range of
colors, patterns, sizes and thicknesses. Plexiglas® G sheet conforms to ASTM D4802, A-1 material, Finish I, and is supplied as an unshrunk sheet. This means
that when heated to forming temperatures, it will shrink about 2% in length and width, and will increase in thickness by about 4%.
PLEXIGLAS® MC acrylic sheet is made by a proprietary continuous process known as melt calendering. It offers many of the same high-quality features as
Plexiglas® G sheet, and also has exceptional thickness tolerance and can be thermoformed to greater detail. Plexiglas MC acrylic sheet is well suited to nearly all
the conventional uses for which acrylic sheet has long been noted.
®
PLEXIGLAS® T combines the beauty of Plexiglas® MC with additional toughness gained from the use of advanced impact acrylic chemistry. This union produces
the aesthetics desired with increased toughness. Plexiglas® T is more than 50% tougher than standard acrylic sheet. It is available in colorless, white and black, in
thicknesses from 0.080" to 0.354". You can gain additional information in the Plexiglas® T technical brochure.
FORMS OF PLEXIGLAS SHEET
5
Sheet Plastics
PLEXIGLAS Q is made by the same proprietary continuous process used to make original Plexiglas MC sheet. This process ensures exceptional surface finish,
optical quality and thickness uniformity. Plexiglas® Q has all the attributes of original Plexiglas MC, in addition to enhanced solvent craze resistance. Plexiglas® Q is
available as standard sheet and reel stock, in thicknesses from 0.110" to 0.177". You can gain additional information in the Plexiglas® Q technical brochure.
®
Aside from colorless sheet, the various grades can come in a variety of transparent, translucent, and opaque colors, as well as in several different surface patterns.
• WHITE TRANSLUCENT SHEET—A series of standard white translucent colors in a broad density range provides a wide selection of sheet with varying
percentages of light transmittance, diffusion, and lamp hiding power. Light transmission also varies with the thickness of the sheet. This product serves well in
lighting and sign applications.
• TRANSLUCENT COLORS—A wide range of standard, brilliant-to-subdued colors that transmit and diffuse light is available. Objects behind the sheet cannot
be clearly distinguished. Light transmittance does not depend on sheet thickness. Translucent color sheet is suitable for most sign applications.
• TRANSPARENT COLORS—A selection of standard colors that provide see-through, color filtering, and solar heat and glare control is available. Light
transmittance varies from color to color, but for the same color remains about the same value, regardless of sheet thickness. Typical applications include glazing,
displays, and fixtures.
• OPAQUE COLORS—Standard opaque low-chroma colors for non-illuminated decorative panels are available.
• SOLAR CONTROL COLORS—These sheets solve solar heat and glare control problems. Available in bronze and gray tints, they provide a high level of
protection for architectural and transportation glazing, enclosures, and sunscreens. As with other transparent colored sheet, the light transmittance varies from
color to color, but sheet of the same color transmits light about the same intensity, regardless of its thickness.
• PATTERNED SHEETS—The surface texture of patterned Plexiglas
®
sheet refracts or bends transmitted light. Adding special textures provides decorative
effects, diffuses annoying reflections, and permits privacy. Certain surface texture patterns come on one or both sheet sides, and in transparent, translucent, and
opaque colors.
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
113
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
• INFRARED TRANSMITTING—Colorless Plexiglas® sheet transmits most of the invisible nearinfrared energy; however, Plexiglas® G sheet color 3143 blocks visible light and selectively transmits
infrared light. Applications include remote control devices, laser lenses, and heat sensors.
• ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT FILTERING—The Plexiglas
®
G, UF-3 and UF-4, and the Plexiglas® MC
UF-5 sheet formulations block ultraviolet (UV) light, with UF-5 providing maximum UV absorbance.
Standard Plexiglas® sheet grades only absorb the short UV wavelength energy; however, the UF
formulations have the same physical properties as their corresponding sheet grades, and are often
used for displaying documents and artifacts to minimize the harmful effects of ultraviolet light.
Standard Patterns
Description
P-4
prism (approx. 64/sq in, G only)
DP-30
stipple (both sides)
DP-32
Flair® (both sides, MC only)
P-95
fine matte finish
Non-Glare
for framing market (MC only)
Frosted
both sides
BREAKAGE/IMPACT RESISTANCE
TABLE 1 compares the impact resistance of Plexiglas® sheet at different thicknesses with various types of glass. Plexiglas® sheet has greater impact resistance
than all types of glass, including tempered glass. Data was obtained from test samples one foot square with edges loosely clamped.
The hardness of an object striking Plexiglas® sheet affects its impact resistance. The air-cannon impact test gives a practical measure of the impact strength that
Plexiglas® sheet can be expected to display in service. This procedure measures the velocity and energy required for a projectile of specified weight and tip radius,
shot from an air cannon, to break a specimen.
Sheet Plastics
5
Breakage resistance is maximum when the edges of saw-cut sheet or of drilled holes in the sheet are free of notches. Saw blades and drill bits that meet Atoglas
specifications will provide notch-free edges, but it may be desirable to finish edges by sanding or scraping, particularly where the sheet is subjected to high impact.
TABLE 1: Impact Resistance of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet and Other Materials
Product
Nominal thickness
in
mm
Weight of free-falling steel ball
lb
F50 energy to break
ft-lb
Plexiglas® Sheet
.098
2.5
.25
3.0
Plexiglas® Sheet
.118
3.0
2.00
4.7
.177
.236
4.5
6.0
2.00
5.00
11.1
18.1
®
Plexiglas Sheet
Plexiglas® Sheet
Window Glass
Single Strength
Double Strength
.100
.125
.25
.25
0.8
1.8
Plate Glass
.187
.25
2.0
Plate Glass
.250
.25
1.0
Laminated Glass
.250
.25
1.1
.250
.25
2.2
Rough Wire Glass
Impact Rough Side
Impact Smooth Side
.250
.25
0.2
Polished Wire Glass
.250
.25
0.4
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
114
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
TABLE 2: Coefficients of Thermal Expansion
Product
TABLE 3: Recommended Minimum Radii of Curvature
for Cold-formed PLEXIGLAS® Sheet
Inches/Inch/OF
Plexiglas® sheet
.0000410
Aluminum
.0000129
Copper
.0000091
Nominal sheet
thickness
(in)
(mm)
Recommended
minimum radius (in)
PLEXIGLAS® G
PLEXIGLAS® MC
0.060
1.5
11
N.A.
0.098
2.5
17.5
29
0.118
3
21
35
0.177
4.5
32
53
Steel
.0000063
Plate glass
.0000050
Pine, along grain
.0000030
0.236
6
42.5
Pine, across grain
.0000190
0.354
8.5
60
100
86
143
0.472
.118”
.177”
.236”
(3.0 mm)
(4.5 mm)
(6.0 mm)
W2447 White
50%
42%
35%
W7328 White
31%
23%
17%
W3015 White
3%
3%
3%
92%
(all thicknesses)
2064 Gray
27%
“
2074 Gray
12%
“
2538 Gray
16%
“
2370 Bronze
10%
“
2404 Bronze
49%
“
2412 Bronze
27%
“
2016 Yellow
19%
“
2037 Yellow
28%
“
2465 Yellow
24%
“
2648 Blue
5%
“
2050 Blue
1%
“
2051 Blue
20%
“
2114 Blue
2%
“
2030 Green
9%
“
2108 Green
2%
“
2119 Orange
7%
“
2146 Ivory
35%
“
2157 Red
2%
“
2283 Red
11%
“
2793 Red
3%
“
In colorless form, Plexiglas® sheet is as transparent as the
finest optical glass. Its total light transmittance is 92%, and
haze measurement for colorless Plexiglas® sheet averages
only 1%.
The wavelengths of visible light fall between approximately
400 and 700 nanometers in the electromagnetic spectrum.
Electromagnetic energy reaching the earth from the sun is
rich in these wavelengths, tapering off in the ultraviolet and
infrared regions as shown by the relative energy distribution
curve in FIGURE 1.
5
Sheet Plastics
Colorless
Radii of curvature less than those specified may
exceed the design stress limits for the material,
resulting in crazing.
Visible light transmittance
FIGURE 1
Spectral Distribution of Solar Radiant Energy at Sea Level
Radiant Power, Watts per Square Foot
per 10 Nanometers
Light Transmittance
Color
12
N.A.=Not Applicable.
71
UV
VISIBLE
INFRARED
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
2415 Red
11%
“
2423 Red
9%
“
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
Wavelength, Nanometers
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
115
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
FIGURE 2
Property
Average Physical Properties of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet(1)
ASTM
Method (2)
Thickness, nominal
Specific gravity
Units
Type of Acrylic sheet
PLEXIGLAS® G
PLEXIGLAS® MC
in
0.236
0.236
D792
N.A.
1.19
1.19
D542
D1003
N.A.
1.49
1.49
%
%
%
91*
92*
1*
91*
92*
2*
%
%
%
90*
92*
2*
90*
92*
3*
%
%
90*
2*
—
—
none
none
none
none
OPTICAL
Sheet Plastics
5
Refractive index
Light transmittance and
haze “as received”
Parallel
Total
Haze
After 5 years’ outdoor exposure,
Bristol, Pa., 45º angle, facing
south
Parallel
Total
Haze
After 240 hours’ artificial
exposure, Carbon Arc Type,
per ASTM G-23
Parallel
Haze
Artificial weathering,
fluorescent sunlamp
with dew, 10 cycles,
240 hours’ exposure
Crazing
Warping
Instrumental measurement
change in Yellowness Index
after artificial weathering
Ultraviolet transmission, 320 nm
D1501
or
Fed. Test
Std. 406
6024
D1925
Beckman
DU-792
N.A.
%
1.0
0.8
0
0
MECHANICAL
Tensile strength (0.25" specimen0.2"/min)
Maximum
Rupture
Elongation, maximum
Elongation, rupture
Modulus of elasticity
Poisson’s ratio
Flexural strength (span depth ratio
16, 0.1"/min)
Maximum
Rupture
Deflection, maximum
Deflection, rupture
Modulus of elasticity
D638
10,500
10,500
4.9
4.9
450,000
0.35
10,200
10,200
4.5
4.5
450,000
—
psi
psi
in
in
psi
16,000
16,000
0.6
0.6
450,000
15,000
15,000
0.5
0.5
450,000
D790
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
116
psi
psi
%
%
psi
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
FIGURE 2
Property
Average Physical Properties of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet(1) cont.
ASTM
Method (2)
Thickness, nominal
Compressive strength (0.05"/min)
Maximum
Modulus of elasticity
Compressive deformation under load
2,000 psi at 122º F, 24 hrs
4,000 psi at 122º F, 24 hrs
(Conditioned 48 hrs at 122ºF)
Shear strength
Shear modulus
Impact strength
Charpy unnotched @ 73ºF
Units
Type of Acrylic sheet
PLEXIGLAS® G
PLEXIGLAS® MC
in
0.236
0.236
psi
psi
18,000
450,000
16,000
430,000
%
%
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.9
D732
psi
psi
9,000*
167,000
—
—
D256
ft-lb/
X
1" sect.
ft-lb/
in. of notch
—
—
7.0
7.0
0.3
0.3
M-100*
49
M-90*
—
psi
psi
2,100(3)
1,700(3)
1,300
1,200
ºF
290-360
275-350
ºF
205*
200*
ºF
in/in/ ºF X10-5
180-200
170-190
2.8
2.9
3.1
3.3
3.6
3.9
4.2
4.6
1.3
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.9
4.3
1.3
0.35
0.35
500
3.7
3.7
3.3
2.5
500
3.7
3.7
3.3
2.2
D695
D621
Method A
1/2"
Izod milled notch @ 73ºF
D785
D2583
ARTC Mod.
of
MIL-P-6997
THERMAL
Hot forming temperature
Deflection temperature under
(flexural) load
3.6º F/min-264 psi
Maximum recommended
continuous service temperature
Coefficient of thermal expansion
-40ºF
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
Coefficient of thermal conductivity
5
Sheet Plastics
Rockwell hardness
Barcol number
Resistance to stress
Critical crazing stress
Isopropyl alcohol
Toluene
D648
E831
CencoFitch
Specific heat at 77ºF
BTU/
(hr)/(sq ft)/(ºF/in)
BTU/
(lb)(ºF)
ELECTRICAL
Dielectric strength, short time test
Dielectric constant
60 Hz
1,000 Hz
1,000,000 Hz
D149
D150
volts/mil
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
117
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
FIGURE 2
Average Physical Properties of PLEXIGLAS® Sheet(1) cont.
Property
ASTM
Method (2)
Thickness, nominal
Power factor
60 Hz
1,000 Hz
1,000,000 Hz
Loss factor
60 Hz
1,000 Hz
1,000,000 Hz
Arc resistance
Volume resistivity
Surface resistivity
Units
in
Type of Acrylic sheet
PLEXIGLAS® G
PLEXIGLAS® MC
0.236
0.236
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.05
0.04
0.03
D150
D150
D495
D257
D257
ohm-cm
ohm/sq cm
0.19
0.13
0.08
No Tracking
6 X 1017
2 X 1018
0.19
0.13
0.07
No Tracking
1 X 1018
1 X 1017
MISCELLANEOUS
Sheet Plastics
5
Horizontal burning test avg.
Burning rate
Smoke density
Flammability classification
Water absorption, 24 hrs at 73º F
Weight loss on drying
Weight gain on immersion
Soluble matter lost
Water absorbed
Dimensional changes on immersion
Water absorption (weight gain)
after immersion for:
1 day
2 days
7 days
28 days
56 days
84 days
Humidity expansion, change in
length on going from 20% to 90%
relative humidity at equilibrium, 74ºF
Odor
Taste
D635
D2843
cm/min
(in/min)
%
UL 94
2.8
(1.1*)
4-10
94HB
2.5
(1.0*)
4-10
94HB
0.1*
0.2*
0.0*
0.2*
0.0*
0.1*
0.3*
0.0
0.3*
0.0*
0.2*
0.3*
0.4*
0.8*
1.1*
1.3*
—
—
—
—
—
—
D570
%
%
%
%
%
D229
and
D570
%
%
%
%
%
%
mils/in
3
None
None
—
None
None
* This value will change with thickness. The value given is for the thickness indicated in the column heading.
(1) Values reported are averages and should not be used for specification purposes.
(2) Samples conditioned per ASTM D618, Procedure B, except where noted.
(3) The values are after the material has been heated for forming.
N.A. = Not Applicable.
Plexiglas® acrylic plastic is a combustible thermoplastic. Observe fire precautions appropriate for comparable forms of wood and paper. For
building uses, check code approvals. Impact resistance is a factor of thickness. Avoid exposure to heat or aromatic solvents. Clean with soap and
water. Avoid abrasives.
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
118
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
PLEXIGLAS® SHEET MAINTENANCE
Cleaning
To clean Plexiglas® sheet, wash with plenty of nonabrasive soap or detergent and water. Use the bare hand to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud.
A soft, grit-free cloth, sponge or chamois may be used, but only as a means of carrying water to the sheet. Do not use hard, rough cloths that will
scratch the Plexiglas® sheet. Dry with a clean damp chamois.
For interior installations, where water cannot be used freely, the Plexiglas® sheet should first be lightly dusted (not wiped) with a soft, clean cloth. Then
the surface can be wiped carefully with a soft, wet cloth or chamois. The cloth or chamois should be kept free of grit by frequent rinsing in clean water.
Grease and oil may be removed with kerosene or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).
Do not use solvents such as acetone, benzene, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry-cleaning fluid, and lacquer thinners, since they attack
the Plexiglas® sheet surface. Do not use window sprays or kitchen scouring compounds.
DESIGN STRESSES
Plexiglas® sheet has good tensile and flexural strength properties. However, stress will produce light surface cracks known as crazing. To avoid stresscrazing, design limits for continuously imposed loads should not exceed 1,500 psi for Plexiglas® G sheet and 750 psi for Plexiglas® MC sheet. Stresses
of greater magnitude but short duration will not generally cause stress-crazing.
Building codes define good practices to follow in the use of Plexiglas® sheet for light transmission and control. These practices presume that the
combustibility and fire characteristics of the material will receive due consideration during the planning stages of construction. The fire hazard of uses
of Plexiglas® sheet can be kept at an acceptable level by complying with building codes and observing established principles of fire safety.
Building code regulations may not provide for large-area installations; such installations do not always conform to area limitations. Installations of
Plexiglas® sheet, such as transparent building enclosures and continuous sections of interior window systems, may require special permits based on
an analysis of all relevant fire safety considerations.
On request, Cope Plastics, Inc. will provide copies of the approvals of Plexiglas® sheet under various building codes. Reports on the status of Plexiglas®
sheet under Federal Government regulations are also available. Atoglas International, Arkena Group code consultants and engineers offer assistance in
interpreting the codes for installation of Plexiglas® sheet in applications that constitute justifiable exceptions to existing restrictions.
5
Sheet Plastics
BUILDING CODES
TABLE 4: Noise Reduction Values for PLEXIGLAS® Sheet
(Test panels were 75" x 100")
Frequency
spectrum of
noise source
Approximate noise reduction - dB(A)
Sheet thickness (in)
.118*
(3mm)
.236
(6mm)
.472
(12mm)
.944
(24mm)
double
glazed**
Low
frequencies
predominant
15
21
26
30
34
Flat frequency
spectrum
25
29
33
35
38
High
frequencies
predominant
28
31
34
36
40
* Estimated from measurements of .236", .472", and .944" sheet.
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
119
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - PLEXIGLAS cont.
PLEXIGLAS® CLEAR MCS
Plexiglas® MC is produced by the melt calendared process and comes with standard masking (MCS) on both sides. Paper masking (MCM) and film masking
(MCF) can be purchased at an additional cost.
PLEXIGLAS® CLEAR MCS
AVAILABILITY
Thickness (inches)
48x96
.098
.118
.177
.220
.236
51x100
Sheet Size (inches)
60x96
63x100
72x96
75x100
PLEXIGLAS® COLORED MCM & CLEAR GM
AVAILABILITY
COLORED MCM
Sheet Plastics
5
Color
W2447 White
W7328 White
W3015 White
2064 Gray
2074 Gray
3001 Gray
2370 Bronze
2404 Bronze
2412 Bronze
2025 Black
2418 Brown
2016 Yellow
2037 Yellow
2465 Yellow
2648 Blue
2050 Blue
2051 Blue
2114 Blue
2030 Green
2108 Green
3030 Green
2119 Orange
2146 Ivory
2157 Red
2283 Red
2793 Red
2415 Red
2423 Red
CLEAR GM - Standard Sizes
48”x96” (32 SF)
.118 .177 .236
72”x96” (48SF)
.118 .177 .236
.177
.236
.472
Sheet Size
(inches)
48x48
48x96
72x96
48x48
48x96
72x96
48x48
48x96
48x48
48x96
48x48
48x96
Sheets Per
Pallet
70
60
50
55
40
35
40
30
30
20
20
15
Plexiglas and Tuffak are registered trademarks of Autoglas International of Arkena, Inc.
120
.354
Thickness
(inches)
.118
The chart indicates the standard sheet sizes, number of
sheets per pallet, and the thickness availability of Plexiglas®
GM Clear. Each pallet contains only one sheet size and one
thickness. Less than pallet quantities are available for all
sizes and thickness.
Sheet Plastics cont.
ACRYLIC SHEET - IMPACT MODIFIED DURAPLEX
®
& IMPLEX®
Implex® (from the makers of Plexiglas ®)
Implex ® acrylic is an impact-resistant acrylic developed primarily for the sign industry to offer improved breakage
resistance, excellent weatherability, high clarity and processing characteristics similar to standard acrylic. New
proprietary technology results in significantly greater toughness than standard acrylic sheet. Implex ® eliminates haze,
surface dullness, progressive yellowing and other effects of weathering that degrade general purpose polycarbonate.
Duraplex®
For design and engineering flexibility we offer Duraplex ® impact modified acrylic in a variety of thickness, and sizes.
Duraplex ® impact modified acrylic is an economical alternative to polycarbonate, offering excellent weatherability
with enhanced impact resistance. Duraplex ® provides a wide range of forming temperatures and short forming cycles not available in polycarbonate and
Duraplex ® is 10 times stronger than standard acrylic.
IMPLEX ® & DURAPLEX ® ACRYLIC - IMPACT MODIFIED
AVAILABILITY
Sheet Size
Film
®
48” x 96”
Implex also available in roll stock.
Implex® is a registered trademark of Atofina Chemical Company
Masking Thickness (in.)
Paper
.118
.118
.177
.177
.236
.236
Duraplex® is a registered trademark of Plaskolite, Inc.
ACRYLIC SHEETS - MIRROR
ACRYLIC SHEETS MIRROR
AVAILABILITY
Sheet Sizes
Standard Colors: - Call for availability
48" x 48"
48" x 96"
*Indicates stock in 1/8"
thickness only.
1000 Blue
1200 Yellow
1402 Copper
1600 Bronze
Thickness
1050 Gray
1240 Gold*
1450 Pink*
COPOLYESTER SHEET - VIVAK
1100 Avocado
1400 Red*
1500 Amber
™
(.080”)
(1/8”)
(1/4”)
.118
.236
Clear
Clear & Colors
Clear & Colors
5
Sheet Plastics
Acrylic mirror has optics 20% more brilliant than glass and is light weight, virtually unbreakable, weather and fade resistant. It can be easily cut, sawed, and
drilled. Acrylic Mirror can be cemented on the front surface. All sheets are masked on one side.
Some inventory is maintained, call us with your needs.
(PETG)
A thermoplastic, copolyester sheet, Vivak™ features high impact strength
and excellent clarity. It thermoforms with ease, utilizing low forming
temperatures and quick cycle times. Mold detail reproduction is
outstanding. Vivak™, available in film masked both sides, can be easily cut,
screen painted, die cut, punched and is cementable. Additionally, Vivak™
meets the FDA requirement for food contact applications. It is not
recommended for outdoor or very high temperature applications. Colors are
available. Please call for pricing.
Fabricated parts made from Vivak™
Thermoformed parts made from Vivak™
VIVAK® SHEET
Standard Sheet
48” x 96”
AVAILABILITY & Tolerances
Tolerances
Thickness
.020” -.040” ±10%
.060” & Up ±5%
Length +1/2” -000”
Width +1” -000”
Thickness(in.)
.020
.030
.040
.060
.080
.100
Weight Lbs./Sq. Ft.
.13
.20
.26
.40
.66
.66
Thickness(in.)
Weight Lbs./Sq. Ft.
.118
.177
.236
.375
.79
1.18
1.57
2.475
NON-GLARE
.060
.40
Vivak® is a registered trademark of Sheffield Plastics, Inc.
121
Sheet Plastics cont.
OPTIX ACRYLIC FLAT SHEET
Optix is a continuously processed acrylic sheet that is crystal clear, impact resistant and weather resistant. It offers high molecular weight for superior
thermoforming, bending and flame polishing. Thicknesses available: .040”-1.0” (1mm-25mm). Widths up to 104”. Run-to-Size Sheet offered. Call for
non-stock sizes and custom thicknesses.
• .125” general prupose acrylic sheet is approximately 2 to 3 times more impact resistant than double strength window glass, and about 4 to 5 times
more impact resistant than wire glass or other glasses.
• .250” general purpose acrylic sheet is approximately 9 to 10 times more resistant than wire glass or other glasses.
OPTIX
Size
Square Foot
18” x 24”
3
20” x 32”
4.44
24” x 48”
8
28” x 30”
5.83
30” x 32”
6.66
30” x 36”
7.50
30” x 60”
12.50
32” x 44”
9.78
36” x 72”
18
48” x 96”
32
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
49” x 97” Polyfilm
33
Sheet Plastics
5
OPTIX
For custom and non-stock sizes,
thicknesses, packaging, masking and
tolerance requirements, call for availability
and quotation.
OPTIX
AVAILABILITY .060” (1.5mm)
Size
Square Foot
Qty.
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
5 Pack
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
180 Bulk
48” x 96” Papermask
32
5 Pack
48” x 96” Papermask
32
180 Bulk
49” x 97” Polyfilm
33
180 Bulk
122
AVAILABILITY .080” (2.0mm)
Qty.
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
12 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
130 Bulk
130 Bulk
AVAILABILITY .100” (2.5mm)
Size
Square Foot
28” x 28”
5.44
28” x 30”
5.83
28” x 30”
5.83
28” x 32”
6.22
28” x 32”
6.22
30” x 30”
6.25
30” x 30”
6.25
30” x 32”
6.66
30” x 32”
6.66
30” x 34”
7.08
30” x 36”
7.50
30” x 36”
7.50
30” x 60”
12.50
32” x 40”
8.89
32” x 40”
8.89
32” x 44”
9.78
32” x 44”
9.78
36” x 36”
9
36” x 36”
9
36” x 40”
10
36” x 48”
12
36” x 72”
18
38” x 50”
13.19
48” x 72”
24
48” x 96”
32
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
48” x 96” Paper
32
Replacement Film
Qty.
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
112 Bulk
100 Bulk
OPTIX
AVAILABILITY .093” (2.3mm)
Size
Square Foot
18” x 24”
3
20” x 32”
4.44
24” x 28”
4.67
24” x 30”
5
24” x 36”
6
24” x 48”
8
26” x 28”
5.06
28” x 28”
5.44
28” x 30”
5.83
28” x 32”
6.22
30” x 32”
6.66
30” x 36”
7.50
30” x 60”
12.50
30” x 60”
12.50
32” x 32”
7.11
32” x 40”
8.89
32” x 42”
9.33
32” x 44”
9.78
36” x 36”
9
36” x 48”
12
36” x 60”
15
36” x 72”
18
36” x 72”
18
48” x 72”
24
48” x 96”
32
48” x 96” 2 mil Polyfilm 32
48” x 96” Papermask 32
60” x 96” Polyfilm
40
60” x 96” 2 mil Polyfilm 40
OPTIX
Size
18” x 24”
18” x 24”
20” x 32”
20” x 32”
24” x 28”
24” x 28”
24” x 30”
24” x 30”
24” x 48”
24” x 48”
26” x 28”
Qty.
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
112 Bulk
112 Bulk
5 Pack
90 Bulk
AVAILABILITY .100” (2.5mm)
Square Foot
3
3
4.44
4.44
4.67
4.67
5
5
8
8
5.06
Qty.
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
10 Pack
5 Pack
Sheet Plastics cont.
OPTIX ACRYLIC FLAT SHEET cont.
OPTIX
AVAILABILITY .118” (3.0mm)
Size
Square Foot
24” x 48”
8
30” x 60”
12.50
36” x 72”
18
48” x 96”
32
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
48” x 96” Papermask
32
48” x 96”
32
Qty.
5 Pack
5 Pack
5 Pack
3 Pack
96 Bulk
96 Bulk
96 Bulk
TG Paper Replacement Film
48” x 120” Papermask 40
49” x 97”Polyfilm
33
51” x 100”Polyfilm
35.41
51” x 100”Papermask 35.41
60” x 96”Polyfilm
40
60” x 96” Papermask
40
61” x 97”Polyfilm
41.06
72” x 96”Polyfilm
48
48
72” x 96”Papermask
AVAILABILITY .177” (4.5mm)
Size
Square Foot
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
48” x 96”Papermask
32
48” x 96”
32
Qty.
60 Bulk
60 Bulk
60 Bulk
TG Paper Replacement Film
49” x 97”Polyfilm
33
51” x 100” Polyfilm
35.41
51” x 100”Papermask 35.41
60” x 96”Polyfilm
40
60” x 96”Papermask
40
72” x 96”Polyfilm
48
72” x 96”Papermask
48
57 Bulk
57 Bulk
57 Bulk
48 Bulk
48 Bulk
40 Bulk
40 Bulk
AVAILABILITY .187” (4.7mm)
Size
48” x 96”
OPTIX
Square Foot
32
Qty.
2 Pack
AVAILABILITY .220” (5.6mm)
Size
Square Foot
24” x 48” Polyfilm
8
30” x 36” Polyfilm
7.50
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
48” x 96” Papermask
32
48” x 96”
32
Qty.
4 Pack
4 Pack
2 Pack
50 Bulk
50 Bulk
50 Bulk
TG Paper Replacement Film
48” x 120” Papermask 40
51” x 100” Polyfilm
35.41
51” x 100” Papermask 35.41
60” x 96” Polyfilm
40
60” x 96” Papermask
40
72” x 96” Polyfilm
48
72” x 96” Papermask
48
OPTIX
35 Bulk
45 Bulk
45 Bulk
40 Bulk
40 Bulk
32 Bulk
32 Bulk
OPTIX
AVAILABILITY .375” (9.5mm)
Size
Square Foot
48” x 96” Papermask
32
48” x 96”
32
Qty.
32 Bulk
32 Bulk
TG Paper Replacement Film
OPTIX AVAILABILITY .500” (12.0mm)
Size
Square Foot
48” x 96” Papermask
32
48” x 96”
32
Qty.
24 Bulk
24 Bulk
TG Paper Replacement Film
OPTIX AVAILABILITY .750” (19.0mm)
Size
Square Foot
32
48” x 96” Papermask
Qty.
16 Bulk
OPTIX AVAILABILITY 1.00” (25.0mm)
Size
Square Foot
48” x 96” Papermask
32
Qty.
12 Bulk
AVAILABILITY .236” (6.0mm)
Size
Square Foot
48” x 96” Polyfilm
32
48” x 96” Papermask
32
48” x 96”
32
48” x 96”
32
Qty.
48 Bulk
48 Bulk
2 Pack
48 Bulk
ACRYLIC ACCESSORIES
40 Bulk
For custom and non-stock sizes,
thicknesses, packaging, masking and
tolerance requirements, call for availability
and quotation.
Description
Pack Qty.
Plastic Cutting Tool
12
Plastic Cleaner
12
TG Paper Replacement Film
49” x 97” Polyfilm
33
5
Sheet Plastics
OPTIX
50 Bulk
80 Bulk
84 Bulk
84 Bulk
76 Bulk
76 Bulk
70 Bulk
60 Bulk
60 Bulk
OPTIX
NOTES
123
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
®
& MAKROLON HYGARD®
maKroLon
®
polycarbonate sheet has an 88% light transmission and is 200 times stronger than glass. It’s also
30 times stronger than acrylic sheet – offering a margin of safety that no other clear glazing material can beat. With its
inherent design flexibility, maKroLon® can be cut or cold-formed on site during installation without the pre-forming
and fabrication associated with glass or acrylic. It is lightweight with half the weight per square foot versus glass and
can utilize a lighter weight framing system as compared to all-glass systems, saving additional time and labor costs.
Built To Perform
• Transportation Glazing
• Institutional Glazing
• Barrel Vaults
maKroLon
®
• Storefronts
• Privacy Glazing
• Factory Over-Glazing
• Covered Walkways
• Skylights
sheet is designed to perform in a wide range of applications and meets all standard architectural specifications and codes.
Impact Protection
Unsurpassed by any clear glazing product on the market, maKroLon® sheet has 200 times the impact strength of plate glass and many times stronger
than acrylic. This tough, long lasting material offers attractive protection in areas subject to high traffic, vandalism or burglary. It even withstands natural
forces like severe wind, hail and snow storms. In fact, maKroLon® sheet meets stringent state mandates for hurricane resistant glazing materials.
Sheet Plastics
5
Design Latitude
maKroLon® sheet is extremely ductile. It can be cut on site from flat sheet or cold-formed into curves that would be impossible to construct with
laminated glass or acrylic. Forget about costly factory pre-forming and fabrication. With maKroLon® sheet you can create cost effective, yet
distinctive structures featuring dramatic expanses of curved glazing.
Cost Efficiency
The unique combination of light weight (half of glass) and high strength inherent in maKroLon® sheet allows designs that require less structural support.
Since maKroLon® sheet can be cut and cold-formed on site, you save time and money that would normally be dedicated to pre-installation
techniques like oven bending. And as maKroLon® polycarbonate sheet is much more durable than other material options, the cost of replacement
becomes a less immediate (and less costly) concern.
Energy Efficiency
®
sheet is a superior insulating material with 20% higher insulation values when compared to equivalent thicknesses of glass. Double-glazing and
over-glazing offer even more energy savings. Over-glazing with a patterned grade of maKroLon® sheet adds visual security and enhances the appearance
of industrial and commercial sites.
maKroLon
Light and Energy Transmission
By allowing the transmittance of up to 90 percent of solar energy and 88 percent of visible light, clear maKroLon® sheet is an excellent glazing material for
a wide range of applications where clarity is essential. maKroLon® sheet is also available in gray and bronze tints to help control heat gain, and a variety of
privacy patterns for obscure glazing requirements.
1/4” Tempered Glass
3 ft-lbs.
Impact Resistance (ft.-lbs.)
Steel Dart 1” Diameter Tip
1/4” Acrylic
7 ft-lbs.
1/4” maKroLon® Sheet
maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.
124
over 200 ft-lbs.
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
®
& MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.
A Family Of Products To Choose From
maKroLon maKroLon maKroLon
Product Features
GP
SL
SunLife
AR
MAKROLON
HYGARD
Superior Impact Strength ......................................................................................
Enhanced UV Resistance ......................................................................................
Forced Entry Protection (UL 972) ..........................................................................
Enhanced Abrasion Resistance ............................................................................
Thermoformable ....................................................................................................
Cold-Formable........................................................................................................
Privacy Pattern ......................................................................................................
Bullet Resistance (UL 752)....................................................................................
Physical Attack Resistance....................................................................................
maKroLon
®
Shading Coefficient
1/4" Thickness
Single Glazed – Clear
1.02
Single Glazed – Gray
.70
Single Glazed – Bronze
.70
Double Glazed – Clear/Bronze
.67
Tempered Glass Double Glazed
.90
(not available in all grades.)
Light & Energy Transmittance
5
5/64”
3/32”
Sheet Plastics
1/8”
3/16”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
®
GP General Purpose Glazing
For general purpose applications that require superior impact protection without additional abrasion and UV resistance, maKroLon® GP grade polycarbonate sheet is
everything you need. Available in clear, colors and privacy patterns, maKroLon® GP is a high performance, all purpose glazing material that is both durable and cost
effective. This performance is backed by a comprehensive warranty against breakage.
maKroLon GP
Clear
.030”,.040”,.060” & .080”
.093”
.118”
.177”
.220”
.236”
.375”
.500”
AVAILABILITY
48” x 96”
x
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
60” x 96”
72” x 96”
48” x 120”
60” x 120”
S
S
x
S
S
S
S
S
x
S
S
S
S
S
x
S
S
S
x
S
Colors
48” x 96”
Bronze
.118”, .177”, .220”, .236”, .375” & .500”.236”
Gray 7130
.118”, .177”, .220”, .236”, .375” & .500”
Gray 7135
.118”, .177”, .236”
Black
.118”, .177”, .236”
Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock.
72” x 96”
Normal thickness availability is indicated for each
sheet size.
Cope Plastics maintains stock in Gray 7130
.375” & Gray 7135 .236”.
Please inquire about other availability.
Minimums may apply
maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.
125
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
®
®
& MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.
SunLife Polycarbonate Sheet
Sheffield Plastics developed maKroLon® SL SunLife polycarbonate sheet. It offers the best of both worlds – the impact protection of maKroLon®
sheet and the UV resistance of acrylic. Utilizing advanced formulations combined with state-of-the-art extrusion technology, Sheffield Plastics has created a tough,
consistent quality product that will exhibit superior performance for years to come.
Performance Warranty
The performance of maKroLon® SL has been well documented through years of laboratory and field testing. In side-by-side comparative testing under
severe conditions, maKroLon® SunLife consistently outperformed competitive materials utilizing older technology. Materials were also tested in forms
and bends well beyond recommended guidelines, proving that the integrity of SunLife as well as its UV resistance will not change if the sheet is bent or coldformed. Sheffield offers a comprehensive warranty against excessive yellowing, loss of light transmission and breakage.
maKroLon
®
Sheet Plastics
5
SUNLIFE
Standard Sheets
Clear / Colors
48” x 96”
52” x 100”
52” x 125”
.118” Clear
x
.118” White
S
S
x
.177” Clear
S
.177” White
S
x
.236” Clear
S
.236” White
x
Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock.
Please inquire about colors, reels and special requirements. Minimums may apply.
®
AVAILABILITY
75” x 100”
75” x 125”
x
S
x
Additional
Std. Colors
Red 2283
Orange 2119
Yellow 2037
Green 2108
Blue 2114
AR Polycarbonate Sheet
maKroLon
AR offers all the strength, durability and clarity inherent to the maKroLon® brand with the added dimension of a leading technology
hard coat for improved surface hardness, ultraviolet resistance and chemical protection. maKroLon® AR comes with a comprehensive warranty against
breakage, coating delamination, yellowing, hazing and loss of light transmission.
®
Enhanced Weatherability
In addition to superior abrasion resistance, maKroLon® AR sheet offers UV resistance.
Chemical Resistance
maKroLon® AR sheet features improved chemical resistance to a variety of cleaners, solvents and other corrosive elements that can attack standard
polycarbonate sheet.
Care should be taken to install maKroLon® AR sheet in a sealed frame to protect uncoated saw-cut edges from chemical attack.
Cleaning And Maintenance
Under normal conditions, maKroLon® AR should be washed on a regular basis with a mild solution of soap and warm water, using a soft cloth or
sponge. To prevent water spots, thoroughly dry maKroLon® sheet with a chamois or sponge. Do not use abrasive cleaners or sharp instruments such as
razor blades or scrapers that may gouge the surface.
For graffiti removal, organic solvents such as butyl cellosolve, kerosene, VM & P naptha or mineral spirits work very well. Methanol, denatured ethanol and
isopropyl alcohol are also excellent cleansing agents. It is important to rinse off the surface thoroughly after cleaning.
maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.
126
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
®
& MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.
maKroLon ® AR
AVAILABILITY
Standard Sheets
Clear / Colors
48” x 96”
60” x 96”
72” x 96”
.118” Clear
S
S
.177” Clear
S
.236” Clear
S
x
x
.236” Bronze/Gray
S
.375” Clear
S
S
.500” Clear
S
Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock. Please inquire about thinner guages and other sheet sizes.
Chemical Resistance
maKroLon
®
AR Sheet Samples tested per ASTM D1308
>24hrs
Methylene Chloride
>24hrs
Ethylene Dichloride
>24hrs
Nitric Acid (100%)
>24hrs
Gasoline
>24hrs
Sodium Hydroxide
<24hrs
Hydrochloric Acid (10%)
>24hrs
Sulfuric Acid (1%)
>24hrs
Methyl Alcohol
>24hrs
Toluene
>24hrs
5
Gray
Taber Abrasion
Samples tested per ASTM
D1044
1/4” Tempered Glass
maKroLon
®
AR
Clear
Bronze
Uncoated Polycarbonate > 30.0
0
1.0
2.0
3.0
Sheet Plastics
Acetone
% Haze
®
Laminated Sheet
®
MAKROLON HYGARD
Sheffield offers MAKROLON HYGARD® laminates in six levels of protection ranging from containment rated security glazing, to UL Level 3 bullet-resistant material capable of
withstanding multiple rounds fired from high powered handguns.All MAKROLON HYGARD® laminated products feature hard coated surfaces for exceptional resistance to abrasion
and UV degradation, and comes with a comprehensive warranty against coating failure, excessive yellowing and structural delamination caused by manufacturing defects.
Whatever the application, MAKROLON HYGARD® laminates offer unsurpassed performance versus competitive glass and glass-clad polycarbonate products.
MAKROLON HYGARD - CONTAINMENT (CG)AND (BR)BULLET-RESISTANT GLAZING
Clear
.390”
.530”
.780”
.780”
1.05”
1.30”
AVAILABILITY
Standard Sheets
38” x 96”
48” x 60”
48” x 72”
48” x 96”
60” x 96”
CG375
x
x
x
CG500
x
x
x
CG750
x
x
x
BR750
S
x
S
S
S
BR1000
x
x
x
S
x
BR1250
S
x
S
S
S
Chart indicates Cope stock (S) & normal factory (x) stock. Please inquire about special requirements
maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.
127
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
®
& MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.
Containment Grade And Bullet Resistant Glazing
Typical Applications/Performance Levels
MAKROLON HYGARD® CG375
3/8" Containment
MAKROLON HYGARD® BR750
3/4" Bullet Resistant Level 1
Primary uses: prisons, detention centers
UL listed against 9mm
MAKROLON HYGARD® CG500
1/2" Containment
MAKROLON HYGARD® BR 1000
1" Bullet Resistant Level 2
Same as above yet can be used in ballistic
system with 1/2" laminated glass
UL listed against
.357 Magnum
®
Sheet Plastics
5
MAKROLON HYGARD CG750
3/4" Containment
MAKROLON HYGARD® BR1250
1-1/4" Bullet Resistant Level 3
Higher rated containment glazing, can be
used in ballistic system with 1/2" laminated glass
UL listed against .44 Magnum,
12-gauge shotgun slugs
MAKROLON HYGARD® Gauge
Product
Description
Weight Shading
U-FactorPerformance Levels
lbs./sq. ft. Coefficient
CG 375
3/16" maKroLon® AR,
Interlayer,
3/16" maKroLon® AR
.390
2.4
.92
.88
HPW Level II Step 10
HPW TP0500.02 Level A Ballistics (.38Special)
ASTM F1233 Class III Step 12
CG 500
1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer,
1/4" maKroLon®, Interlayer,
1/8" maKroLon® AR
.530
3.3
.90
.80
HPW Level II Step 12
HPW TP0500.02 Level A Ballistics (.38 Special)
ASTM F1233 Class III Step 15
CG 750
1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer,
1/2" maKroLon®, Interlayer,
1/8" maKroLon® AR
.780
4.9
.87
.70
HPW Level IV Step 31
HPW TP0500.02 Level B Ballistics (9mm)
ASTM F1233 Class IV Step 26
BR 750
1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer,
1/2" Acrylic, Interlayer,
1/8" maKroLon® AR
.775
5.1
.89
.70
UL Level 1
HPW TP0500.02 Level B Ballistics (9mm)
BR 1000
1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer,
3/8" maKroLon® Sheet, Interlayer,
3/8" maKroLon® Sheet, Interlayer,
1/8" maKroLon® AR
1.05
6.5
.84
.61
HPW Level V Step 42
HPW TP0500.02 Level B Ballistics (9mm)
ASTM F1233 Class V
UL Level 2
BR 1250
1/8" maKroLon® AR, Interlayer,
1/2" maKroLon®, Interlayer,
1/2" maKroLon® Sheet, Interlayer,
1/8" maKroLon AR
1.30
8.1
.81
.55
HPW Level V
HPW TP0500.02 Level C Ballistics (.44 Magnum)
ASTM F1233 Class IV Step 38
UL Level 3
maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.
128
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
®
& MAKROLON HYGARD® cont.
Technical Information
Physical Properties
High impact resistance, abrasion and UV-protective surfaces, compliance with flammability ratings of major building codes and high light transmittance
characterize maKroLon® polycarbonate sheet.
maKroLon Sheet Combustibility
Polycarbonate sheet is among the least combustible of popular plastic glazing materials. However, it will ignite if exposed to an ignition source over 800°F.
Thermal Properties
®
polycarbonate sheet is an effective insulating material, particularly when compared to glass.
maKroLon
Code Ratings
maKroLon® polycarbonate
sheet products satisfy major building
code requirements including:
maKroLon
General
Specific Gravity
Water Absorption (24hrs)
1.2
0.15
—
%
ASTM D792
ASTM D570
Optical
Transmittance .125"
Haze .125"
Refractive Index
∅YI (3yrs.-AR & SL only)
86
<1.0
1.586
<2
%
%
–
–
ASTM D1003
ASTM D1003
ASTM D542
ASTM D1925
Abrasion Resistance (AR only)
Taber Resistance, 100 cycles
0.8-1.5
∅%
ASTM D1044
Thermal
Deflection Temperature 264 psi
Deflection Temperature 66 psi
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion
Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity
Shading Coefficient Clear
Shading Coefficient Gray/Bronze
270
280
-5
3.75 x 10
1.35
1.02
.70
°F
°F
in./in./°F 2
BTU/hr./ft. /°F
–
–
ASTM D648
ASTM D648
ASTM D696
ASTM C177
ASHRAE
ASHRAE
Mechanical
Tensile Strength Yield .125"
Tensile Strength, Ultimate
Tensile Modulus
Compressive Strength
Flexural Strength at 5% strain
Flexural Modulus .125"
Izod Impact Notched .125"
Drop Ball Impact .125"
Gardner Impact 1/2" Diameter Dart
9,000
9,500
345,000
12,500
13,500
345,000
12-16
>200
>320 @1/8"
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
psi
ft.lb./in. of notch
ft.lbs.
in.lbs.
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D695
ASTM D790
ASTM D790
ASTM D256
S.P. Test
ASTM D3029
Flammability
Horizontal Burn, AEB
Horizontal Burn, ATB
Ignition Temperature Self
Ignition Temperature Flash
<1
<1
1070
870
in.
min.
°F
°F
ASTM D635
ASTM D635
ASTM D1929
ASTM D1929
®
Sheet Units
Test Method
5
Sheet Plastics
• CC-1* rating in construction
applications (BOCA, ICBO,
SBCCI and Dade County)
• Listed with Underwriter’s
Laboratories for the UL 94
flammability standard and
UL 972 standard for
Burglary Resisting Glazing
Materials
• MAKROLON HYGARD®
BR750, BR1000 and
BR1250 are listed with
Underwriter's Laboratories
for Level 1, Level 2 and Level
3 Bullet Resisting Glazing
under the UL 752 standard,
respectively.
• Approved for CPSC (16CFR
1201) Categories I & II
• Meets ANSI Z 97.1 1984
Safety Glazing Standards
maKroLon® AR meets
H.P. White TP0500.02
Physical Attack Test
Requirements for Level I
containment glazing and
MAKROLON HYGARD®
laminates meet a variety of
specific requirements for
protection against ballistic
and/or physical attack. Test
results and other product
specific information is
available from Cope
Plastics, Inc. upon request.
Typical Physical Properties
*MAKROLON HYGARD® BR 750 is rated CC-2 due to acrylic content.
maKroLon & MAKROLON HYGARD are registered trademarks of Sheffield Plastics Inc.
129
Sheet Plastics cont.
POLYCARBONATE SHEET -
TUFFAK®
TUFFAK® Polycarbonate Type A
Tuffak® A, a clear, colorless material masked on both sides, is a UV stabilized material. Type A is regular, clear,
uncoated material. Because of its high impact strength, Tuffak® is the first choice among the thermoplastics
for metal replacement. For glazing of all sorts, Tuffak® can replace glass as a strong and stable material
permitting vision and transmission of light. Superior dimensional stability qualifies Tuffak® for use where
dimensional variance would impair functional utility and Tuffak® is UL listed among materials allowed to
function as sole support for current-saving electrical parts. Rated self-extinguishing, as tested in conformance
with ASTM D-635, Tuffak® in its natural state is a transparent material with a specific gravity of 1.2, refractive
index of 1.587, and transmission index of 89. Tuffak® polycarbonate sheets can be formed into a multitude of
sizes, shapes and colors using standard thermo
forming equipment and techniques.
Tuffak®
TUFFAK® POLYCARBONATE TYPE A
AVAILABILITY
Standard Sheets
48” x 48”
48” x 96”
Sheet Plastics
5
48” x 60”
60” x 96”
Thickness (inches)
.118
.177
48” x 72”
72” x 96”
.236
.375
.500
TUFFAK® CM-2 Polycarbonate
Tuffak® CM-2, an abrasion resistant coated polycarbonate, possesses outstanding weatherability compared to other polycarbonate products. It offers
unmatched durability, great impact strength and superior optical clarity. The abrasion-resistant coating significantly increases the resistance of the
material to abrading and marring and it preserves its chemical resistance longer. Tuffak® is ideally suited for windows in schools, glazing in bus shelters,
busses, and many off-road vehicles such as farming equipment, road graders, etc. It is highly recommended for safety guards, chemical screens and
other industrial plant applications that must meet OSHA requirements.
Sheets are supplied with paper masking on both sides. All fractional dimensions are figured to the next larger inch both ways. All Tuffak® CM-2 is clear,
colorless stock.
TUFFAK® CM-2 POLYCARBONATE
AVAILABILITY
Standard Sheets
48” x 48”
48” x 60”
48” x 72”
48” x 96”
Thickness (inches)
.118
.177
60” x 96”
72” x 96”
.236
.375
.500
POLYCARBONATE TWIN WALL SHEET
A transparent, double-walled, hollow-channeled polycarbonate, structured sheet provides up to 40% more thermal insulation than the monolithic form of
either acrylic or polycarbonate sheet. Twin wall sheet is noted for its extremely high impact resistance, light weight (4 oz. per square foot), relatively low
price and ease of fabrication. Ideal for replacement glazing on commercial or industrial buildings where top clarity is not essential, this twin wall sheet
has approximately 80% light transmittance (about 90% of ordinary window glass).
POLYCARBONATE TWIN WALL SHEET
Standard Sheets
48” x 48”
48” x 96”
130
AVAILABILITY
Thickness (inches)
We only stock .220” clear.
Call for quotes on additional thicknesses in clear, bronze and white.
128
Specialty Industrial
ACRYLIC ROD CAST & EXTRUDED
Acrylic rod and tube are available in both extruded and cast grades, the selection of which should be determined by the quality level desired when
compared to cost considerations.
Cast rod and tube is manufactured from raw monomers which is cast or poured into molds. Once cured, the material is ground to size and then highly
polished to finished dimensions. Casting is the more expensive of the two processes, but yields a better quality product. Cast rod is available up to 8" in
diameter; tube may be purchased up to 24" OD. Slab stock may also be manufactured in this manner so that thick “sheet” not available by conventional
means may be purchased from a number of independent custom manufacturers.
Extruded rod and tube is manufactured by a number of extruders that push acrylic pellets through a highly polished extrusion die to produce a finished
product. Die marks and other imperfections make extruded rod and tube somewhat less desirable. The process is less expensive.
CLEAR CAST & CLEAR EXTRUDED POLISHED ROD
AVAILABILITY
Clear Extruded Polished Acrylic Rod
Clear - Cast Polished Acrylic Rod
Standard Lengths
1/4” through 2” dia.
4 and 8 ft.
diameters over 2-1/2”
4 ft.
Dia. (in.)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/2
1
1-1/4
Std. Length
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
5-1/2
6
Dia. (in.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
72”
5/16
3/8
1/2
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
Extruded rod has clarity equal to that of cast rod.
CLEAR EXTRUDED TUBING
Std. Length
72”
1/4”
3/8”
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
1”
AVAILABILITY
Light Wall Tube
OD X 1/16” wall (1/8” ID)
OD X 1/16” wall (1/4” ID)
OD X 1/16” wall (3/8” ID)
OD X 1/16” wall (1/2” ID)
OD X 1/16” wall (5/8” ID)
OD X 1/16” wall (7/8” ID)
1/2”
5/8”
3/4”
1”
1-1/4”
1-1/2”
2”
Heavy Wall Tube
OD X 1/8” wall (1/4” ID)
OD X 1/8” wall (3/8” ID)
OD X 1/8” wall (1/2” ID)
OD X 1/8” wall (3/4” ID)
OD X 1/8” wall (1” ID)
OD X 1/8” wall (1-1/4” ID)
OD X 1/8” wall ( 1-3/4” ID)
CLEAR CAST TUBING
Standard Lengths
72”
Specialty Industrial
ACRYLIC TUBING CAST & EXTRUDED
6
AVAILABILITY
Wall Thickness (in.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
Outside Diameter (in.)
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
4-1/4
4-1/2
4-3/4
5
5-1/2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Prices on other diameters and wall thicknesses are available on request.
131
Coroplast ® is a high-quality polypropylene sheet formulated specifically for use in the screen printing, display and packaging markets. Coroplast ® is ideal
for indoor and outdoor applications. It is tougher than corrugated fiberboard and lighter than extruded plastic sheet. It is waterproof, stain-resistant, and
will not fade or break down in extended outdoor use. With all these unique features, screen printers have discovered Coroplast ® is ideal for:
Real Estate Signs
P.O.P. Displays
Yard Signs
Special Event Advertising
Political Signs
Bus and Truck Signage
• Agricultural Signage
• Trade Displays
Please note the direction of flutes when ordering cut-to-size panels.
Flutes will always run the direction of the second dimension.
Other thickness available, please call us.
COROPLAST® CORRUGATED POLYPROPYLENE
48"x 96"
Specialty ndustrial
6
AVAILABILITY
Black, Blue, Brown, Clear,
Dark Blue, Gray, Green, Granite,
Ivory, Orange, Red, White Opaque, Yellow
White Only
4mm
4mm
4mm
6mm & 10mm
Colors
4mm
48” x 96”
18” x 24”
24” x 18”
48” x 96”
48” x 96”
Heat shrink tubing is ideal where protection fromadverse environments is required. Its simplicity of installation reduces maintenance and down time costs. It also
provides excellent corrosion resistance, protection fromphysical abuse, shock and abrasion resistance, excellent electrical properties and high purity and
transparency. Shrinkage is approximately 20%. The shrinkage temperature is 350˚F. The grip force is 5-8 psi and the surface finish is 40 micro inches. The
continuous use temperature for PTFE FEP is 400˚F. However, under higher loadings, this drops substantially. For roll cover applications where higher pressure
is involved, the temperature should not exceed 200˚F. In those higher pressure and heat applications, an etched I.D. tube should be used with an adhesive.
Select nearest nominal diameter larger than desired size. Choose
lengths based on approximate 3% shrinkage in length. For roll covers,
also allowan additional 2” or 3” in length for end cuffs. Scissors or a
sharp utility knife can be used to cut tubing. The part to be covered
should be clean and dry. Slip tube over part to be covered. For critical
applications, care should be taken not to nick or gouge tubing. To shrink
tubing onto part, apply 250-400˚F, depending on application. This can
be done by using a hot air oven or a commercial hot air gun. For roll
covers, it is recommended two hot air guns, one on each side of roller,
be used. The roller and tube should be uniformly rotated while applying
heat.
10, 12, 14, 16,
18 & 20 ft.
nominal .020”
Measure the roll diameter exactly and then use the nominal diameter in
the chart to select the appropriate roll cover size. Non-standard diameters are available.
PTFE FEP
FEP ROLL COVERS
Nom. I.D. Diameter (in.)
Min. I.D. before shrinkage (in.)
Min. I.D. after shrinkage (in.)
132
AVAILABILITY
1.25
1.3
1.08
1.5
1.7
1.3
2
2.1
1.7
2.5
2.6
2.1
3
3.1
2.6
3.5
3.5
3.1
4
4.3
3.5
5
5.2
4.3
6
6.2
5.2
7
7.2
6.2
8
8.3
7.2
9
9.2
8.3
Glossary
A
Abrasion Resistance – the ability to withstand the effects of
repeated wearing, rubbing, scraping, etc. that tend to remove
material from its surface.
Amorphous – Latin meaning without form. Non-crystalline
structure.
Anneal – to prevent the formation of or remove stresses in149
plastics by cooling from a suitable temperature.
Arc – 1) a luminous glow formed by the flow of electric current
through ionized air, gas or vapor between separated electrodes or
contacts. 2) a portion of the circumference of a circle.
Arc Resistance – 1) the resistance to the flow of current offered
by the voltaic arc (i.e., if the carbons of an arc lamp are 1/32"
apart, the arc resistance will be 1fi ohms). 2) the resistance of a
material to the effects of an arc passing across its surface stated
as a measure of the total elapsed time taken to form a conducting
path (of material carbonizing by the arc flame) across the surface
under prescribed conditions of applications of a high voltage,
low current arc (as across an insulator).
AWG – abbreviation for American Wire Gauge, a standard
system for designating wire diameter.
B
Base – the material woven (such as paper, woven cotton, glass
fabric or glass fiber mat, aramid fibers, graphite and nylon
fabrics) in the form of sheets or rolls which can be impregnated
with resin to form laminated plastics.
Binder – the organic or inorganic material which encapsulates
and holds together the base in reinforced or otherwise
heterogeneous composites.
Bond Strength – 1) the measure of the force required to separate
objects or materials bonded together. 2) the strength of the bond
between fiber and matrix. 3) the degree of attraction between
adjacent atoms within a molecule, usually expressed in J/mol.
Breakdown – the disruptive discharge through insulation due to
failure under electrostatic stress.
British Thermal Unit (B.T.U.) – the quantity of heat required to
raise the temperature of one pound of water 1°F from 58.5 to
59.5°F (its point of maximum density).
C
Canvas – a cotton fabric weighing more than four ounces per
square yard. (Used as the base material for NEMA grades C, CE
and some L grade laminates.)
Celsius – also referred to as Centigrade, is equal to the
difference between the temperature in Fahrenheit less 32 and the
quantity divisible by 1.8. °C=(°F-32)÷1.8.
Cement – a dispersion of “solution” of unvulcanized rubber or a
plastic in a volatile solution. This meaning is peculiar to plastics
and rubber industries and may not be an adhesive composition.
Coefficient of Friction – static: the ration of the limiting friction
developed to the corresponding normal pressure, if two surfaces
move relative to each other.
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion – the unit change in dimension
of a material for a unit change in temperature.
Composite – 1) a structure or an entity made up of distinct
components. 2) a complex material, such as fiberglass, in which two
or more distinct, structurally complementary substances, especially
glasses and polymers, combine to produce structural or functional
properties not present in any individual component. 3) reinforced
laminates (i.e., canvas phenolic, glass epoxy, etc.).
Compressive Strength – crushing a load at failure divided by the
original sectional area of the specimen.
Conductivity – the reciprocal of volume resistivity. It is the
conductance of a unit cube of any material.
Copolymer – a polymer formed through the inter-polymerization of
two (or more) chemically different monomers with each other.
Copper Clad Laminate – laminates (i.e., FR4) having copper foil
bonded to one or both surfaces and intended primarily for use in
printed circuits.
Corrosion – chemical action which causes destruction of the surface
of a material by oxidation or chemical combination. Also caused by
reduction of the electrical efficiency between a metal and a
contiguous substance or to the disintegrating effects of strong
electrical currents or ground return currents in electrical systems.
The latter is known as electrolytic corrosion.
Crazing – minute lines appearing in or near the surface of
materials such as plastics, usually resulting as a response to
environment. Crazing cannot be felt by running a fingernail
across it (if the fingernail catches, it is a crack).
7
Creep – the dimensional change with time of a material under
load. At room temperature it is also called cold flow.
Crosslinking – the setting-up of chemical valence links
between the molecular chains of polymer molecules, leading to
the formation of a three-dimensional network of polymer
chains which is infusible and insoluble. This usually reduces
the thermoplasticity of the material.
Crystallinity – a molecular structure resulting from the
formation of solid crystals with a geometric pattern.
Cure – to change the physical, chemical or electrical properties
of a material by chemical reaction, by the action of heat and
catalysts alone or in combination, with or without pressure.
Specifically to convert a low molecular weight polymer or
resin to an insoluble, infusible state.
D
Delamination – the separation of a laminate along the plane of its
layers. Also the separation of bonded insulation within the adhesive
layer or at the adhesive interface.
Density – weight per unit volume of a given substance.
PLASTICS INC. www.copeplastics.com
133
Glossary cont.
Dielectric – 1) any insulating medium which intervenes between two
conduits and permits electrostatic attraction or repulsion to take place
across it. 2) a material having the property that energy required to establish
an electric field is recoverable in whole or in part, as electric energy (see
insulation for clarification).
Dielectric Constant (Permittivity or Specific Inductive
Capacity) – the specific inductive capacity of a dielectric. That property
of a dielectric which determines the electrostatic energy stored per unit
volume for unit potential gradient.
Dielectric Strength – the voltage which an insulating material can
withstand before breakdown occurs, usually expressed as a voltage gradient
(such as volts per mil).
Dimensional Stability – ability to retain precise shape and size.
Dissipation – unusable or lost energy, as the production of heat in a
circuit.
Dissipation Factor (loss tangent, tans, approximate
power factor) – the tangent of the loss angle of the insulating material.
E
Elongation – the fractional increase in length of a material stressed in
tension.
Epoxy Resins – straight-chain thermosetting resins containing at least
one three-membered ring consisting of two carbon atoms and one
oxygenation.
Extrusion – the method of processing plastic by forcing heat softened
plastic through an opening of the desired shape of the cross-section of the
finished product.
F
Glossary
7
Fabric-Base Laminate – laminated insulating material formed by
bonding woven cloth (of fiberglass, cotton or synthetic fibers) with resin
under heat and pressure.
Fahrenheit – equals 1.8 multiplied to the sum of the temperature in
Celsius and °F = 1.8 ˘ (°C + 32).
Fiber – a thread or threadlike structure such as cellulose, wool, silk or
glass yarn.
flexibility are required. 2) a vulcanized fibre in thin cross-section.
Flash Point – the lowest temperature at which a flammable liquid will
produce a combustible vapor that will burn in the presence of a flame, under
certain prescribed conditions of test.
Flexural Strength – the strength of a material in bending, expressed
as the tensile stress of the outermost fibers of a bent test specimen at the
instant of failure.
Formulation – 1) a combination of ingredients before processing or
made into a finished product. Also used as a synonym for a material
compound. 2) a selection of components of a product formula or mixture to
provide optimum specific properties for the end-use desired.
G
Glass Cloth – fabric used as insulating material base formed by
weaving yarns comprising glass filaments and possessing high strength,
heat resistance and dielectric properties.
Glass Fiber – glass in fibrous form that has cooled to a rigid condition
without crystallizing.
H
Heat Distortion Point – the temperature in degrees Celsius at which
a standard test bar (ASTM D648) deflects .010 in. under a stated load of
either 66 or 264 psi, when the temperature is raised at a specific rate of
increase.
Heat Loss – power dissipated as heat.
High-Pressure Laminates (molding pressure high) –
laminates molded and cured at pressures not lower than 1,000 psi
(pressures of 1,000 to 2,500 psi are not uncommon).
I
Impact Resistance – relative susceptibility of material to fracture by
stress at high speeds.
Impact Strength – ability to withstand physical shock loading or work
required to fracture under shock loading a specified test specimen in a
specified manner.
Fibre – 1) a specific form of chemically jelled fibrous materials
manufactured in sheets, rods and tubes. 2) commonly used interchangeably
with fiber.
Impregnate – 1) to fill the voids and interstices of material with a
compound (this does not imply complete fill or complete coating of the
surfaces by a hole free film). 2) the process of thoroughly soaking a material
of an open or porous nature with a resin.
Filament – 1) fiber characterized by extreme length. 2) the resistance
wire through which filament current is sent in a thermionic tube to produce
the heat required for electron emission.
Inert – deficient in active properties; not affecting other substances when
in contact with them such as inert gases not participating in any fashion in
chemical reactions.
Filament Winding – resin impregnated roving or single strands of
glass or other reinforcement wound in a predetermined pattern onto a
suitable form or mandrel and then cured.
Infrared – the band of light in the electromagnetic spectrum that lies
between the visible light range and the radar range.
Fishpaper – 1) a type of vulcanized fibre paper treated chemically for
insulating purposes where high mechanical and electrical strength and
Insulation – material having a high resistance to the flow of electric
current, to prevent leakage of current from a conductor.
Insulation Resistance – the ratio of the applied voltage to the total
current between two electrodes in contact with a specific conductor under
prescribed conditions of test.
134
Glossary cont.
K
R
Kelvin – the absolute temperature scale (metric). K = °C + 273.
Reinforcement – material used to reinforce, strengthen or give
dimensional stability to another material; can be chopped, woven or braided.
Kraft Paper – 1) relatively heavy, high strength sulfate paper used for
electrical insulating material. 2) paper made from sulfate wood pulp, chiefly
pinewood chips by digestion with a mixture of caustic soda.
L
Laminate (Verb) – to build up to desired shape or thickness. (Noun)
– a material composed of successive layers of material, usually bonded
together under heat and pressure.
Light Transmission – the amount of light that a plastic will allow to
pass, dependent due to the effects of aging and weathering.
Resin – 1) a substance that is polymeric in structure and predominantly
amorphous. 2) an alternative term, like polymer, to the predominately used
name of plastic.
Resistance – property of a conductor that opposed the current flow
produced by a given difference of potential. The ohm is the practical unit of
resistance.
Rockwell Hardness – a test for hardness (resistance to indentation)
in which a hardened steel ball or diamond point is pressed into the material
under test.
Loss Factor – the product of the power factor and the dielectric
constant of a dielectric material.
S
Low Pressure Laminates – laminates molded and cured in the
range of pressures from 400 psi down.
Shear Strength - 1) ability of a material to withstand shear stress or
stress at which a material fails in shear. 2) the maximum shear strength
stress that a material is capable of substaining.
M
Specific Gravity – the density of any material divided by that of water
at a standard temperature.
Mat – 1) a randomly distributed felt of fibers, usually glass, used in
reinforced plastics. 2) a nonwoven fabric of fibrous material used as a
plastic reinforcement.
Surface Resistivity – the resistance of a material between two
opposite sides of a unit square of its surface.
Mica – a transparent, flaky mineral which splits into thin sheets and has
excellent insulating and heat resisting properties, consisting of orthosilicates
of aluminum or potassium; occurs naturally.
T
Moisture Resistance – the ability of a material to resist absorbing
ambient moisture.
Monomer – the simple, unpolymerized form of a compound which is the
building block of a polymer.
P
Permittivity – preferred term for dielectric constant. It is that property of
a dielectric material that determines how much electrostatic energy can be
stored per unit of volume when unit voltage is applied; the relative
permittivity of most materials varies from 2 to 10, air having 1.
Phenolic Resin – 1) a synthetic resin produced by the condensation of
phenol with an aldehyde (usually formaldehyde). 2) any of several types of
thermoset plastics obtained by the condensation of phenol or substituted
phenols.
Tensile Strength – the longitudinal stress required to break a
prescribed specimen divided by the original cross-sectional area at the point
of rupture (usually expressed in lbs per square inch), within the gauge
boundaries sustained by the specimen during the test.
Thermal Conductivity – the ability of a material to conduct heat;
physical constant for quantity of heat that passes through volume of a
substance in unit of time for unit difference in temperature.
Thermoplastic – plastics capable of being repeatedly softened by
increases in temperature and hardened by decreases in temperature. These
changes are physical rather than chemical.
Thermoset – a classification of plastic resin that cures by chemical
reaction when heated and, once cured, cannot be resoftened by heating.
7
Glossary
Permeability – 1) the passage or diffusion (or rate of passage) of a gas,
vapor, liquid or solid through a barrier without physically or chemically
affecting it. 2) the ability of a material to carry magnetism as compared to
air which has a permeability of one.
Tear Strength – 1) force required to initiate or continue a tear in a
material under specified conditions. 2) the force acting substantially parallel
to the major axis of the test specimen.
V
Volume Resistivity – resistance between opposite faces of 1 cm cube
of material, usually in ohm-cms.
Plastic – 1) high polymeric substances, including both natural and
synthetic products, but excluding the rubbers that are capable in their
manufacture of flowing under heat and pressure. 2) a material that contains
an organic substance of large molecular weight, solid in finished state.
Plasticizer – chemical agent added to plastics to make them softer and
more flexible.
Polymer – 1) a compound formed by the chemical union of two or more
monomers of the same kind. 2) a synthetic or natural compound of high
molecular weight.
135
Preliminary Guide to Identifying Basic Types of Plastics
Burns, but Extinguishes
on Removal of Flame Source
No Flame
Materials
PTFE
CTFE
PVF
Nylons
Type 6
Type 6/6
Odor
Color of Flame
Drips
Odor
Color of Flame
Drips
Acrid
—
—
Yellow, blue edges
—
—
No
—
—
Acrid
Formaldehyde
Fruity
Yellow, blue edges
Blue, no smoke
Blue, yellow tip
Yes
Yes
No
(cast)
Yes
(molded)
Slow
Slow
Slow
Black smoke with soot in air
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Vinegar
—
—
—
—
Yellow with sparks
—
—
—
—
Green, yellow tip
No
—
—
—
—
No
Vinegar
Rancid butter
Burnt sugar
Camphor
Burnt sugar
—
Yellow
Blue, yellow tip
Yellow, blue edges
White
Blue, yellow tip
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
—
Slow
Slow
Rapid
Rapid
Rapid
—
Flame may spark
Flame may spark
—
—
—
Black smoke with soot in air
Faint odor of
burnt hair
Faint odor of
burnt hair
Faint odor of
acetic acid
Acidic
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Deforms; no combustion,
but drips
Deforms; does not drip
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Burnt wool
or hair
Acridd
—
Blue, yellow tip
—
Yes
Burnt wool
—
Blue, yellow tip
—
Yes
—
Slow
Slow
Yellowc
Orange
Noc
Yes
Acridd
—
Yellowd
—
Yesd
—
Slowd
—
—
More rigid than
type 6 nylon
Black smoke with soot in air
Black smoke with soot in air
—
—
Paraffin
Blue, yellow tip
Yes
Slow
Floats in water
—
—
Phenoxies
Polycarbonates
—
—
Polyethylenes
Polyphenylene
Oxides (PPO)
—
Faint, sweet
aromatic ester
—
—
Phenol
Yellow-orange
No
—
—
—
—
—
Phenol
Yellow-orange
No
—
—
—
—
b
Deforms; no combustion,
but drips
Deforms
Polyimides
Polypropylenes
—
—
Acrida
—
Yellowa
—
Noa
—
Sweet
—
Blue, yellow tip
—
Yes
—
Slow
Polystyrenes
—
—
—
—
Yellow
Yes
Rapid
Polysulfones
Polyurethanes
Vinyls
Flexible
—
—
b
—
Orange
—
Yes
—
Illuminating
gas
—
b
—
Yellow
—
No
—
Slow
Hydrochloric
acid
Hydrochloric
acid
Yellow with
green spurts
Yellow with
green spurts
No
—
—
—
—
Chars, melts
No
—
—
—
—
Chars, melts
—
—
—
—
Acrid
Fruity
—
Yellow, blue edges
Blue, yellow tip
—
No
No
b
—
—
Yellow, blue edges
—
—
No
—
—
—
—
—
Black smoke with soot in air
Black smoke with soot in air
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Phenolic
Acrid
Phenol
—
—
Yellow
Yellow
Black smoke
—
—
No
No
No
—
—
Slow
Slow
Slow
—
—
Black smoke, cracks
Black smoke with soot
Black smoke with soot in air
—
No
—
—
—
—
May crack
Yellowa
Noa
b
Yellow, blue edges
No
Slow
Cracks and breaks
Silicones
Ureas
Formaldehyde
Phenol and
wood or paperd
Hydrochloric
acida
—
—
Yellowd
Polyesters
—
—
—
—
Formaldehyde
and fish
Formaldehyde
and phenolc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Deforms
—
Tpyes of Plastics
—
Rigid
—
Polyblends
ABS/Polycarbonate
ABS/PVC
PVC/Acrylic
THERMOSETS
Alkyds
Diallyl Phthalates
Diglycol Carbonate
Epoxies
Melamines
Phenolics
a Flame retardant
136
Flame may spurt if
rubber modified
Flame spurts; very
difficult to ignite
Flame spurts; difficult
to ignite; soot in air
Chars; material very rigid
Floats in water; more
difficult to scratch
than polyethylene
Dense black smoke
with soot in air
Black smoke
Black smoke
Modified Grade
7
Remarks
Speed of
Burning
Odor
THERMOPLASTICS
ABS
Acetals
Acrylics
Cellulosics
Acetate
Acetate Butyrate
Ethyl Cellulose
Nitrate
Propionate
Chlorinated Polyether
Fluorocarbons
FEP
Continues to Burn After
Removal of Flame Source
b
b Nondescript
c Inorganic filler
d Organic filler
Ref: Materials Engineering, Penton/IPC, Cleveland, Ohio
SPECIFICATIONS-FEDERAL
SPECIFICATIONS-ASTM
NonrigidVinyl Chloride Plastic Sheeting
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Basic Shapes, Rod, and Heavy-WalledTubing
Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Plastic Sheet (Discontinued 1994+)
Polyethylene Film and Sheeting
Cellulose Acetate Butyrate Film and Sheeting for Fabricating and Forming
(Discontinued 1995+)
UnmodifiedPoly (Vinylidene Fluoride) (PVDF) Molding, Extrusions & CoatingMaterials
PTFE Resin Molded Sheet
PTFE Resin Molded Basic Shapes
PTFE Tubing
FEP-Fluorocarbon Tube
PTFE Resin SkivedTape
Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials
FEP-Fluorocarbon Resin Sheet and Film
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE) Extruded Plastic Sheet and Film
Medium-Density Polyethylene Films for General Use and Packing Applications
Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene Molding and Extrusion Materials
Nylon Injection and Extrusion Materials
Reinforced & Filled Polphenylene Sulfide Injection Molding & Extrusion Materials
Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials
Acetal (POM) Molding and Extrusion Materials
Styrene-Butadiene Sheeting
Plastic Laminates Made fromWoven-Roving andWoven-Yarn Glass Fabrics
Thermoplastic Polyester (TPES) Materials
Thermoplastic Elastomer-Ether-Ester (TEEE)
Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Molding and Extrusion Materials
Filled Compounds of Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Molding & Extrusion Materials
Polyethylene Sheeting in Thickness of 0.25mm (0.010 in.) and Greater
Poly (Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet
PTFE Coated Glass Fabric
Polyethylene Terephthalate Film and Sheeting
Polyamide-Imide (PAI) Molding and Extrusion Materials
Polyetherimide (PEI) Materials
Cast Poly (Methyl-Methacrylate) Plastic Rods, Tubes, and Shapes
Delrin(r) II 150SA NC10 Natural
Delrin(r) II 550SA NC10 Natural
Delrin(r) 100 Series Black
Delrin(r) 507 Black
Delrin(r) AF100
Delrin(r) AF Blend
Delrin(r) AF500
Delrin(r) AF500 Blend
Delrin(r) 15% Glass-filled 570 Natural
Delrin(r) 20% Glass-filled 570 Natural
Delrin(r) 500CL Natural
Acetal, Grade H4320 Natural
Acetal, Black Grade H4320
Delrin(r) 107 Black U.V. Resistant
Delrin(r) 107 Natural U.V. Resistant
Delrin(r) 507 Natural U.V. Resistant
Nylon Materials
PA111, 112, 113
PA181
PA613
PA162
PA210G13A00000
PA124
PA110R17(KEVLAR)A30460
PC110B34720
PC116
PC110
PC110 (BLACK)
PC110G20 (BLACK)
PPE220B50541F13G1106
TEEE335
TEEE541
PE10113
(Black as Requested)
TPES110B00000
TYPE 1, CLASS 2
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/6 Black
Nylon 6/12 Natural
Nylon, Impact Modified
Nylon 13% Glass-FilledType 6 Natural
Nylon 45HSB Natural
Nylon/Kevlar Natural
Polycarbonate Natural Lexan 1500
MAKRALON 3108
(PC) Natural
Polycarbonate, Black
Polycarbonate, Black, 20% GF
Noryl EN265 Black
Hytrel 5556 Natural
Hytrel 7246 Natural
Polyetherimide, Natural, FDA
ABS Natural & Black
PET, Natural FDA (Black as Requested)
PVDF, Natural
8
Specifications
Acetal Materials
POM111
POM118B44350
POM110 Black/POM130 Black
POM130B44350 U.V. Resistant
POM110L20A21220
POM110L14A00020
POM112L20A9 (46) 9 (2400) 130
POM110L14A00000
POM112G15A00000
POM 112G20A349(20)70
POM112B44250
POM211
POM211 (BLACK) Not U.V Resistant
POM130B44350
POM131
POM132
Polyethylene Pipe
Cellulose Acetate Butyrate, Molding and Extrusions
Type 1 PVC Sheet - Normal Impact
Copolymer of Vinyl and Vinylidene Chloride Plastic Film
Vinyl Chloride Plastic Film, Flexible
Polyethylene Terephthalate Plastic Film
Polyethylene Plastic Film, Thin Gauge
Methacrylate Molding Material
Glass Fiber Base, Low Pressure Polyester Resin Laminated
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (KEL-F) Molding Material
Cellular Urethane Flexible
Polyethylene Low and Medium Density - Molding Material
FEP Fluorocarbon for Molding and Extrusion
Low and Medium Density Polyethylene Molding Material
Methacrylate Sheets, Rods and Tubes, Cast
Acetal Material, Injection Molding and Extrusion
Polycarbonate Material, Molding and Extrusion
Polypropylene Material for Injection Molding and Extrusion
Polyamide (Nylon) Molding Material, Glass Fiber Filled
Polystyrene Molding Material
Cellulose Acetate, Molding Material
Styrene Butadiene Molding Material
Styrene-Acrylonitrile Molding Material
Urea-Formaldehyde Molding Material
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Molding Material
Plastics Organic, General Specifications
Polyamide (Nylon), Rigid, Sheets, Rods, Tubes and Molded Parts
Superseded by L-P-380B
Polyvinylidene Chloride (Saran) Molded
Polyvinyl Chloride Rod, Solid and Rigid
Cellulose Acetate Sheet and Film
Shatter-Resistant, Rigid, Reinforced, Translucent Corrugated
Sheet Polyester, Acrylic or Combination
Polystyrene, Biaxially Oriented Sheet & FilmAcrylic Sheet, Extruded
Acrylic Sheet, Extruded
Laminated, Decorative and Non-Decorative Plastic Sheet
Thermoset Sheet, Rod and Tube - Superseded by MIL-I 24768
Polyvinyl-Chloride Sheet, Rigid, High Impact
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base,
Phenolic Resin, Post-forming
Polyethylene Sheet
Thermoset Phenolic Sheet, Paper - Reinforced - Superseded by
MIL-I-24768
Plastic Sheet & Insulation Sheet, Electrical Laminated,
Thermosetting, Paper Base, Phenolic Resin
Adhesive Coated, Paper-Backed, Plastic Sheet
Plastic Sheet, Polystyrene Modified
Thermosetting Resins Casts from Monomers Sheets and Rods
Scribe-Coated Plastic Sheet
Tracing, Glazed and Matte Finish Plastic Sheet
Suspended by L-P-396
FEP Fluorocarbon Extruded Sheet and Film
Polyethylene, Laminated, Nylon Reinforced Sheet
Superseded by L-P-398
Plastic Sheet, Styrene Acrylonitrite
Styrene-Butadiene Sheet
Cellulose Acetate and Polyester Sheet Adhesive Coated
Molding Plastic Polyvinylchloride Rigid
Polyvinylchloride and PVC-Vinyl Acetate Copolymer Film Rigid
Polyvinylchloride Tube, Heavy Wall, Rigid
Plastic Tubing, Polyethylene, Flexible
Polyethylene Tubing, Flexible
Polyethylene Sheets, Rods, Tubing
Polyvinylchoride Heavy Wall
Polyvinylchoride Sheets and Strips
Phenolic Resin Molding Material
Chlorotrifluorethylene Copolymer Extruded
ABS Rigid Molding Material
Plastic Sheet Flexible, Reinforced
137
SPECIFICATIONS-MILITARY
8
*
138
Cast Polyester or Diallylpthlalate Sheet and Rod
Engraving Stock Rigid Laminated Sheet
Thermoset Rod & Tube, Melamine & Phenolic, Glass, Cotton and
Paper Reinforced
Acrylic Sheet, Anti-Electrostatic Coated
Electrical InsulationTubing, Film, Sheet, andTape Vinyl,
Polyethylene and Polyester
Fiberglass Thermal Insulation Board
Thermoset Silicone Resin Sheets, Glass Reinforced - Superseded
by MIL-I-24768
Plastic Material, Laminated, Thermosetting, Electrical Insulation:
Sheets, Glass Cloth, Silicone Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by
MIL-I-24768
Fiberglass Yarn, Cord, Sleeving, Tape and Cloth
Polyethylene Special Material Superseded by LP-590
Non-Rigid Polyamide (Nylon) Resin
Thermoset Phenolic sheet, Paper Reinforced
InsulationTape and Cord Glass, Resin Filled
Insulation, Sleeving, Flexible, Treated
Superseded by LM-520 and LP-396
Superseded by LP-512
InsulationTape, Electrical, Self-Fusing
Superseded by LM-525
Polyethylene Film for Balloon Use
Acrylic Sheet, Heat Resistant
Phenolic Graphite Filled Sheet, Rods, Tubes and Shapes
Vinyl Copolymers, Unplasticized, Unpigmented and Unfilled
Insulation Sleeving, Flexible Electrical
InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive
Thermoset Phenolic Resin Sheets andTubes
Acrylic Plastic Sheet, Modified
Polyester Base, Cast Transparent Sheet, Thermosetting
Acrylic Adhesive Monomer System
Cellulose-Acetate Sheet Colored, Transparent
Thermoset Phenolic Sheet, Postforming Cotton Reinforced
Polyurethane, Rigid, Unicellular, Foam-In-Place for Packaging
Filled Phenolic Sheet, Uncured
Polystyrene Sheet, Rod andTube
Copper-Clad, Laminated, Plastic Sheets
Plastic Film, Non-Rigid, Transparen
Plastics Sheet: Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base,
Phenolic Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by MIL-I-24768
Plastics Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass ClothMelamine
Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by MIl-I-24768.
CANCELLED. Superseded by MIL-I-24768/9
InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive andThermoset
Adhesive
Methyl Methacrylate MoldingMaterials
Cellulose Acetate Butyrate MoldingMaterial
Cellulose Acetate MoldingMaterial
Polyamide (Nylon) Resin Rods, Sheets and Parts
) Plastic, Laminate, Decorative, High Pressure
Cellulose Acetate Extruded
Fibrous Glass Reinforced Plastic Laminates for Marine Applications
PVC Sheet - Hi Impact
A Insulation Sleeving, Flexible Silicone Rubber Coated Glass
AVinyl, Flexible, Transparent, Optical Quality
Plastics Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Fiber Base, Epoxy
Resin CANCELLED. Superseded by MIL-I-24768
Plastics Material, Laminated Phenolic, For Bearings
Nylon Plastic, Flexible Molded or Extruded
InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive Silicone Rubber
Treated Glass
InsulationTape, Glass Fabric TFE Coated
Molding Plastics, Polyamide (Nylon) andMolded and Extruded
Polyamide Plastic
PVC Pipe - High Impact
Plastic Sheet, PTFE and Glass Cloth Laminated
InsulationTape Electrical, Pressure Sensitive, HighTemperature
Glass
Plastic Sheets, Polyethylene, Virgin and BoratedNeutron Shielding
Plastic Rods Molded and ExtrudedPTFE
MoldingAcrylic, Colored andwhite, Heat Resistant, for Lighting
Fixtures
Glass FilledDiallylpthlalate Resign
Plastic Sheet ABS Copolymer, Rigid
Plastic MoldingMaterial, Rigid, Polyamide
Cellulose Acetate, Optical Quality
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Utility Grade
Plastic MoldingMaterial, Polystyrene, Glass Fiber Reinforced
Polychlorotrifuoroethylene Resin for Molding
Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible Vinyl Treated Glass Fiber
Plastic Rods andTubes Polyethylene
Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene
Insulation Sleeving Electrical, Flexible LowTemperature
Plastic, Polyamide (Nylon) Flexible Molding and ExtrusionMaterial
Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Non-RigidPTFE Resin
Plastic Film, PTFE
Cancelled - Refer toMIL-P-22241
Plastic Film, Polyester, Polyethylene Coated (For I.D. Cards)
Plastic Tubes andTubing, HeavyWall, PTFE Resin
Thermoset Epoxy Resin Sheet, Paper Reinforced
LowDensity Polyethylene
Superseded by L-P-1183
InsulationTape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive, PTFEResin
Plastic Material for Molding and Extrusion High Density
Polyethylene and Copolymers
Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible, Heat-Shrinkable
FilmTape, Pressure Sensitive
Plastic Sheet, Virgin and Borated Polyethylene
InsulationTape, Electrical, HighTemperature, PTFE , Pressure
Sensitive
Nomex Film
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Colored andWhite, Heat Resistant, Shipboard
Application
Plastic Sheet, LaminatedThermoset, Electrical Insulation
Insulation, Plastics, LaminatedThermosetting
Tape, Pressure Sensitive-Insulating, Electrical Plastic Film
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified, Laminated
Heat-Resistant, Glass Fiber Base Polyester Resin, Low Pressure
Laminated Plastic
Glass Fiber Base - Epoxy Resin Low Pressure Laminated Plastic
Silicone Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Low-Pressure Laminated Plastic
Plastic Sheets and Parts, ModifiedAcrylic Base, MonoXXX
Crack Propagation Resistant - Covers StretchAcrylic .060” thru
.675” in thickness
Thermoset Phenolic Resin Sheet
Plastic Tubes andTubing, Polyethylene
Plastic Sheet FEP Fluorocarbon Unfilled, Copper-Clad
Tape, Anti-Seizing, PTFE
Tape, Protective, Pressure Sensitive
Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Filament Reinforced Plastic Film
Thermoset Phenolic Resin Rod, Nylon Reinforced
Plastic, Low-Molecular Weight Polyethylene
Tape, Lacing andTying
Chlorotrefluoroethylene Polymer - Sheets, Rods, Tubes andDiscs
Phenolic Sheet, Heat Resistant, Glass Fabric Reinforced
Plastic Sheet, Flexible Vinyl
Plastic Material Nylon
Plastic Sheet and Strip Polyimide H-Film
Plastic Molding and ExtrusionMaterial, Polyphenylene Oxide PPO
Plastic Molding and ExtrusionMaterial Polysulfone
Plastic MoldingMaterial, Polyvinylidene Fluoride - Kynar
Plastic Molding and ExtrusionMaterial, Polyphenylene
Polyphenylene Oxide Modified Glass-Filled
Plastic Sheet, Polycarbonate
Thermoset Phenolic ResinTube, Nylon Reinforced
Plastic-Phenolic, Graphited, Sheets, Rods, Tubes & Shapes
Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene Terephthalate
Plastic Sheet, Fiberglass and Epoxy Resin, Thin Gauge
Tape, Pressure Sensitive AluminumFoil, Silicone Adhesive
Plastic MoldingMaterial, Polycarbonate, Glass Fiber Reinforced
Polyester Resin, Glass Fiber Base, FilamentWoundTube
Plastic Sheet, Polycarbonate, Transparent
.................................................... 2, 70, 72, 136
(POM) ..............................2, 3, 5-7, 9, 15, 21,
28, 29, 31, 36, 45
............................................2, 3, 5-7, 9, 28
....................................2, 3, 5-7, 9, 28
(PMMA)
DURAPLEX........................................................121
IMPLEX ............................................................121
Mirror................................................................121
OPTIX ........................................................122-123
PLEXIGLAS ................................................113-121
Rod....................................................................131
Tubing ..............................................................131
KYDEX Sheet ................................................71-72
(PBI) ......................2, 5-7, 13, 15, 44, 45
FEP ............................................84, 101, 103, 107
PFA ............................................84, 101, 103, 107
PTFE ..........................................84, 101, 103, 107
(PETG)
VIVAK Sheet......................................................121
......132
(Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride)
Pipe ....................................................................84
Rod & Sheet ..................................................82-83
(HDPE)........................77
..........................2, 5-7, 9, 15, 28, 29, 31, 65
(standard materials & sizes)
CELAZOLE ..........................................................45
RYTON ................................................................41
Fiberglass Grating..........................................86-89
..121
............69
(PI) ................................2-4, 5-7, 13, 15
(PET-P)............2-3, 5-7, 9, 15, 28, 30, 32
R-4000 PVC Pipe................................................84
R-4000 PVC Rigid Fittings..................................85
RNT 1065 Tubing..............................................112
..........86-89
DURADEK / DURAGRID ................................86-89
DURAGRATE ..................................................86-89
EXTREN ........................................................86-89
SAFRAIL..............................................................86
ACETRON GP......................................................28
Nylon 101............................................................17
Security & Bullet Resistant Glazing........................124
AR..............................................................126-128
General Purpose........................................124-125
Sunlife ..............................................................126
......2, 5-7, 8, 14-17, 19, 21
..........................................121
PTFE ................................ 2, 5-7, 54-56, 59, 65
..................92-96, 99, 102-103,
105, 107-109
....................................108-109
GS ..........................................................5-8, 14-18
GSM ......................................................5-9, 14-21
GSM Blue ..........................................5-7, 9, 14-17
NSM ........................................3, 5-7, 9, 14-17, 21
6/6 Strip..............................................................18
6/6 MOS2 Filled Strip ........................................18
101 Type 6/6..........................................5-8, 14-17
MC 901 ......................................5-8, 14-17, 20-21
MC 907 ......................................5-8, 14-17, 20-21
NYLAFLOW Tubing....................................108-109
NYLATRON GS ......................................5-7, 14-18
NYLATRON GS Profile Shapes ............................18
NYLATRON GSM........................5-9, 14-19, 20-21
NYLATRON GSM Blue......................5-9, 14-17, 23
NYLATRON NSM ....................3, 5-7, 9, 14-17, 21
..................................122-123
..........................2, 5-7, 11
VIVAK................................................................121
..........................92-93, 102, 106
EXCELON Clear R-4000......................................85
PVC Schedule 40 & 80 ......................................84
........................113-121
HYGARD Sheet..................................................124
HYZOD Sheet............................................124-128
Machine Grade Sheet ....................................33-34
MAKROLON ..............................................124-128
PC 1000 ........................................................33-34
Rod......................................................................33
Tubing, Clear Rigid ..........................................110
TUFFAK Sheet ..................................................130
Twin Wall Sheet ................................................130
(PEEK)
KETRON ..................................2-3, 5-7, 11, 41-42
(PE)
High Density (HDPE) Rod & Sheet................76-77
LowDensity (LDPE) Rod, Sheet& Tubing 76-77, 110
(PP)
Corrugated Sheet (COROPLAST) ......................132
Rod ....................................................................79
Sheet........................................................75, 77-79
(PS)................................................2, 52
(PSU)
PSU 1000................................................2, 5-7, 34
....................................52-53, 94, 100
NYLATRON GS ....................................................18
UHMW-PE ULTRA-WEAR....................................69
(Polytetrafluoroethylene)
FLUOROSINT................2-3, 5-7, 10-11, 37-39, 54
PTFE ..............2, 5, 7, 9, 21, 28, 45, 56, 59, 94,
101, 103, 107, 136
(Polyvinyl Chloride)
EXCELON Clear R-4000 ..............................84-85
Pipe ..............................................................84-85
Rod & Sheet..........................2, 71, 80-81, 83, 136
KYDEX Sheet ................................................71-74
(PPSU) ............................2, 3, 5-7, 13, 35
ABS ....................................................................70
ACETRON GP ............................................6, 28-29
Acrylic ..............................................................136
CELAZOLE ......................................................6, 45
CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) ........82-83
DELRIN 150E ................................................28-29
DELRIN AF Blend............................................6, 28
DURATRON ..........................................................6
ERTALYTE........................................................6, 32
FLUOROSINT ..................................................6, 37
High Density Polyethelene ............................76-77
Industrial Laminate..................................47, 50-51
KETRON ................................................................6
KYNAR ................................................................75
LowDensity Polyethelene..............................76-77
MC 901..................................................6-7, 16-17
MC 907..................................................6-7, 16-17
NYCAST..............................................................26
NYLATRON GS ......................................6-7, 16-17
NYLATRON GSM....................................6-7, 16-17
NYLATRON GSM BLUE..........................6-7, 16-17
NYLATRON NSM....................................6-7, 16-17
NYLOIL........................................14, 21-22, 26, 59
Nylon 101 ..............................................6-7, 16-17
PC 1000 ......................................................6-7, 33
PEEK ..............................................................6, 42
Polycarbonate..............................................6-7, 33
Polyethylene (HD)..........................................76-77
Polyethylene (LD) ..........................................76-77
Polypropylene................................................78-79
Polyurethane..................................................52-53
PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) ..............................81, 83
RADEL R ........................................................6, 35
RYTON ............................................................6, 41
SEMITRON......................................................6, 46
TECHTRON............................................................6
PTFE ........................................................54, 56
TIVAR ................................................61-64, 67, 69
TORLON ....................................................6, 43-44
UHMW-PE ..........................................................69
ULTEM ............................................................6, 36
8
Index
EXCELON R-4000 PVC ......................................84
Molded PVC Fittings ..........................................85
..........2-3, 5-7, 10-11,
13, 37-39
........94, 101,
103, 107
(Fiberglass)
DURADEK / DURAGRID ................................88-89
DURAGRATE ..................................................86-87
....................121
......................................47-50
(PEEK) ....................2-3, 5-7, 11, 15, 41-42
....................................................71-73
(PVDF)........................................................75
..................................................124-128
139
PTFE
..................................132
(PPS) ..............................2-3, 5-7, 15, 40-41
86
......................77
Rod & Sheet ..........................5-7, 9, 11-13, 45-46
NYLATRON GS ....................................................18
UHMW-PE ULTRA-WEAR....................................69
EXTREN ..............................................................86
Index
8
140
ABS ....................................................................70
ACETRON GP..................................................6, 28
CELAZOLE ......................................................6, 45
CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride) ........82-83
COROPLAST ....................................................132
DELRIN ..........................................................6, 28
DELRIN AF Blend..................................................6
DURAPLEX........................................................121
DURATRON ..........................................................6
ERTALYTE ........................................................6,32
EXTREN ........................................................86-88
FLUOROSINT ..................................................6,37
High Density Polyethylene ............................76-77
HYGARD ....................................124-125, 127-129
HYZOD ......................................................132-135
IMPLEX ............................................................121
Industrial Laminate..................................47, 49-51
KETRON (PEEK) ....................................................6
KYDEX ..........................................................71-73
KYNAR ................................................................75
LowDensity Polyethylene..............................76-77
Machine Grade Polycarbonate ............................33
MAKROLON ..............................................124-129
MC 901 Nylon......................................6-14, 16-17
MC 907 Nylon......................................6-14, 16-17
Mirror Acrylic ..................................................121
NYCAST..............................................................14
NYLATRON 703XL ........................................14-15
NYLATRON GS ....................................6-14, 16-17
NYLATRON GSM..................................6-14, 16-17
NYLATRON GSM BLUE........................6-14, 16-17
NYLATRON LFG ............................................14-15
NYLATRON LIG..............................................14-15
NYLATRON NSM..................................6-14, 16-17
NYLOIL ....................................................14, 21-22
NYLON 101..........................................6-14, 16-17
NYMETAL............................................................14
OPTIX ........................................................122-123
PC 1000..............................................................33
PLEXIGLAS ................................................113-120
Polyethylene (HD)......................................2, 76-77
Polyethylene (LD) ......................................2, 76-77
Polypropylene................................................78-79
Polyurethane ................................................51, 53
PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) ..............................80-81
PSU 1000........................................................6, 33
RADEL R................................................................6
RYTON ............................................................6, 41
SEMITRON......................................................6, 46
TECHTRON................................................6, 40-41
PTFE ........................................................54, 56
TIVAR ................................................57-62, 67-69
TORLON ....................................................6, 43-44
TUFFAK ............................................................130
Twin Wall Polycarbonate ..................................130
UHMW Polyethylene..........................61-62, 67-68
ULTEM ............................................................6, 33
VIVAK................................................................121
(PTFE ) .......................................... 56
EXTREN ..............................................................87
Nylon 6/6 ............................................................18
Nylon 6/6 MOS2 filled........................................18
DURADEK ......................................................86-89
DURAGRATE............................................86-87, 89
DURAGRID ....................................................86,88
EXTREN ..................................................86-87, 89
SAFRAIL..............................................................86
(PPS)..................2-3, 5-7, 10, 15, 40-41
PTFE
FEP Roll Covers ................................................132
Flexible Tubing..................................................111
Rod (Mechanical Grade)......................................56
Molded Tube ......................................................56
Sheet..............................................................54,56
Skived Tape ........................................................56
Spaghetti Tubing ..............................................111
(UHMW-PE)
88......................................................58, 61, 67-68
88-2........................................................58, 61, 68
1000 ..................................................57-61, 65-68
Anti-Static ....................................................59, 62
Ceram-P ............................................57, 62, 65-68
CleanStat ............................................................62
DrySlide ............................................57, 63, 65-68
DS ....................................................57, 63, 66, 68
HOT (HighOperatingTemperature) ....................58, 68
Oil Filled......................................57, 60, 63, 65-68
Recycled ......................................58, 64-65, 67-68
Rubber-Backed..............................................57, 64
Tubular Bar..........................................................68
UV-Resistant............................................58, 64-66
(PAI)........................2-4, 6-7, 13, 15, 42-44
Acrylic ..............................................................131
CHEMFLUOR FEP ......................94, 101, 103, 107
CHEMFLUOR PFA ......................94, 101, 103, 107
CHEMFLUOR PTFE ....................94, 101, 103, 107
EXCELON RNT 1065 ........................................112
FLURAN F-5500-ASevereEnvironment........94, 101,
103, 107
Industrial Laminates ......................................47-50
NORPRENE A-60-F FoodGrade ......................92, 105
NORPRENE A-60-G Industrial Grade94, 99, 102-103
NORPRENE A-60-F I.B. Pressure................95, 107
NYLAFLOW Pressure Tubing ....................108-109
PHARMED ....................................92, 96, 102, 106
Polycarbonate Clear Rigid ................................110
Polyethylene (LD)..............................................110
PTFE Flexible. ...............................................111
PTFE Spaghetti ............................................111
TYGON B-44-3 Beverage and General Application..
92, 94, 102, 105
TYGON B-44-4X Bulk Transfer92, 94-95, 102, 105
TYGON F-4040-A Fuel and Lubricant94, 100, 103, 107
TYGON 2275 High Purity..............92, 98, 103, 106
TYGON 2275 I.B. High Purity Pressure92, 95, 103, 106
TYGON SE-200 Inert ..................94, 101, 103, 107
TYGON R-3603 Laboratory....92, 96, 102, 105-106
TYGON LFL Long Flex Life Pump 92, 99, 103, 107
TYGON S-50-HL Medical/Surgical92, 98, 103, 106
TYGON S-54-HL Microbore..............................106
TYGON 2001 Plasticizer Free........92, 99, 103, 106
TYGON B-44-4X I.B. Pressure..................102, 105
TYGON 3350 Sanitary Silicone100-101, 105, 110-116
TYGON 3370 I.B. Sanitary Silicone Pressure ....92,
97, 103, 106
TYGON 2075 Ultra Chemical Resistant92, 99, 103, 106
TYGON R-1000 Ultra-Soft ............92, 96, 102, 106
TYGON R-3400 UV Resistant......94, 100, 103, 107
TYGON R-3603 Vacuum ..............92, 96, 102, 105
TYGOTHANE C-210-A Precision Polyurethane94, 100,
103,107
TYGOTHANE C-544-A I.B. Precision Polyurethane
Pressure............................................100, 103, 107
VINCON Vinyl....................................................112
VERSILIC SPX-50 High-Strength Silicone ........92,
97, 102, 106
VERSILIC SPX-70 I.B. High-Strength Silicone Pressure
92, 97, 102
CELAZOLE PBI ....................................................45
FLUOROSINT – Filled PTFE ..........................37-39
MC 901 Nylon ..................................14, 19, 20-22
MC 907 Nylon ..................................14, 19, 20-22
NYCAST..............................................................26
NYLATRON GSM ..............................14, 19, 20-22
NYLON GX ..........................................................23
NYLON RX ..........................................................23
RYTON PPS ........................................................41
TIVAR UHMW-PE................................................68
TORLON..............................................................42
CM-2 Abrasion Resistant..................................130
General Purpose Type A....................................130
..............................................92-107
....................94, 100, 103, 107
(Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene)
Rod......................................................................69
TIVAR Rod, Sheet & Tubular Bar ..................68-69
ULTRA WEAR Profile Shapes ..............................69
(PEI) ..........................2-3, 5-7, 12, 35-36, 43
Profile Shapes ............69
............................92, 97, 102, 106
..................................................112
EXCELON RNT Tubing ......................................112
VINCON Tubing ................................................112
..................121
TERMS & CONDITIONS of SALE
CONTROLLING PROVISIONS:
All orders accepted by Cope Plastics, Inc., and all sales transactions are expressly subject to the following terms and conditions of sale, which may not be varied or added to except by a written
contract signed by an authorized representative of Cope Plastics, Inc. Any and all prior proposals, negotiations and representations, if any, are merged herein. Any terms in Purchaser’s order
or confirmation which are inconsistent herewith are expressly rejected, and shall not be binding on Cope Plastics, Inc. Any failure of Cope Plastics, Inc. to raise objections to any inconsistent
or additional terms shall not constitute a waiver of these terms and conditions of sale.
GENERAL INFORMATION:
• We welcome orders by phone, fax, US Mail, EDI or Internet. Your offer to purchase will be considered as accepted when we provide written confirmation by return fax, US Mail, EDI or Internet.
In the event that no written confirmation is received, your order will be considered as accepted after the passage of 48 hours.
• Our minimum order is $100 for stock materials. Higher minimums and cash with order terms may apply to products specially ordered and to fabricated parts.
• We support blanket orders, yearly contracts and multi-year contracts.
• All orders received and accepted are considered binding legal obligations subject to these terms and conditions of sale.
• All orders are FOB shipping point and normally shipped freight prepaid and added. Title and risk of loss pass to Buyer upon delivery by us to the freight carrier, whether sold with freight
allowed or otherwise.
QUOTATIONS AND PUBLISHED PRICES:
Quotations automatically expire 30 calendar days from the date issued, unless otherwise stated in the quotation, and are subject to withdrawal by written notice within that time period. Prices
shown on any published price lists and/or other published literature issued by Cope Plastics, Inc. are not unconditional offers to sell, and are subject to change without notice. Prices shall be
subject to adjustment to those in effect at the time of shipment.
CREDIT TERMS:
Net 30 days from date of invoice. Invoices not paid within 30 days may be assessed a service charge of 1.5% per month (or fraction thereof) or the maximum contract rate permitted by law.
If Cope Plastics, Inc. deems that by reason of the financial condition of the buyer or otherwise, the continuance of production or shipment on the terms specified is not justified, Cope Plastics,
Inc. may require full or partial payment in advance.
NEW CUSTOMERS:
To establish credit, please request our Business Information Packet. Completion and a signature on both the Information Section and the Tax Liability/Exemption Section is required. Firms that
have current above average ratings in Dun & Bradstreet (i.e., typically 3A1 or above) may not need to provide credit references.
SHIP QUANTITY:
We ship quantities in accordance with customer request. However, on custom orders and fabricated parts, quantity shipped may vary +/-10% from quantity ordered. We normally reserve the
right to ship +10% of any order for rod in lengths less than standard. If your quantity requirements are exact, please discuss specifications with your Cope Customer Service Representative.
DELIVERY:
Delivery dates indicated in the contract documents, if any, are approximate and are based on prompt receipt of all necessary information regarding the goods covered by the order or contract.
Cope Plastics, Inc. will make reasonable efforts to meet any indicated delivery dates, but cannot be held responsible for failure to do so.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:
The sale and delivery of goods to buyer shall in no way transfer to buyer any right of ownership in patents, copyrights, trademarks, technologies, designs, specifications, drawings, or other
intellectual property of Cope Plastics, Inc. (or its suppliers) incorporated into the goods delivered hereunder.
COPE PLASTICS, INC. MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED BY OPERATION OF LAW, AND ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABLILITY OR WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. COPE PLASTICS, INC.’S LIABILITY PURSUANT TO
ANY WARRANTY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF THE MATERIAL SOLD OR REPAYMENT OF THE PURCHASE PRICE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL COPE
PLASTICS, INC. BE LIABILE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR DAMAGE TO OTHER PROPERTY WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES
ARISE FROM OR ARE A RESULT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE. COPE PLASTICS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY
FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS, OR LOST PROFITS. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPE PLASTICS, INC.’S LIABILITY ON ANY WARRANTY OR CLAIM WHATSOEVER EXCEED THE
COST OF THE MATERIALS SOLD.
8
Terms
WARRANTY:
Cope Plastics, Inc. warrants that all standard shapes shall, at time of shipment, meet the manufacturer’s specifications and be free from defects or will be subject to replacement. Tolerances
and manufacturing standards may vary from manufacturer to manufacturer on the same product. Please advise of specifics if your needs are critical. All parts or components fabricated by
Cope Plastics will be in accordance with customer prints, drawings & specifications and will be free of defects in material and workmanship at the time of shipment. The liability of Cope Plastics,
Inc. for any defective or nonconforming goods shall be limited to either, at the sole discretion of Cope Plastics, Inc., (1) the repair of any defective or nonconforming goods, (2) replacement of
defective or nonconforming goods, or (3) cancellation of the invoice and return of the purchase price. In no event shall Seller be liable for Buyer,s anticipated profits, or incidental, special, or
consequential damages.
COPE PLASTICS, INC. SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, TRADE DRESS, OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF TRADE SECRETS WITH RESPECT
TO ANY GOODS DELIVERED.
SALES TAX:
Cope Plastics is required to charge state and local tax when a sales tax exemption certification has not been signed and provided to us. When ordering, please indicate clearly if any item is
tax exempt and determine that a current exemption certification is in our file.
141
TERMS & CONDITIONS of SALE
CANCELLATIONS:
Undelivered parts of any order may be canceled by the buyer only with the written approval of Cope Plastics, Inc. In the event that the buyer makes an assignment for the benefits of creditors,
or in the event that Cope Plastics, Inc. for any reason feels insecure about the buyer’s willingness or ability to perform, Cope Plastics, Inc. shall have the unconditional right to cancel the sales
transaction or demand full or partial payment in advance. In the event of cancellation of orders for special materials and fabricated parts by either party, the buyer shall pay to Cope Plastics,
Inc. all reasonable costs and expenses that have been incurred prior to cancellation, including the cost of materials ordered, plus the usual rate of profit for similar work. The minimum
cancellation charge shall be 15% of the contract price.
CLAIMS:
Buyers are responsible for inspecting all goods upon arrival. Claims for shortage or breakage, for any reason, must be made within 10 days of receipt of shipment. Failure to give notice of any
discrepancies in writing within 10 days of receipt of shipment shall constitute a waiver by purchaser of all claims in respect to the goods received. No claim will be allowed unless approved
by an authorized representative of Cope Plastics, Inc. Goods shall not be returned without a Return Authorization Number from Cope Plastics, Inc. All goods returned may be subject to a
restocking charge.
RETURNS:
On orders shipped in error, Cope Plastics, Inc. will issue full credit, including reasonable charges for freight. Returns for other reasons will be subject to certain conditions. A Return Authorization
Number must be obtained prior to any return shipments. Specially ordered materials and fabricated parts may not be returnable. Standard materials may be subject to restocking charges.
Cope Plastics, Inc. is not responsible for any direct or indirect loss which may result from material failure, improper storage, neglect or misapplication of the product. Prepaid freight for return
shipments may be required. We do not accept charge backs or penalties for disputed orders.
REMEDIES OF COPE PLASTICS, INC.:
Buyer agrees that any of the following shall constitute an event of default, which shall enable Cope Plastics, Inc. at its sole option, to cancel any unexecuted portion of any order, or to exercise
any right or remedy which it may have by law: (1) the failure of the buyer to perform any term or condition contained herein; (2) the insolvency of buyer or its failure to pay debts as they mature,
an assignment by buyer for the benefit of its creditors, the appointment of a receiver for the buyer for the materials covered by this order or the filing of any petition to adjudicate the buyer
bankrupt; (3) the death, incompetence, dissolution or termination of existence of buyer; (4) a failure by buyer to provide adequate assurance of performance within ten (10) days from a justified
demand by Cope Plastics, Inc.; or (5) if Cope Plastics, Inc., in good faith, believes that buyer’s prospect of performance under these terms and conditions of sale is in doubt.
Upon default by buyer, buyer agrees to reimburse Cope Plastics, Inc. for all attorney fees and court costs incurred in connection with such default. All rights and remedies of Cope Plastics, Inc.
herein are in addition to, and shall not exclude, any rights or remedies that Cope Plastics, Inc. may have under applicable law. In the event it becomes necessary to incur any expense for
collection of any overdue account, reasonable collection charges, and reasonable attorney fees, will be added to the balance due from buyer.
INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS BY COPE PLASTICS, INC.:
All Statements, technical information, and recommendations contained in this publication are presented in good faith, based upon tests believed to be reliable. The reader is cautioned, however,
that Cope Plastics, Inc. does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information and it is the reader’s responsibility to determine the suitability of products in any given application.
All products discussed are sold without warranty, either expressed or implied, and buyer assumes all responsibility for loss or damage arising from the handling or use, whether done in
accordance with directions or not. Statements concerning the possible use of products are not intended as recommendations to use any product in the infringement of any patent.
Terms
8
NON-WAIVER:
Any failure of Cope Plastics, Inc. to insist upon strict compliance with any term or condition of sale herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any right or remedy of Cope Plastics, Inc.
hereunder, nor of its right to insist upon strict compliance of the same or any other term or condition of sale in the future. No waiver nor any term or condition of sale shall be valid unless in
writing and signed by an authorized representative of Cope Plastics, Inc.
GOVERNING LAW:
Unless otherwise agreed in writing, any agreement or transaction arising pursuant to any purchase order shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois. The parties shall have such rights
and remedies as set forth in the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code, except as varied by the terms above. Cope Plastics, Inc. and the buyer agree that any dispute, claim or litigation arising
under any agreement hereunder shall be heard and determined by the Third Judicial Circuit Court of the State of Illinois, Madison County, and the parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of
that court.
INTERPRETATION AND SEVERABILITY:
These terms and conditions of sale shall not be construed against the party preparing them, but as if all parties jointly prepared them. Should any term or provision contained herein be held
to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any present or future laws, such term or provision shall be fully severable, and the terms and conditions of sale shall be construed and enforced
as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term(s) had never been made a part hereof.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT:
This document, along with the purchase order and all attachments thereto, shall constitute the entire, complete, and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the sale of goods. No
course of dealing or usage of the trade are applicable unless expressly incorporated herein. No additional or different terms and conditions appearing on the face or reverse side of any purchase
order used or supplied by the buyer shall become a part of the terms and conditions of the agreement. All other prior or contemporaneous representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements
with respect to the subject matter are hereby superseded.
142
ST. LOUIS
651 Lambert Point Dr.
Hazelwood, MO 63042-4419
(314)-344-0436
TOLL FREE (800) 325-9188
FAX (314) 344-0413
MAUMELLE
1600 Murphy Drive
Maumelle, AR 72113-6176
(501) 803-3344
TOLL FREE (800) 643-5530
FAX (501) 803-0033
HUNTSVILLE
2995 Wall Triana Hwy, Ste #A1
Huntsville, AL 35824-1531
(256) 464-0774
TOLL FREE (800) 545-8428
FAX (256) 464-0775
PEORIA
630 High Point Lane
East Peoria, IL 61611
(309) 694-0305
TOLL FREE (800) 322-2826
FAX (309) 694-0433
TOPEKA
1751 S.W. 41st Street
Topeka, KS 66609-1252
(785) 267-0552
TOLL FREE (800) 255-2941
FAX (785) 267-7416
LOUISVILLE
1729 Research Drive
Louisiville, KY 40299-2201
(502) 499-8884
TOLL FREE (800) 884-9588q
FAX (502) 495-0998
ROCK ISLAND
8110 - 42nd Street, West
Rock Island, IL 61201-7325
(309) 787-4465
TOLL FREE (800) 447-1242
FAX (309) 787-4466
FARGO
3331 S. University Drive
Fargo, ND 58104-6291
(701) 232-6412
TOLL FREE (800) 437-4752
FAX (701) 234-0018
OMAHA
14535 Grover Street
Omaha, NE 68144-3241
(402) 597-9300
FAX (402) 597-9356
TOLL FREE (800) 988-6207
CEDAR RAPIDS
920 N. Compton Drive
Hiawatha, IA 52233-2204
(319) 393-5575
TOLL FREE (800) 332-7257
FAX (319) 393-5939
WAUKESHA
N30W22377 Green Rd. Suite D
Waukesha, WI 53186-8869
(262) 650-0085
TOLL FREE (800) 242-5530
FAX (262) 650-0086
MEMPHIS
6399 Shelby View Drive, Suite 110
Memphis, TN 38134-7666
(901) 372-2383
TOLL FREE (800) 541-9173
FAX (901) 373-3974
MINNEAPOLIS/ST. PAUL
980 Berwood Ave East, Suite 110
Vadnais Heights, MN 55110
(651) 228-1448
TOLL FREE (866) 834-4792
FAX (651) 228-1449
PROCESSING CENTER
5033 North Humbert Road
Alton, IL 62002
(618) 467-7316
OKLAHOMA CITY
310 N.E. 31st Street
Oklahoma City, OK 73105-4004
(405) 528-5697
TOLL FREE (800) 654-9139
FAX (405) 525-7214
CHICAGO
One Territorial Court, Suite B
Bolingbrook, IL 60440-3672
(630) 226-1664
TOLL FREE (866) 246-5015
FAX: (630) 226-1728
CORPORATE OFFICES
4441 Industrial Drive
Alton, IL 62002-5939
TOLL FREE (800) 851-5510
618-466-0221
FAX: 618-466-7975